UKPGA-2007-15 Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 UK

Current to 2026-04-15

Contents
preamble

Be it enacted by the Queen's most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—

Part 1

Tribunals and Inquiries

s. 1 — Independence of tribunal judiciary

In section 3 of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (guarantee of continued judicial independence), after subsection (7) insert—

s. 2 — Senior President of Tribunals
s. 2(1)

Her Majesty may, on the recommendation of the Lord Chancellor, appoint a person to the office of Senior President of Tribunals.

s. 2(2)

Schedule 1 makes further provision about the Senior President of Tribunals and about recommendations for appointment under subsection (1).

s. 2(3)

A holder of the office of Senior President of Tribunals must, in carrying out the functions of that office, have regard to—

s. 2(3)(a)

the need for tribunals to be accessible,

s. 2(3)(b)

the need for proceedings before tribunals—

s. 2(3)(b)(i)

to be fair, and

s. 2(3)(b)(ii)

to be handled quickly and efficiently,

s. 2(3)(c)

the need for members of tribunals to be experts in the subject-matter of, or the law to be applied in, cases in which they decide matters, and

s. 2(3)(d)

the need to develop innovative methods of resolving disputes that are of a type that may be brought before tribunals.

s. 2(4)

In subsection (3) “tribunals” means—

s. 2(4)(a)

the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 2(4)(b)

the Upper Tribunal,

s. 2(4)(c)

employment tribunals, and

s. 2(4)(d)

the Employment Appeal Tribunal, . . .

s. 2(4)(e)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Establishment

s. 3 — The First-tier Tribunal and the Upper Tribunal
s. 3(1)

There is to be a tribunal, known as the First-tier Tribunal, for the purpose of exercising the functions conferred on it under or by virtue of this Act or any other Act.

s. 3(2)

There is to be a tribunal, known as the Upper Tribunal, for the purpose of exercising the functions conferred on it under or by virtue of this Act or any other Act.

s. 3(3)

Each of the First-tier Tribunal, and the Upper Tribunal, is to consist of its judges and other members.

s. 3(4)

The Senior President of Tribunals is to preside over both of the First-tier Tribunal and the Upper Tribunal.

s. 3(5)

The Upper Tribunal is to be a superior court of record.

Members and composition of tribunals

s. 4 — Judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal
s. 4(1)

A person is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal if the person—

s. 4(1)(a)

is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 2,

s. 4(1)(b)

is a transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal (see section 31(2)),

s. 4(1)(c)

is a judge of the Upper Tribunal,

s. 4(1)(ca)

is within section 6A,

s. 4(1)(d)

. . . or

s. 4(1)(e)

is a member of a panel of Employment Judges.

s. 4(2)

A person is also a judge of the First-tier Tribunal, but only as regards functions of the tribunal in relation to appeals such as are mentioned in subsection (1) of section 5 of the Criminal Injuries Compensation Act 1995 (c. 53), if the person is an adjudicator appointed under that section by the Scottish Ministers.

s. 4(3)

A person is one of the other members of the First-tier Tribunal if the person—

s. 4(3)(a)

is a member of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 2(1) of Schedule 2,

s. 4(3)(b)

is a transferred-in other member of the First-tier Tribunal (see section 31(2)),

s. 4(3)(c)

is one of the other members of the Upper Tribunal, or

s. 4(3)(d)

is a member of a panel of members of employment tribunals that is not a panel of Employment Judges.

s. 4(4)

Schedule 2—contains provision for the appointment of persons to be judges or other members of the First-tier Tribunal, and makes further provision in connection with judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal.

s. 5 — Judges and other members of the Upper Tribunal
s. 5(1)

A person is a judge of the Upper Tribunal if the person—

s. 5(1)(a)

is the Senior President of Tribunals,

s. 5(1)(b)

is a judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3,

s. 5(1)(c)

is a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal (see section 31(2)),

s. 5(1)(ca)

is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 5(1)(d)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 5(1)(e)

is the Chief Social Security Commissioner, or any other Social Security Commissioner, appointed under section 50(1) of the Social Security Administration (Northern Ireland) Act 1992 (c. 8),

s. 5(1)(f)

is a Social Security Commissioner appointed under section 50(2) of that Act (deputy Commissioners),

s. 5(1)(g)

is within section 6(1),

s. 5(1)(h)

is a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal (whether under paragraph 7 of Schedule 3 or under section 31(2)), or

s. 5(1)(i)

is a Chamber President or a Deputy Chamber President, whether of a chamber of the Upper Tribunal or of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal, and does not fall within any of paragraphs (a) to (h).

s. 5(2)

A person is one of the other members of the Upper Tribunal if the person—

s. 5(2)(a)

is a member of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 2(1) of Schedule 3,

s. 5(2)(b)

is a transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal (see section 31(2)), or

s. 5(2)(c)

is a member of the Employment Appeal Tribunal appointed under section 22(1)(c) of the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17), . . .

s. 5(2)(d)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 5(3)

Schedule 3—contains provision for the appointment of persons to be judges (including deputy judges), or other members, of the Upper Tribunal, and makes further provision in connection with judges and other members of the Upper Tribunal.

s. 6 — Certain judges who are also judges of First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal
s. 6(1)

A person is within this subsection (and so, by virtue of sections 4(1)(c) and 5(1)(g), is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal and of the Upper Tribunal) if the person—

s. 6(1)(za)

is the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

s. 6(1)(zb)

is the Master of the Rolls,

s. 6(1)(zc)

is the President of the Queen's Bench Division of the High Court in England and Wales,

s. 6(1)(zd)

is the President of the Family Division of the High Court in England and Wales,

s. 6(1)(ze)

is the Chancellor of the High Court in England and Wales,

s. 6(1)(a)

is an ordinary judge of the Court of Appeal in England and Wales (including the vice-president, if any, of either division of that Court),

s. 6(1)(b)

is a Lord Justice of Appeal in Northern Ireland,

s. 6(1)(c)

is a judge of the Court of Session,

s. 6(1)(d)

is a puisne judge of the High Court in England and Wales or Northern Ireland,

s. 6(1)(da)

is a deputy judge of the High Court in England and Wales,

s. 6(1)(db)

is the Judge Advocate General,

s. 6(1)(e)

is a circuit judge,

s. 6(1)(ea)

is a Recorder,

s. 6(1)(f)

is a sheriff in Scotland,

s. 6(1)(g)

is a county court judge in Northern Ireland,

s. 6(1)(h)

is a district judge in England and Wales or Northern Ireland, ...

s. 6(1)(i)

is a District Judge (Magistrates' Courts).

s. 6(1)(j)

is the President of Employment Tribunals (England and Wales),

s. 6(1)(k)

is the President of Employment Tribunals (Scotland),

s. 6(1)(l)

is the Vice President of Employment Tribunals (Scotland), or

s. 6(1)(m)

is a Regional Employment Judge.

s. 6(2)

References in subsection (1)(c) to (i) to office-holders do not include deputies or temporary office-holders.

s. 6A — Certain judges who are also judges of the First-tier Tribunal

A person is within this section (and so, by virtue of section 4(1)(ca), is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal) if the person—

s. 6A(a)

is a deputy Circuit judge,

s. 6A(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 6A(c)

is a person who holds an office listed—

s. 6A(c)(i)

in the first column of the table in section 89(3C) of the Senior Courts Act 1981 (senior High Court Masters etc), or

s. 6A(c)(ii)

in column 1 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 to that Act (High Court Masters etc),

s. 6A(d)

is a deputy district judge appointed under section 102 of that Act or section 8 of the County Courts Act 1984,

s. 6A(e)

is a Deputy District Judge (Magistrates' Courts), or

s. 6A(f)

is a person appointed under section 30(1)(a) or (b) of the Courts-Martial (Appeals) Act 1951 (assistants to the Judge Advocate General).

s. 7 — Chambers: jurisdiction and Presidents
s. 7(1)

The Lord Chancellor may, with the concurrence of the Senior President of Tribunals, by order make provision for the organisation of each of the First-tier Tribunal and the Upper Tribunal into a number of chambers.

s. 7(2)

There is—to be a person, or two persons, to preside over that chamber.

s. 7(2)(a)

for each chamber of the First-tier Tribunal, and

s. 7(2)(b)

for each chamber of the Upper Tribunal,

s. 7(3)

A person may at a particular time—

s. 7(3)(a)

preside over more than one chamber of the First-tier Tribunal;

s. 7(3)(b)

preside over more than one chamber of the Upper Tribunal;

s. 7(3)(c)

preside over—

s. 7(3)(c)(i)

one or more chambers of the First-tier Tribunal, and

s. 7(3)(c)(ii)

one or more chambers of the Upper Tribunal.

s. 7(4)

A person appointed under this section to preside over a chamber is to be known as a Chamber President.

s. 7(5)

Where two persons are appointed under this section to preside over the same chamber, any reference in an enactment to the Chamber President of the chamber is a reference to a person appointed under this section to preside over the chamber.

s. 7(6)

The Senior President of Tribunals may (consistently with subsection (2)) appoint a person who is the Chamber President of a chamber to preside instead, or to preside also, over another chamber.

s. 7(7)

The Senior President of Tribunals may (consistently with subsection (2)) appoint a person who is not a Chamber President to preside over a chamber.

s. 7(8)

Schedule 4 (eligibility for appointment under subsection (7), appointment of Deputy Chamber Presidents and Acting Chamber Presidents, assignment of judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal, and further provision about Chamber Presidents and chambers) has effect.

s. 7(9)

Each of the Lord Chancellor and the Senior President of Tribunals may, with the concurrence of the other, by order—

s. 7(9)(a)

make provision for the allocation of the First-tier Tribunal's functions between its chambers;

s. 7(9)(b)

make provision for the allocation of the Upper Tribunal's functions between its chambers;

s. 7(9)(c)

amend or revoke any order made under this subsection.

s. 8 — Senior President of Tribunals: power to delegate
s. 8(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may delegate any function he has in his capacity as Senior President of Tribunals—

s. 8(1)(a)

to any judge, or other member, of the Upper Tribunal or First-tier Tribunal;

s. 8(1)(b)

to staff appointed under section 40(1).

s. 8(1A)

A function under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 2 may be delegated under subsection (1) only to a Chamber President of a chamber of the Upper Tribunal.

s. 8(2)

Subsection (1) does not apply to functions of the Senior President of Tribunals under any of the following—section 7(7); section 7(9); section 29B; section 29D; paragraph 2(1) of Schedule 3; paragraph 7(1) of Schedule 3; paragraph 2 of Schedule 4; paragraph 5(1) and (3) of Schedule 4; paragraph 5(5) to (8) of Schedule 4; paragraph 5A(2)(a) of Schedule 4; paragraph 5A(3)(a) of Schedule 4. paragraph 3 of Schedule 5; paragraph 2 of Schedule A1 to the Employment Tribunals Act 1996.

s. 8(3)

A delegation under subsection (1) is not revoked by the delegator's becoming incapacitated.

s. 8(4)

Any delegation under subsection (1) that is in force immediately before a person ceases to be Senior President of Tribunals continues in force until varied or revoked by a subsequent holder of the office of Senior President of Tribunals.

s. 8(5)

The delegation under this section of a function shall not prevent the exercise of the function by the Senior President of Tribunals.

Review of decisions and appeals

s. 9 — Review of decision of First-tier Tribunal
s. 9(1)

The First-tier Tribunal may review a decision made by it on a matter in a case, other than a decision that is an excluded decision for the purposes of section 11(1) (but see subsection (9)).

s. 9(2)

The First-tier Tribunal's power under subsection (1) in relation to a decision is exercisable—

s. 9(2)(a)

of its own initiative, or

s. 9(2)(b)

on application by a person who for the purposes of section 11(2) has a right of appeal in respect of the decision.

s. 9(3)

Tribunal Procedure Rules may—

s. 9(3)(a)

provide that the First-tier Tribunal may not under subsection (1) review (whether of its own initiative or on application under subsection (2)(b)) a decision of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules;

s. 9(3)(b)

provide that the First-tier Tribunal's power under subsection (1) to review a decision of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules is exercisable only of the tribunal's own initiative;

s. 9(3)(c)

provide that an application under subsection (2)(b) that is of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules may be made only on grounds specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules;

s. 9(3)(d)

provide, in relation to a decision of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules, that the First-tier Tribunal's power under subsection (1) to review the decision of its own initiative is exercisable only on grounds specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 9(4)

Where the First-tier Tribunal has under subsection (1) reviewed a decision, the First-tier Tribunal may in the light of the review do any of the following—

s. 9(4)(a)

correct accidental errors in the decision or in a record of the decision;

s. 9(4)(b)

amend reasons given for the decision;

s. 9(4)(c)

set the decision aside.

s. 9(5)

Where under subsection (4)(c) the First-tier Tribunal sets a decision aside, the First-tier Tribunal must either—

s. 9(5)(a)

re-decide the matter concerned, or

s. 9(5)(b)

refer that matter to the Upper Tribunal.

s. 9(6)

Where a matter is referred to the Upper Tribunal under subsection (5)(b), the Upper Tribunal must re-decide the matter.

s. 9(7)

Where the Upper Tribunal is under subsection (6) re-deciding a matter, it may make any decision which the First-tier Tribunal could make if the First-tier Tribunal were re-deciding the matter.

s. 9(8)

Where a tribunal is acting under subsection (5)(a) or (6), it may make such findings of fact as it considers appropriate.

s. 9(9)

This section has effect as if a decision under subsection (4)(c) to set aside an earlier decision were not an excluded decision for the purposes of section 11(1), but the First-tier Tribunal's only power in the light of a review under subsection (1) of a decision under subsection (4)(c) is the power under subsection (4)(a).

s. 9(10)

A decision of the First-tier Tribunal may not be reviewed under subsection (1) more than once, and once the First-tier Tribunal has decided that an earlier decision should not be reviewed under subsection (1) it may not then decide to review that earlier decision under that subsection.

s. 9(11)

Where under this section a decision is set aside and the matter concerned is then re-decided, the decision set aside and the decision made in re-deciding the matter are for the purposes of subsection (10) to be taken to be different decisions.

s. 10 — Review of decision of Upper Tribunal
s. 10(1)

The Upper Tribunal may review a decision made by it on a matter in a case, other than a decision that is an excluded decision for the purposes of section 13(1) (but see subsection (7)).

s. 10(2)

The Upper Tribunal's power under subsection (1) in relation to a decision is exercisable—

s. 10(2)(a)

of its own initiative, or

s. 10(2)(b)

on application by a person who for the purposes of section 13(2) has a right of appeal in respect of the decision.

s. 10(3)

Tribunal Procedure Rules may—

s. 10(3)(a)

provide that the Upper Tribunal may not under subsection (1) review (whether of its own initiative or on application under subsection (2)(b)) a decision of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules;

s. 10(3)(b)

provide that the Upper Tribunal's power under subsection (1) to review a decision of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules is exercisable only of the tribunal's own initiative;

s. 10(3)(c)

provide that an application under subsection (2)(b) that is of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules may be made only on grounds specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules;

s. 10(3)(d)

provide, in relation to a decision of a description specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules, that the Upper Tribunal's power under subsection (1) to review the decision of its own initiative is exercisable only on grounds specified for the purposes of this paragraph in Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 10(4)

Where the Upper Tribunal has under subsection (1) reviewed a decision, the Upper Tribunal may in the light of the review do any of the following—

s. 10(4)(a)

correct accidental errors in the decision or in a record of the decision;

s. 10(4)(b)

amend reasons given for the decision;

s. 10(4)(c)

set the decision aside.

s. 10(5)

Where under subsection (4)(c) the Upper Tribunal sets a decision aside, the Upper Tribunal must re-decide the matter concerned.

s. 10(6)

Where the Upper Tribunal is acting under subsection (5), it may make such findings of fact as it considers appropriate.

s. 10(7)

This section has effect as if a decision under subsection (4)(c) to set aside an earlier decision were not an excluded decision for the purposes of section 13(1), but the Upper Tribunal's only power in the light of a review under subsection (1) of a decision under subsection (4)(c) is the power under subsection (4)(a).

s. 10(8)

A decision of the Upper Tribunal may not be reviewed under subsection (1) more than once, and once the Upper Tribunal has decided that an earlier decision should not be reviewed under subsection (1) it may not then decide to review that earlier decision under that subsection.

s. 10(9)

Where under this section a decision is set aside and the matter concerned is then re-decided, the decision set aside and the decision made in re-deciding the matter are for the purposes of subsection (8) to be taken to be different decisions.

s. 11 — Right to appeal to Upper Tribunal
s. 11(1)

For the purposes of subsection (2), the reference to a right of appeal is to a right to appeal to the Upper Tribunal on any point of law arising from a decision made by the First-tier Tribunal other than an excluded decision.

s. 11(2)

Any party to a case has a right of appeal, subject to subsection (8).

s. 11(3)

That right may be exercised only with permission (or, in Northern Ireland, leave).

s. 11(4)

Permission (or leave) may be given by—on an application by the party.

s. 11(4)(a)

the First-tier Tribunal, or

s. 11(4)(b)

the Upper Tribunal,

s. 11(5)

For the purposes of subsection (1), an “excluded decision” is—

s. 11(5)(a)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal on an appeal made in exercise of a right conferred by the Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme in compliance with section 5(1)(a) of the Criminal Injuries Compensation Act 1995 (c. 53) (appeals against decisions on reviews),

s. 11(5)(aa)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal on an appeal made in exercise of a right conferred by the Victims of Overseas Terrorism Compensation Scheme in compliance with section 52(3) of the Crime and Security Act 2010,

s. 11(5)(b)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal on an appeal under section 27(3) or (5), 79(5) or (7) or 111(3) or (5) of the Data Protection Act 2018 (appeals against national security certificate),

s. 11(5)(c)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal on an appeal under section 60(1) or (4) of the Freedom of Information Act 2000 (c. 36) (appeals against national security certificate),

s. 11(5)(ca)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal under section 88, 89(3) or 92(3) of the Tax Collection and Management (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 6) (approval for Welsh Revenue Authority to issue certain information notices),

s. 11(5)(cb)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal under section 108 of that Act (approval for Welsh Revenue Authority to inspect premises),

s. 11(5)(cc)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal under section 181E or 181F of that Act (appeals relating to postponement requests),

s. 11(5)(d)

a decision of the First-tier Tribunal under section 9—

s. 11(5)(d)(i)

to review, or not to review, an earlier decision of the tribunal,

s. 11(5)(d)(ii)

to take no action, or not to take any particular action, in the light of a review of an earlier decision of the tribunal,

s. 11(5)(d)(iii)

to set aside an earlier decision of the tribunal, or

s. 11(5)(d)(iv)

to refer, or not to refer, a matter to the Upper Tribunal,

s. 11(5)(e)

a decision of the First-tier Tribunal that is set aside under section 9 (including a decision set aside after proceedings on an appeal under this section have been begun), or

s. 11(5)(f)

any decision of the First-tier Tribunal that is of a description specified in an order made by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 11(6)

A description may be specified under subsection (5)(f) only if—

s. 11(6)(a)

in the case of a decision of that description, there is a right to appeal to a court, the Upper Tribunal or any other tribunal from the decision and that right is, or includes, something other than a right (however expressed) to appeal on any point of law arising from the decision, or

s. 11(6)(b)

decisions of that description are made in carrying out a function transferred under section 30 and prior to the transfer of the function under section 30(1) there was no right to appeal from decisions of that description.

s. 11(7)

Where—the order must be framed so as to come into force no later than the time when the transfer under section 30 of the function takes effect (but power to revoke the order continues to be exercisable after that time, and power to amend the order continues to be exercisable after that time for the purpose of narrowing the description for the time being specified).

s. 11(7)(a)

an order under subsection (5)(f) specifies a description of decisions, and

s. 11(7)(b)

decisions of that description are made in carrying out a function transferred under section 30,

s. 11(8)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision for a person to be treated as being, or to be treated as not being, a party to a case for the purposes of subsection (2).

s. 11A — Finality of decisions by Upper Tribunal about permission to appeal
s. 11A(1)

Subsections (2) and (3) apply in relation to a decision by the Upper Tribunal to refuse permission (or leave) to appeal further to an application under section 11(4)(b).

s. 11A(2)

The decision is final, and not liable to be questioned or set aside in any other court.

s. 11A(3)

In particular—

s. 11A(3)(a)

the Upper Tribunal is not to be regarded as having exceeded its powers by reason of any error made in reaching the decision;

s. 11A(3)(b)

the supervisory jurisdiction does not extend to, and no application or petition for judicial review may be made or brought in relation to, the decision.

s. 11A(4)

Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply so far as the decision involves or gives rise to any question as to whether—

s. 11A(4)(a)

the Upper Tribunal has or had a valid application before it under section 11(4)(b),

s. 11A(4)(b)

the Upper Tribunal is or was properly constituted for the purpose of dealing with the application, or

s. 11A(4)(c)

the Upper Tribunal is acting or has acted—

s. 11A(4)(c)(i)

in bad faith, or

s. 11A(4)(c)(ii)

in such a procedurally defective way as amounts to a fundamental breach of the principles of natural justice.

s. 11A(5)

Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply so far as provision giving the First-tier Tribunal jurisdiction to make the first-instance decision could (if the Tribunal did not already have that jurisdiction) be made by—

s. 11A(5)(a)

an Act of the Scottish Parliament, or

s. 11A(5)(b)

an Act of the Northern Ireland Assembly the Bill for which would not require the consent of the Secretary of State.

s. 11A(6)

The court of supervisory jurisdiction is not to entertain any application or petition for judicial review in respect of a decision of the First-tier Tribunal that it would not entertain (whether as a matter of law or discretion) in the absence of this section.

s. 11A(7)

In this section—“decision” includes any purported decision;“first-instance decision” means the decision in relation to which permission (or leave) to appeal is being sought under section 11(4)(b);“the supervisory jurisdiction” means the supervisory jurisdiction of—the High Court, in England and Wales or Northern Ireland, or the Court of Session, in Scotland, and “the court of supervisory jurisdiction” is to be read accordingly.

s. 12 — Proceedings on appeal to Upper Tribunal
s. 12(1)

Subsection (2) applies if the Upper Tribunal, in deciding an appeal under section 11, finds that the making of the decision concerned involved the making of an error on a point of law.

s. 12(2)

The Upper Tribunal—

s. 12(2)(a)

may (but need not) set aside the decision of the First-tier Tribunal, and

s. 12(2)(b)

if it does, must either—

s. 12(2)(b)(i)

remit the case to the First-tier Tribunal with directions for its reconsideration, or

s. 12(2)(b)(ii)

re-make the decision.

s. 12(3)

In acting under subsection (2)(b)(i), the Upper Tribunal may also—

s. 12(3)(a)

direct that the members of the First-tier Tribunal who are chosen to reconsider the case are not to be the same as those who made the decision that has been set aside;

s. 12(3)(b)

give procedural directions in connection with the reconsideration of the case by the First-tier Tribunal.

s. 12(4)

In acting under subsection (2)(b)(ii), the Upper Tribunal—

s. 12(4)(a)

may make any decision which the First-tier Tribunal could make if the First-tier Tribunal were re-making the decision, and

s. 12(4)(b)

may make such findings of fact as it considers appropriate.

s. 13 — Right to appeal to Court of Appeal etc.
s. 13(1)

For the purposes of subsection (2), the reference to a right of appeal is to a right to appeal to the relevant appellate court on any point of law arising from a decision made by the Upper Tribunal other than an excluded decision.

s. 13(2)

Any party to a case has a right of appeal, subject to subsection (14).

s. 13(3)

That right may be exercised only with permission (or, in Northern Ireland, leave).

s. 13(4)

Permission (or leave) may be given by—on an application by the party.

s. 13(4)(a)

the Upper Tribunal, or

s. 13(4)(b)

the relevant appellate court,

s. 13(5)

An application may be made under subsection (4) to the relevant appellate court only if permission (or leave) has been refused by the Upper Tribunal.

s. 13(6)

The Lord Chancellor may, as respects an application under subsection (4) that falls within subsection (7) and for which the relevant appellate court is the Court of Appeal in England and Wales or the Court of Appeal in Northern Ireland, by order make provision for permission (or leave) not to be granted on the application unless the Upper Tribunal or (as the case may be) the relevant appellate court considers—

s. 13(6)(a)

that the proposed appeal would raise some important point of principle or practice, or

s. 13(6)(b)

that there is some other compelling reason for the relevant appellate court to hear the appeal.

s. 13(6A)

Rules of court may make provision for permission not to be granted on an application under subsection (4) to the Court of Session that falls within subsection (7) unless the court considers—

s. 13(6A)(a)

that the proposed appeal would raise some important point of principle or practice, or

s. 13(6A)(b)

that there is some other compelling reason for the court to hear the appeal.

s. 13(7)

An application falls within this subsection if the application is for permission (or leave) to appeal from any decision of the Upper Tribunal on an appeal under section 11.

s. 13(8)

For the purposes of subsection (1), an “excluded decision” is—

s. 13(8)(a)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal on an appeal under section 27(3) or (5), 79(5) or (7) or 111(3) or (5) of the Data Protection Act 2018 (appeals against national security certificate),

s. 13(8)(b)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal on an appeal under section 60(1) or (4) of the Freedom of Information Act 2000 (c. 36) (appeals against national security certificate),

s. 13(8)(ba)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal under section 88, 89(3) or 92(3) of the Tax Collection and Management (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 6) (approval for Welsh Revenue Authority to issue certain information notices),

s. 13(8)(bb)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal under section 108 of that Act (approval for Welsh Revenue Authority to inspect premises),

s. 13(8)(bc)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal under section 181E or 181F of that Act (appeals relating to postponement requests),

s. 13(8)(c)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal on an application under section 11(4)(b) (application for permission or leave to appeal),

s. 13(8)(d)

a decision of the Upper Tribunal under section 10—

s. 13(8)(d)(i)

to review, or not to review, an earlier decision of the tribunal,

s. 13(8)(d)(ii)

to take no action, or not to take any particular action, in the light of a review of an earlier decision of the tribunal, or

s. 13(8)(d)(iii)

to set aside an earlier decision of the tribunal,

s. 13(8)(e)

a decision of the Upper Tribunal that is set aside under section 10 (including a decision set aside after proceedings on an appeal under this section have been begun), or

s. 13(8)(f)

any decision of the Upper Tribunal that is of a description specified in an order made by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 13(9)

A description may be specified under subsection (8)(f) only if—

s. 13(9)(a)

in the case of a decision of that description, there is a right to appeal to a court from the decision and that right is, or includes, something other than a right (however expressed) to appeal on any point of law arising from the decision, or

s. 13(9)(b)

decisions of that description are made in carrying out a function transferred under section 30 and prior to the transfer of the function under section 30(1) there was no right to appeal from decisions of that description.

s. 13(10)

Where—the order must be framed so as to come into force no later than the time when the transfer under section 30 of the function takes effect (but power to revoke the order continues to be exercisable after that time, and power to amend the order continues to be exercisable after that time for the purpose of narrowing the description for the time being specified).

s. 13(10)(a)

an order under subsection (8)(f) specifies a description of decisions, and

s. 13(10)(b)

decisions of that description are made in carrying out a function transferred under section 30,

s. 13(11)

Before the Upper Tribunal decides an application made to it under subsection (4), the Upper Tribunal must specify the court that is to be the relevant appellate court as respects the proposed appeal.

s. 13(12)

The court to be specified under subsection (11) in relation to a proposed appeal is whichever of the following courts appears to the Upper Tribunal to be the most appropriate—

s. 13(12)(a)

the Court of Appeal in England and Wales;

s. 13(12)(b)

the Court of Session;

s. 13(12)(c)

the Court of Appeal in Northern Ireland.

s. 13(13)

In this section except subsection (11), “the relevant appellate court”, as respects an appeal, means the court specified as respects that appeal by the Upper Tribunal under subsection (11).

s. 13(14)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision for a person to be treated as being, or to be treated as not being, a party to a case for the purposes of subsection (2).

s. 13(15)

Rules of court may make provision as to the time within which an application under subsection (4) to the relevant appellate court must be made.

s. 14 — Proceedings on appeal to Court of Appeal etc.
s. 14(1)

Subsection (2) applies if the relevant appellate court, in deciding an appeal under section 13, finds that the making of the decision concerned involved the making of an error on a point of law.

s. 14(2)

The relevant appellate court—

s. 14(2)(a)

may (but need not) set aside the decision of the Upper Tribunal, and

s. 14(2)(b)

if it does, must either—

s. 14(2)(b)(i)

remit the case to the Upper Tribunal or, where the decision of the Upper Tribunal was on an appeal or reference from another tribunal or some other person, to the Upper Tribunal or that other tribunal or person, with directions for its reconsideration, or

s. 14(2)(b)(ii)

re-make the decision.

s. 14(3)

In acting under subsection (2)(b)(i), the relevant appellate court may also—

s. 14(3)(a)

direct that the persons who are chosen to reconsider the case are not to be the same as those who—

s. 14(3)(a)(i)

where the case is remitted to the Upper Tribunal, made the decision of the Upper Tribunal that has been set aside, or

s. 14(3)(a)(ii)

where the case is remitted to another tribunal or person, made the decision in respect of which the appeal or reference to the Upper Tribunal was made;

s. 14(3)(b)

give procedural directions in connection with the reconsideration of the case by the Upper Tribunal or other tribunal or person.

s. 14(4)

In acting under subsection (2)(b)(ii), the relevant appellate court—

s. 14(4)(a)

may make any decision which the Upper Tribunal could make if the Upper Tribunal were re-making the decision or (as the case may be) which the other tribunal or person could make if that other tribunal or person were re-making the decision, and

s. 14(4)(b)

may make such findings of fact as it considers appropriate.

s. 14(5)

Where—the Upper Tribunal may (instead of reconsidering the case itself) remit the case to that other tribunal or person, with the directions given by the relevant appellate court for its reconsideration.

s. 14(5)(a)

under subsection (2)(b)(i) the relevant appellate court remits a case to the Upper Tribunal, and

s. 14(5)(b)

the decision set aside under subsection (2)(a) was made by the Upper Tribunal on an appeal or reference from another tribunal or some other person,

s. 14(6)

In acting under subsection (5), the Upper Tribunal may also—

s. 14(6)(a)

direct that the persons who are chosen to reconsider the case are not to be the same as those who made the decision in respect of which the appeal or reference to the Upper Tribunal was made;

s. 14(6)(b)

give procedural directions in connection with the reconsideration of the case by the other tribunal or person.

s. 14(7)

In this section “the relevant appellate court”, as respects an appeal under section 13, means the court specified as respects that appeal by the Upper Tribunal under section 13(11).

s. 14A — Appeal to Supreme Court: grant of certificate by Upper Tribunal
s. 14A(1)

If the Upper Tribunal is satisfied that—the Upper Tribunal may grant a certificate to that effect.

s. 14A(1)(a)

the conditions in subsection (4) or (5) are fulfilled in relation to the Upper Tribunal's decision in any proceedings, and

s. 14A(1)(b)

as regards that decision, a sufficient case for an appeal to the Supreme Court has been made out to justify an application under section 14B,

s. 14A(2)

The Upper Tribunal may grant a certificate under this section only on an application made by a party to the proceedings.

s. 14A(3)

The Upper Tribunal may grant a certificate under this section only if the relevant appellate court as regards the proceedings is—

s. 14A(3)(a)

the Court of Appeal in England and Wales, or

s. 14A(3)(b)

the Court of Appeal in Northern Ireland.

s. 14A(4)

The conditions in this subsection are that a point of law of general public importance is involved in the decision of the Upper Tribunal and that point of law is—

s. 14A(4)(a)

a point of law that—

s. 14A(4)(a)(i)

relates wholly or mainly to the construction of an enactment or statutory instrument, and

s. 14A(4)(a)(ii)

has been fully argued in the proceedings and fully considered in the judgment of the Upper Tribunal in the proceedings, or

s. 14A(4)(b)

a point of law—

s. 14A(4)(b)(i)

in respect of which the Upper Tribunal is bound by a decision of the relevant appellate court or the Supreme Court in previous proceedings, and

s. 14A(4)(b)(ii)

that was fully considered in the judgments given by the relevant appellate court or, as the case may be, the Supreme Court in those previous proceedings.

s. 14A(5)

The conditions in this subsection are that a point of law of general public importance is involved in the decision of the Upper Tribunal and that—

s. 14A(5)(a)

the proceedings entail a decision relating to a matter of national importance or consideration of such a matter,

s. 14A(5)(b)

the result of the proceedings is so significant (whether considered on its own or together with other proceedings or likely proceedings) that, in the opinion of the Upper Tribunal, a hearing by the Supreme Court is justified, or

s. 14A(5)(c)

the Upper Tribunal is satisfied that the benefits of earlier consideration by the Supreme Court outweigh the benefits of consideration by the Court of Appeal.

s. 14A(6)

Before the Upper Tribunal decides an application made to it under this section, the Upper Tribunal must specify the court that would be the relevant appellate court if the application were an application for permission (or leave) under section 13.

s. 14A(7)

In this section except subsection (6) and in sections 14B and 14C, “the relevant appellate court”, as respects an application, means the court specified as respects that application by the Upper Tribunal under subsection (6).

s. 14A(8)

No appeal lies against the grant or refusal of a certificate under subsection (1).

s. 14B — Appeal to Supreme Court: permission to appeal
s. 14B(1)

If the Upper Tribunal grants a certificate under section 14A in relation to any proceedings, a party to those proceedings may apply to the Supreme Court for permission to appeal directly to the Supreme Court.

s. 14B(2)

An application under subsection (1) must be made—

s. 14B(2)(a)

within one month from the date on which that certificate is granted, or

s. 14B(2)(b)

within such time as the Supreme Court may allow in a particular case.

s. 14B(3)

If on such an application it appears to the Supreme Court to be expedient to do so, the Supreme Court may grant permission for such an appeal.

s. 14B(4)

If permission is granted under this section—

s. 14B(4)(a)

no appeal from the decision to which the certificate relates lies to the relevant appellate court, but

s. 14B(4)(b)

an appeal lies from that decision to the Supreme Court.

s. 14B(5)

An application under subsection (1) is to be determined without a hearing.

s. 14B(6)

Subject to subsection (4), no appeal lies to the relevant appellate court from a decision of the Upper Tribunal in respect of which a certificate is granted under section 14A until—

s. 14B(6)(a)

the time within which an application can be made under subsection (1) has expired, and

s. 14B(6)(b)

where such an application is made, that application has been determined in accordance with this section.

s. 14C — Appeal to Supreme Court: exclusions
s. 14C(1)

No certificate may be granted under section 14A in respect of a decision of the Upper Tribunal in any proceedings where, by virtue of any enactment (other than sections 14A and 14B), no appeal would lie from that decision of the Upper Tribunal to the relevant appellate court, with or without the permission (or leave) of the Upper Tribunal or the relevant appellate court.

s. 14C(2)

No certificate may be granted under section 14A in respect of a decision of the Upper Tribunal in any proceedings where, by virtue of any enactment, no appeal would lie from a decision of the relevant appellate court on that decision of the Upper Tribunal to the Supreme Court, with or without the permission (or leave) of the relevant appellate court or the Supreme Court.

s. 14C(3)

Where no appeal would lie to the relevant appellate court from the decision of the Upper Tribunal except with the permission (or leave) of the Upper Tribunal or the relevant appellate court, no certificate may be granted under section 14A in respect of a decision of the Upper Tribunal unless it appears to the Upper Tribunal that it would be a proper case for giving permission (or leave) to appeal to the relevant appellate court.

s. 14C(4)

No certificate may be granted under section 14A in respect of a decision or order of the Upper Tribunal made by it in the exercise of its jurisdiction to punish for contempt.

“Judicial review”

s. 15 — Upper Tribunal's “judicial review” jurisdiction
s. 15(1)

The Upper Tribunal has power, in cases arising under the law of England and Wales or under the law of Northern Ireland, to grant the following kinds of relief—

s. 15(1)(a)

a mandatory order;

s. 15(1)(b)

a prohibiting order;

s. 15(1)(c)

a quashing order;

s. 15(1)(d)

a declaration;

s. 15(1)(e)

an injunction.

s. 15(2)

The power under subsection (1) may be exercised by the Upper Tribunal if—

s. 15(2)(a)

certain conditions are met (see section 18), or

s. 15(2)(b)

the tribunal is authorised to proceed even though not all of those conditions are met (see section 19(3) and (4)).

s. 15(3)

Relief under subsection (1) granted by the Upper Tribunal—

s. 15(3)(a)

has the same effect as the corresponding relief granted by the High Court on an application for judicial review, and

s. 15(3)(b)

is enforceable as if it were relief granted by the High Court on an application for judicial review.

s. 15(4)

In deciding whether to grant relief under subsection (1)(a), (b) or (c), the Upper Tribunal must apply the principles that the High Court would apply in deciding whether to grant that relief on an application for judicial review.

s. 15(5)

In deciding whether to grant relief under subsection (1)(d) or (e), the Upper Tribunal must—

s. 15(5)(a)

in cases arising under the law of England and Wales apply the principles that the High Court would apply in deciding whether to grant that relief under section 31(2) of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) on an application for judicial review, and

s. 15(5)(b)

in cases arising under the law of Northern Ireland apply the principles that the High Court would apply in deciding whether to grant that relief on an application for judicial review.

s. 15(5A)

In cases arising under the law of England and Wales, subsections (2A) and (2B) of section 31 of the Senior Courts Act 1981 apply to the Upper Tribunal when deciding whether to grant relief under subsection (1) as they apply to the High Court when deciding whether to grant relief on an application for judicial review.

s. 15(5B)

If the tribunal grants relief in reliance on section 31(2B) of the Senior Courts Act 1981 as applied by subsection (5A), the tribunal must certify that the condition in section 31(2B) as so applied is satisfied.

s. 15(6)

For the purposes of the application of subsection (3)(a) in relation to cases arising under the law of Northern Ireland—

s. 15(6)(a)

a mandatory order under subsection (1)(a) shall be taken to correspond to an order of mandamus,

s. 15(6)(b)

a prohibiting order under subsection (1)(b) shall be taken to correspond to an order of prohibition, and

s. 15(6)(c)

a quashing order under subsection (1)(c) shall be taken to correspond to an order of certiorari.

s. 16 — Application for relief under section 15(1)
s. 16(1)

This section applies in relation to an application to the Upper Tribunal for relief under section 15(1).

s. 16(2)

The application may be made only if permission (or, in a case arising under the law of Northern Ireland, leave) to make it has been obtained from the tribunal.

s. 16(3)

The tribunal may not grant permission (or leave) to make the application unless it considers that the applicant has a sufficient interest in the matter to which the application relates.

s. 16(3C)

In cases arising under the law of England and Wales, when considering whether to grant permission to make the application, the tribunal—

s. 16(3C)(a)

may of its own initiative consider whether the outcome for the applicant would have been substantially different if the conduct complained of had not occurred, and

s. 16(3C)(b)

must consider that question if the respondent asks it to do so.

s. 16(3D)

In subsection (3C) “the conduct complained of” means the conduct (or alleged conduct) of the respondent that the applicant claims justifies the tribunal in granting relief.

s. 16(3E)

If, on considering the question mentioned in subsection (3C)(a) and (b), it appears to the tribunal to be highly likely that the outcome for the applicant would not have been substantially different, the tribunal must refuse to grant permission.

s. 16(3F)

The tribunal may disregard the requirement in subsection (3E) if it considers that it is appropriate to do so for reasons of exceptional public interest.

s. 16(3G)

If the tribunal grants permission in reliance on subsection (3F), the tribunal must certify that the condition in subsection (3F) is satisfied.

s. 16(4)

Subsection (5) applies where the tribunal considers—

s. 16(4)(a)

that there has been undue delay in making the application, and

s. 16(4)(b)

that granting the relief sought on the application would be likely to cause substantial hardship to, or substantially prejudice the rights of, any person or would be detrimental to good administration.

s. 16(5)

The tribunal may—

s. 16(5)(a)

refuse to grant permission (or leave) for the making of the application;

s. 16(5)(b)

refuse to grant any relief sought on the application.

s. 16(6)

The tribunal may award to the applicant damages, restitution or the recovery of a sum due if—

s. 16(6)(a)

the application includes a claim for such an award arising from any matter to which the application relates, and

s. 16(6)(b)

the tribunal is satisfied that such an award would have been made by the High Court if the claim had been made in an action begun in the High Court by the applicant at the time of making the application.

s. 16(6A)

In cases arising under the law of England and Wales, subsections (2A) and (2B) of section 31 of the Senior Courts Act 1981 apply to the Upper Tribunal as regards the making of an award under subsection (6) as they apply to the High Court as regards the making of an award under section 31(4) of the Senior Courts Act 1981.

s. 16(6B)

If the tribunal makes an award in reliance on section 31(2B) of the Senior Courts Act 1981 as applied by subsection (6A), the tribunal must certify that the condition in section 31(2B) as so applied is satisfied.

s. 16(7)

An award under subsection (6) may be enforced as if it were an award of the High Court.

s. 16(8)

Where—the Court of Appeal may go on to decide the application for relief under section 15(1).

s. 16(8)(a)

the tribunal refuses to grant permission (or leave) to apply for relief under section 15(1),

s. 16(8)(b)

the applicant appeals against that refusal, and

s. 16(8)(c)

the Court of Appeal grants the permission (or leave),

s. 16(9)

Subsections (4) and (5) do not prevent Tribunal Procedure Rules from limiting the time within which applications may be made.

s. 17 — Quashing orders under section 15(1): supplementary provision
s. 17(A1)

In cases arising under the law of England and Wales, section 29A of the Senior Courts Act 1981 applies in relation to a quashing order under section 15(1)(c) of this Act as it applies in relation to a quashing order under section 29 of that Act.

s. 17(1)

If the Upper Tribunal makes a quashing order under section 15(1)(c) in respect of a decision, it may in addition—

s. 17(1)(a)

remit the matter concerned to the court, tribunal or authority that made the decision, with a direction to reconsider the matter and reach a decision in accordance with the findings of the Upper Tribunal, or

s. 17(1)(b)

substitute its own decision for the decision in question.

s. 17(2)

The power conferred by subsection (1)(b) is exercisable only if—

s. 17(2)(a)

the decision in question was made by a court or tribunal,

s. 17(2)(b)

the quashing order is made on the ground that there has been an error of law, and

s. 17(2)(c)

without the error, there would have been only one decision that the court or tribunal could have reached.

s. 17(3)

Unless the Upper Tribunal otherwise directs, a decision substituted by it under subsection (1)(b) has effect as if it were a decision of the relevant court or tribunal.

s. 18 — Limits of jurisdiction under section 15(1)
s. 18(1)

This section applies where an application made to the Upper Tribunal seeks (whether or not alone)—

s. 18(1)(a)

relief under section 15(1), or

s. 18(1)(b)

permission (or, in a case arising under the law of Northern Ireland, leave) to apply for relief under section 15(1).

s. 18(2)

If Conditions 1 to 4 are met, the tribunal has the function of deciding the application.

s. 18(3)

If the tribunal does not have the function of deciding the application, it must by order transfer the application to the High Court.

s. 18(4)

Condition 1 is that the application does not seek anything other than—

s. 18(4)(a)

relief under section 15(1);

s. 18(4)(b)

permission (or, in a case arising under the law of Northern Ireland, leave) to apply for relief under section 15(1);

s. 18(4)(c)

an award under section 16(6);

s. 18(4)(d)

interest;

s. 18(4)(e)

costs.

s. 18(5)

Condition 2 is that the application does not call into question anything done by the Crown Court.

s. 18(6)

Condition 3 is that the application falls within a class specified for the purposes of this subsection in a direction given in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4).

s. 18(7)

The power to give directions under subsection (6) includes—

s. 18(7)(a)

power to vary or revoke directions made in exercise of the power, and

s. 18(7)(b)

power to make different provision for different purposes.

s. 18(8)

Condition 4 is that the judge presiding at the hearing of the application is either—

s. 18(8)(a)

a judge of the High Court or the Court of Appeal in England and Wales or Northern Ireland, or a judge of the Court of Session, or

s. 18(8)(b)

such other persons as may be agreed from time to time between the Lord Chief Justice, the Lord President, or the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland, as the case may be, and the Senior President of Tribunals.

s. 18(9)

Where the application is transferred to the High Court under subsection (3)—

s. 18(9)(a)

the application is to be treated for all purposes as if it—

s. 18(9)(a)(i)

had been made to the High Court, and

s. 18(9)(a)(ii)

sought things corresponding to those sought from the tribunal, and

s. 18(9)(b)

any steps taken, permission (or leave) given or orders made by the tribunal in relation to the application are to be treated as taken, given or made by the High Court.

s. 18(10)

Rules of court may make provision for the purpose of supplementing subsection (9).

s. 18(11)

The provision that may be made by Tribunal Procedure Rules about amendment of an application for relief under section 15(1) includes, in particular, provision about amendments that would cause the application to become transferrable under subsection (3).

s. 18(12)

For the purposes of subsection (9)(a)(ii), in relation to an application transferred to the High Court in Northern Ireland—

s. 18(12)(a)

an order of mandamus shall be taken to correspond to a mandatory order under section 15(1)(a),

s. 18(12)(b)

an order of prohibition shall be taken to correspond to a prohibiting order under section 15(1)(b), and

s. 18(12)(c)

an order of certiorari shall be taken to correspond to a quashing order under section 15(1)(c).

s. 19 — Transfer of judicial review applications from High Court
s. 19(1)

In the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54), after section 31 insert—

s. 19(2)

In the Judicature (Northern Ireland) Act 1978 (c. 23), after section 25 insert—

s. 19(3)

Where an application is transferred to the Upper Tribunal under 31A of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) or section 25A of the Judicature (Northern Ireland) Act 1978 (transfer from the High Court of judicial review applications)—

s. 19(3)(a)

the application is to be treated for all purposes as if it—

s. 19(3)(a)(i)

had been made to the tribunal, and

s. 19(3)(a)(ii)

sought things corresponding to those sought from the High Court,

s. 19(3)(b)

the tribunal has the function of deciding the application, even if it does not fall within a class specified under section 18(6), and

s. 19(3)(c)

any steps taken, permission given, leave given or orders made by the High Court in relation to the application are to be treated as taken, given or made by the tribunal.

s. 19(4)

Where—the tribunal has the function of deciding any subsequent application brought under the permission or leave, even if the subsequent application does not fall within a class specified under section 18(6).

s. 19(4)(a)

an application for permission is transferred to the Upper Tribunal under section 31A of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) and the tribunal grants permission, or

s. 19(4)(b)

an application for leave is transferred to the Upper Tribunal under section 25A of the Judicature (Northern Ireland) Act 1978 (c. 23) and the tribunal grants leave,

s. 19(5)

Tribunal Procedure Rules may make further provision for the purposes of supplementing subsections (3) and (4).

s. 19(6)

For the purposes of subsection (3)(a)(ii), in relation to an application transferred to the Upper Tribunal under section 25A of the Judicature (Northern Ireland) Act 1978—

s. 19(6)(a)

a mandatory order under section 15(1)(a) shall be taken to correspond to an order of mandamus,

s. 19(6)(b)

a prohibiting order under section 15(1)(b) shall be taken to correspond to an order of prohibition, and

s. 19(6)(c)

a quashing order under section 15(1)(c) shall be taken to correspond to an order of certiorari.

s. 20 — Transfer of judicial review applications from the Court of Session
s. 20(1)

Where an application is made to the supervisory jurisdiction of the Court of Session, the Court—by order transfer the application to the Upper Tribunal.

s. 20(1)(a)

must, if Conditions 1 and 2 are met, and,

s. 20(1)(aa)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 20(1)(b)

may, if Conditions 1 and 3 are met, but Condition 2 is not,

s. 20(2)

Condition 1 is that the application does not seek anything other than an exercise of the supervisory jurisdiction of the Court of Session.

s. 20(3)

Condition 2 is that the application falls within a class specified for the purposes of this subsection by act of sederunt made with the consent of the Lord Chancellor.

s. 20(4)

Condition 3 is that the subject matter of the application is not a devolved Scottish matter.

s. 20(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 20(5A)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 20(6)

There may not be specified under subsection (3) any class of application which includes an application the subject matter of which is a devolved Scottish matter.

s. 20(7)

For the purposes of this section, the subject matter of an application is a devolved Scottish matter if it—

s. 20(7)(a)

concerns the exercise of functions in or as regards Scotland, and

s. 20(7)(b)

does not relate to a reserved matter within the meaning of the Scotland Act 1998 (c. 46).

s. 20(8)

In subsection (2), the reference to the exercise of the supervisory jurisdiction of the Court of Session includes a reference to the making of any order in connection with or in consequence of the exercise of that jurisdiction.

s. 20A — Procedural steps where application transferred
s. 20A(1)

This section applies where the Court of Session transfers an application under section 20(1).

s. 20A(2)

It is for the Upper Tribunal to determine—

s. 20A(2)(a)

whether the application has been made timeously, and

s. 20A(2)(b)

whether to grant permission for the application to proceed under section 27B of the Court of Session Act 1988 (“the 1988 Act”) (requirement for permission).

s. 20A(3)

Accordingly—

s. 20A(3)(a)

the Upper Tribunal has the same powers in relation to the application as the Court of Session would have had in relation to it under sections 27A to 27C of the 1988 Act,

s. 20A(3)(b)

sections 27C and 27D of that Act apply in relation to a decision of the Upper Tribunal under section 27B(1) of that Act as they apply in relation to such a decision of the Court of Session.

s. 20A(4)

The references in section 27C(3) and (4) of the 1988 Act (oral hearings where permission refused) to a different Lord Ordinary from the one who granted or refused permission are to be read as references to different members of the Tribunal from those of whom it was composed when it refused or granted permission.

s. 21 — Upper Tribunal's “judicial review” jurisdiction: Scotland
s. 21(1)

The Upper Tribunal has the function of deciding applications transferred to it from the Court of Session under section 20(1).

s. 21(2)

The powers of review of the Upper Tribunal in relation to such applications are the same as the powers of review of the Court of Session in an application to the supervisory jurisdiction of that Court.

s. 21(3)

In deciding an application by virtue of subsection (1), the Upper Tribunal must apply principles that the Court of Session would apply in deciding an application to the supervisory jurisdiction of that Court.

s. 21(4)

An order of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of subsection (1)—

s. 21(4)(a)

has the same effect as the corresponding order granted by the Court of Session on an application to the supervisory jurisdiction of that Court, and

s. 21(4)(b)

is enforceable as if it were an order so granted by that Court.

s. 21(5)

Where an application is transferred to the Upper Tribunal by virtue of section 20(1), any steps taken or orders made by the Court of Session in relation to the application (other than the order to transfer the application under section 20(1)) are to be treated as taken or made by the tribunal.

s. 21(6)

Tribunal Procedure Rules may make further provision for the purposes of supplementing subsection (5).

Miscellaneous

s. 22 — Tribunal Procedure Rules
s. 22(1)

There are to be rules, to be called “Tribunal Procedure Rules”, governing—

s. 22(1)(a)

the practice and procedure to be followed in the First-tier Tribunal, and

s. 22(1)(b)

the practice and procedure to be followed in the Upper Tribunal.

s. 22(2)

Tribunal Procedure Rules are to be made by the Tribunal Procedure Committee.

s. 22(3)

In Schedule 5—Part 1 makes further provision about the content of Tribunal Procedure Rules, Part 2 makes provision about the membership of the Tribunal Procedure Committee, Part 3 makes provision about the making of Tribunal Procedure Rules by the Committee, and Part 4 confers power to amend legislation in connection with Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 22(4)

Power to make Tribunal Procedure Rules is to be exercised with a view to securing—

s. 22(4)(a)

that, in proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal, justice is done,

s. 22(4)(b)

that the tribunal system is accessible and fair,

s. 22(4)(c)

that proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal are handled quickly and efficiently,

s. 22(4)(d)

that the rules are both simple and simply expressed, and

s. 22(4)(e)

that the rules where appropriate confer on members of the First-tier Tribunal, or Upper Tribunal, responsibility for ensuring that proceedings before the tribunal are handled quickly and efficiently.

s. 22(5)

In subsection (4)(b) “the tribunal system” means the system for deciding matters within the jurisdiction of the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal.

s. 23 — Practice directions
s. 23(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may give directions—

s. 23(1)(a)

as to the practice and procedure of the First-tier Tribunal;

s. 23(1)(b)

as to the practice and procedure of the Upper Tribunal.

s. 23(2)

A Chamber President may give directions as to the practice and procedure of the chamber over which he presides.

s. 23(3)

A power under this section to give directions includes—

s. 23(3)(a)

power to vary or revoke directions made in exercise of the power, and

s. 23(3)(b)

power to make different provision for different purposes (including different provision for different areas).

s. 23(4)

Directions under subsection (1) may not be given without the approval of the Lord Chancellor.

s. 23(5)

Directions under subsection (2) may not be given without the approval of—

s. 23(5)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, and

s. 23(5)(b)

the Lord Chancellor.

s. 23(6)

Subsections (4) and (5)(b) do not apply to directions to the extent that they consist of guidance about any of the following—

s. 23(6)(a)

the application or interpretation of the law;

s. 23(6)(b)

the making of decisions by members of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal.

s. 23(7)

Subsections (4) and (5)(b) do not apply to directions to the extent that they consist of criteria for determining which members of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal may be chosen to decide particular categories of matter; but the directions may, to that extent, be given only after consulting the Lord Chancellor.

s. 24 — Mediation
s. 24(1)

A person exercising power to make Tribunal Procedure Rules or give practice directions must, when making provision in relation to mediation, have regard to the following principles—

s. 24(1)(a)

mediation of matters in dispute between parties to proceedings is to take place only by agreement between those parties;

s. 24(1)(b)

where parties to proceedings fail to mediate, or where mediation between parties to proceedings fails to resolve disputed matters, the failure is not to affect the outcome of the proceedings.

s. 24(2)

Practice directions may provide for members to act as mediators in relation to disputed matters in a case that is the subject of proceedings.

s. 24(3)

The provision that may be made by virtue of subsection (2) includes provision for a member to act as a mediator in relation to disputed matters in a case even though the member has been chosen to decide matters in the case.

s. 24(4)

Once a member has begun to act as a mediator in relation to a disputed matter in a case that is the subject of proceedings, the member may decide matters in the case only with the consent of the parties.

s. 24(5)

Staff appointed under section 40(1) may, subject to their terms of appointment, act as mediators in relation to disputed matters in a case that is the subject of proceedings.

s. 24(6)

In this section—“member” means a judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal or a judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal;“practice direction” means a direction under section 23(1) or (2);“proceedings” means proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or proceedings before the Upper Tribunal.

s. 25 — Supplementary powers of Upper Tribunal
s. 25(1)

In relation to the matters mentioned in subsection (2), the Upper Tribunal—

s. 25(1)(a)

has, in England and Wales or in Northern Ireland, the same powers, rights, privileges and authority as the High Court, and

s. 25(1)(b)

has, in Scotland, the same powers, rights, privileges and authority as the Court of Session.

s. 25(2)

The matters are—

s. 25(2)(a)

the attendance and examination of witnesses,

s. 25(2)(b)

the production and inspection of documents, and

s. 25(2)(c)

all other matters incidental to the Upper Tribunal's functions.

s. 25(3)

Subsection (1) shall not be taken—

s. 25(3)(a)

to limit any power to make Tribunal Procedure Rules;

s. 25(3)(b)

to be limited by anything in Tribunal Procedure Rules other than an express limitation.

s. 25(4)

A power, right, privilege or authority conferred in a territory by subsection (1) is available for purposes of proceedings in the Upper Tribunal that take place outside that territory (as well as for purposes of proceedings in the tribunal that take place within that territory).

s. 26 — First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal: sitting places

Each of the First-tier Tribunal and the Upper Tribunal may decide a case—even though the case arises under the law of a territory other than the one in which the case is decided.

s. 26(a)

in England and Wales,

s. 26(b)

in Scotland, or

s. 26(c)

in Northern Ireland,

s. 27 — Enforcement
s. 27(1)

A sum payable in pursuance of a decision of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal made in England and Wales—

s. 27(1)(a)

shall be recoverable as if it were payable under an order of the county court in England and Wales;

s. 27(1)(b)

shall be recoverable as if it were payable under an order of the High Court in England and Wales.

s. 27(2)

An order for the payment of a sum payable in pursuance of a decision of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal made in Scotland (or a copy of such an order certified in accordance with Tribunal Procedure Rules) may be enforced as if it were an extract registered decree arbitral bearing a warrant for execution issued by the sheriff court of any sheriffdom in Scotland.

s. 27(3)

A sum payable in pursuance of a decision of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal made in Northern Ireland—

s. 27(3)(a)

shall be recoverable as if it were payable under an order of a county court in Northern Ireland;

s. 27(3)(b)

shall be recoverable as if it were payable under an order of the High Court in Northern Ireland.

s. 27(4)

This section does not apply to a sum payable in pursuance of—

s. 27(4)(a)

an award under section 16(6), or

s. 27(4)(b)

an order by virtue of section 21(1).

s. 27(5)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision for subsection (1) or (3) to apply in relation to a sum of a description specified in the order with the omission of one (but not both) of paragraphs (a) and (b).

s. 27(6)

Tribunal Procedure Rules—

s. 27(6)(a)

may make provision as to where, for purposes of this section, a decision is to be taken to be made;

s. 27(6)(b)

may provide for all or any of subsections (1) to (3) to apply only, or not to apply except, in relation to sums of a description specified in Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 28 — Assessors
s. 28(1)

If it appears to the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal that a matter before it requires special expertise not otherwise available to it, it may direct that in dealing with that matter it shall have the assistance of a person or persons appearing to it to have relevant knowledge or experience.

s. 28(2)

The remuneration of a person who gives assistance to either tribunal as mentioned in subsection (1) shall be determined and paid by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 28(3)

The Lord Chancellor may—

s. 28(3)(a)

establish panels of persons from which either tribunal may (but need not) select persons to give it assistance as mentioned in subsection (1);

s. 28(3)(b)

under paragraph (a) establish different panels for different purposes;

s. 28(3)(c)

after carrying out such consultation as he considers appropriate, appoint persons to a panel established under paragraph (a);

s. 28(3)(d)

remove a person from such a panel.

s. 29 — Costs or expenses
s. 29(1)

The costs of and incidental to—shall be in the discretion of the Tribunal in which the proceedings take place.

s. 29(1)(a)

all proceedings in the First-tier Tribunal, and

s. 29(1)(b)

all proceedings in the Upper Tribunal,

s. 29(2)

The relevant Tribunal shall have full power to determine by whom and to what extent the costs are to be paid.

s. 29(3)

Subsections (1) and (2) have effect subject to Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 29(4)

In any proceedings mentioned in subsection (1), the relevant Tribunal may—the whole of any wasted costs or such part of them as may be determined in accordance with Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 29(4)(a)

disallow, or

s. 29(4)(b)

(as the case may be) order the legal or other representative concerned to meet,

s. 29(5)

In subsection (4) “wasted costs” means any costs incurred by a party—

s. 29(5)(a)

as a result of any improper, unreasonable or negligent act or omission on the part of any legal or other representative or any employee of such a representative, or

s. 29(5)(b)

which, in the light of any such act or omission occurring after they were incurred, the relevant Tribunal considers it is unreasonable to expect that party to pay.

s. 29(6)

In this section “legal or other representative”, in relation to a party to proceedings, means any person exercising a right of audience or right to conduct the proceedings on his behalf.

s. 29(7)

In the application of this section in relation to Scotland, any reference in this section to costs is to be read as a reference to expenses.

s. 29ZA — Enabling the public to see and hear proceedings

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 29ZB — Offences of recording or transmission in relation to broadcasting

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 29ZC — Offences of recording or transmitting participation through live link

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 29ZD — Interpretation

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 29A — Meaning of “authorised person” and “judicial office holder”

In this Chapter—“authorised person” means a person authorised under paragraph 3 of Schedule 5 to exercise functions of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal;“judicial office holder” has the meaning given by section 109(4) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005.

s. 29B — Directions and independence: authorised persons
s. 29B(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may give directions to an authorised person.

s. 29B(2)

Apart from such directions, an authorised person exercising a function by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 5 is not subject to the direction of the Lord Chancellor or any other person when exercising the function.

s. 29B(3)

The Senior President of Tribunals may delegate to one or more of the following the Senior President of Tribunals' functions under subsection (1)—

s. 29B(3)(a)

a judicial office holder;

s. 29B(3)(b)

a person appointed under section 2(1) of the Courts Act 2003 or section 40(1) of this Act.

s. 29B(4)

A person to whom functions of the Senior President of Tribunals are delegated under subsection (3)(b) is not subject to the direction of any person other than—when exercising the functions.

s. 29B(4)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, or

s. 29B(4)(b)

a judicial office holder nominated by the Senior President of Tribunals,

s. 29B(5)

Subsections (3) to (5) of section 8 apply to—as they apply to a delegation under subsection (1) of that section.

s. 29B(5)(a)

a delegation under subsection (3) of this section, and

s. 29B(5)(b)

a nomination under subsection (4) of this section,

s. 29C — Protection of authorised persons
s. 29C(1)

No action lies against an authorised person in respect of what the person does or omits to do—

s. 29C(1)(a)

in the execution of the person's duty as an authorised person exercising, by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 5, functions of a tribunal, and

s. 29C(1)(b)

in relation to a matter within the person's jurisdiction.

s. 29C(2)

An action lies against an authorised person in respect of what the person does or omits to do—if, but only if, it is proved that the person acted in bad faith.

s. 29C(2)(a)

in the purported execution of the person's duty as an authorised person exercising, by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 5, functions of a tribunal, but

s. 29C(2)(b)

in relation to a matter not within the person's jurisdiction,

s. 29C(3)

If an action is brought in a court in Scotland in circumstances in which subsection (1) or (2) provides that no action lies, the court in which the action is brought—

s. 29C(3)(a)

may, on the application of the defender, dismiss the action, and

s. 29C(3)(b)

if it does so, may find the person bringing the action liable in expenses.

s. 29C(4)

If an action is brought in any other court in circumstances in which subsection (1) or (2) provides that no action lies, the court in which the action is brought—

s. 29C(4)(a)

may, on the application of the defendant, strike out the proceedings in the action, and

s. 29C(4)(b)

if it does so, may if it thinks fit order the person bringing the action to pay costs.

s. 29D — Costs or expenses in legal proceedings: authorised persons
s. 29D(1)

A court may not order an authorised person to pay costs in any proceedings in respect of what the person does or omits to do in the execution (or purported execution) of the person's duty as an authorised person exercising, by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 5, a function of a tribunal.

s. 29D(2)

But subsection (1) does not apply in relation to any proceedings in which an authorised person—

s. 29D(2)(a)

is being tried for an offence or is appealing against a conviction, or

s. 29D(2)(b)

is proved to have acted in bad faith in respect of the matters giving rise to the proceedings.

s. 29D(3)

A court which is prevented by subsection (1) from ordering an authorised person to pay costs in any proceedings may instead order the Lord Chancellor to make a payment in respect of the costs of a person in the proceedings.

s. 29D(4)

The Lord Chancellor may, after consulting the Senior President of Tribunals, make regulations specifying—

s. 29D(4)(a)

circumstances in which a court must or must not exercise the power conferred on it by subsection (3), and

s. 29D(4)(b)

how the amount of any payment ordered under subsection (3) is to be determined.

s. 29D(5)

The power to make regulations under subsection (4) includes power to make—which the Lord Chancellor considers necessary or expedient.

s. 29D(5)(a)

any supplementary, incidental or consequential provision, and

s. 29D(5)(b)

any transitory, transitional or saving provision,

s. 29D(6)

The Senior President of Tribunals may delegate the Senior President of Tribunals' functions under subsection (4) to a person who is a judicial office holder.

s. 29D(7)

Subsections (3) to (5) of section 8 apply to a delegation under subsection (6) of this section as they apply to a delegation under subsection (1) of that section.

s. 29D(8)

In the application of this section to Scotland—

s. 29D(8)(a)

references to a court ordering an authorised person to pay costs are to be read as references to a court finding an authorised person liable in expenses, and

s. 29D(8)(b)

the second reference to costs in subsection (3) is to be read as a reference to expenses.

s. 29E — Indemnification of authorised persons
s. 29E(1)

“Indemnifiable amounts”, in relation to an authorised person, means—

s. 29E(1)(a)

costs which the person reasonably incurs in or in connection with proceedings in respect of anything done or omitted to be done in the exercise (or purported exercise) of the person's duty as an authorised person,

s. 29E(1)(b)

costs which the person reasonably incurs in taking steps to dispute a claim which might be made in such proceedings,

s. 29E(1)(c)

damages awarded against the person or costs ordered to be paid by the person in such proceedings, or

s. 29E(1)(d)

sums payable by the person in connection with a reasonable settlement of such proceedings or such a claim.

s. 29E(2)

The Lord Chancellor must indemnify an authorised person in respect of indemnifiable amounts if, in respect of the matters giving rise to the proceedings or claim, the person acted reasonably and in good faith.

s. 29E(3)

The Lord Chancellor may indemnify an authorised person in respect of other indemnifiable amounts unless it is proved, in respect of the matters giving rise to the proceedings or claim, that the person acted in bad faith.

s. 29E(4)

Any question whether, or to what extent, an authorised person is to be indemnified under this section is to be determined by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 29E(5)

The Lord Chancellor may, if an authorised person claiming to be indemnified so requests, make a determination for the purposes of this section with respect to—before the costs are incurred or the settlement in connection with which the sums are payable is made.

s. 29E(5)(a)

costs such as are mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (b), or

s. 29E(5)(b)

sums such as are mentioned in subsection (1)(d),

s. 29E(6)

But a determination under subsection (5) before costs are incurred—

s. 29E(6)(a)

is subject to such limitations (if any) as the Lord Chancellor thinks proper and to the subsequent determination of the costs reasonably incurred, and

s. 29E(6)(b)

does not affect any other determination which may fall to be made in connection with the proceedings or claim in question.

s. 29E(7)

In the application of this section to Scotland, references to costs are to be read as references to expenses.

s. 30 — Transfer of functions of certain tribunals
s. 30(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order provide for a function of a scheduled tribunal to be transferred—

s. 30(1)(a)

to the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 30(1)(b)

to the Upper Tribunal,

s. 30(1)(c)

to the First-tier Tribunal and the Upper Tribunal with the question as to which of them is to exercise the function in a particular case being determined by a person under provisions of the order,

s. 30(1)(d)

to the First-tier Tribunal to the extent specified in the order and to the Upper Tribunal to the extent so specified,

s. 30(1)(e)

to the First-tier Tribunal and the Upper Tribunal with the question as to which of them is to exercise the function in a particular case being determined by, or under, Tribunal Procedure Rules,

s. 30(1)(f)

to an employment tribunal,

s. 30(1)(g)

to the Employment Appeal Tribunal,

s. 30(1)(h)

to an employment tribunal and the Employment Appeal Tribunal with the question as to which of them is to exercise the function in a particular case being determined by a person under provisions of the order, or

s. 30(1)(i)

to an employment tribunal to the extent specified in the order and to the Employment Appeal Tribunal to the extent so specified.

s. 30(2)

In subsection (1) “scheduled tribunal” means a tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of this section.

s. 30(3)

The Lord Chancellor may, as respects a function transferred under subsection (1) or this subsection, by order provide for the function to be further transferred as mentioned in any of paragraphs (a) to (i) of subsection (1).

s. 30(4)

An order under subsection (1) or (3) may include provision for the purposes of or in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, a transfer under that subsection.

s. 30(5)

A function of a tribunal may not be transferred under subsection (1) or (3) if, or to the extent that, the provision conferring the function—

s. 30(5)(a)

would be within the legislative competence of the Scottish Parliament if it were included in an Act of that Parliament, or

s. 30(5)(b)

would be within the legislative competence of the Northern Ireland Assembly if it were included in an Act of that Assembly.

s. 30(6)

Subsection (5) does not apply to—

s. 30(6)(a)

the Secretary of State's function of deciding appeals under section 41 of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (c. 39),

s. 30(6)(b)

functions of the Consumer Credit Appeals Tribunal,

s. 30(6)(c)

the Secretary of State's function of deciding appeals under section 7(1) of the Estate Agents Act 1979 (c. 38), or

s. 30(6)(d)

functions of an adjudicator under section 5 of the Criminal Injuries Compensation Act 1995 (c. 53) (but see subsection (7)).

s. 30(7)

Functions of an adjudicator under section 5 of the Criminal Injuries Compensation Act 1995 (c. 53), so far as they relate to Scotland, may be transferred under subsection (1) or (3) only with the consent of the Scottish Ministers.

s. 30(8)

A function of a tribunal may be transferred under subsection (1) or (3) only with the consent of the Welsh Ministers if any relevant function is exercisable in relation to the tribunal by the Welsh Ministers (whether by the Welsh Ministers alone, or by the Welsh Ministers jointly or concurrently with any other person).

s. 30(9)

In subsection (8) “relevant function”, in relation to a tribunal, means a function which relates—

s. 30(9)(a)

to the operation of the tribunal (including, in particular, its membership, administration, staff, accommodation and funding, and payments to its members or staff), or

s. 30(9)(b)

to the provision of expenses and allowances to persons attending the tribunal or attending elsewhere in connection with proceedings before the tribunal.

s. 31 — Transfers under section 30: supplementary powers
s. 31(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision for abolishing the tribunal by whom a function transferred under section 30(1) is exercisable immediately before its transfer.

s. 31(2)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision, where functions of a tribunal are transferred under section 30(1), for a person—to (instead or in addition) be the holder of an office specified in subsection (3).

s. 31(2)(a)

who is the tribunal (but is not the Secretary of State), or

s. 31(2)(b)

who is a member of the tribunal, or

s. 31(2)(c)

who is an authorised decision-maker for the tribunal,

s. 31(3)

Those offices are—

s. 31(3)(a)

transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 31(3)(b)

transferred-in other member of the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 31(3)(c)

transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal,

s. 31(3)(d)

transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal, and

s. 31(3)(e)

deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal.

s. 31(4)

Where functions of a tribunal are transferred under section 30(1), the Lord Chancellor must exercise the power under subsection (2) so as to secure that each person who immediately before the end of the tribunal's life—becomes the holder of an office specified in subsection (3) with effect from the end of the tribunal's life (if the person is not then already the holder of such an office).

s. 31(4)(a)

is the tribunal,

s. 31(4)(b)

is a member of the tribunal, or

s. 31(4)(c)

is an authorised decision-maker for the tribunal,

s. 31(5)

Subsection (4) does not apply in relation to a person—and a reference in subsection (4) to the end of a tribunal's life is to when the tribunal is abolished or (without being abolished) comes to have no functions.

s. 31(5)(a)

by virtue of the person's being the Secretary of State, or

s. 31(5)(b)

by virtue of the person's being a Commissioner for the general purposes of the income tax;

s. 31(6)

For the purposes of this section, a person is an “authorised decision-maker” for a tribunal if—

s. 31(6)(a)

the tribunal is listed in column 1 of an entry in the following Table, and

s. 31(6)(b)

the person is of the description specified in column 2 of that entry.

s. 31(7)

Where a function of a tribunal is transferred under section 30(1), the Lord Chancellor may by order provide for procedural rules in force immediately before the transfer to have effect, or to have effect with appropriate modifications, after the transfer (and, accordingly, to be capable of being varied or revoked) as if they were—

s. 31(7)(a)

Tribunal Procedure Rules, or

s. 31(7)(b)

employment tribunal procedure regulations, or Appeal Tribunal procedure rules, within the meaning given by section 42(1) of the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17).

s. 31(8)

In subsection (7)—“procedural rules” means provision (whether called rules or not)—regulating practice or procedure before the tribunal, and applying for purposes connected with the exercise of the function;“appropriate modifications” means modifications (including additions and omissions) that appear to the Lord Chancellor to be necessary to secure, or expedient in connection with securing, that the procedural rules apply in relation to the exercise of the function after the transfer.

s. 31(9)

The Lord Chancellor may, in connection with provision made by order under section 30 or the preceding provisions of this section, make by order such incidental, supplemental, transitional or consequential provision, or provision for savings, as the Lord Chancellor thinks fit, including provision applying only in relation to cases selected by a member—

s. 31(9)(a)

of the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 31(9)(b)

of the Upper Tribunal,

s. 31(9)(c)

of the Employment Appeal Tribunal, or

s. 31(9)(d)

of a panel of members of employment tribunals.

s. 31(10)

Subsections (1), (2) and (7) are not to be taken as prejudicing the generality of subsection (9).

s. 32 — Power to provide for appeal to Upper Tribunal from tribunals in Wales
s. 32(1)

Subsection (2) applies if—

s. 32(1)(a)

a function is transferred under section 30(1)(a), (c), (d) or (e) in relation to England but is not transferred under section 30(1) in relation to Wales, or

s. 32(1)(b)

a function that is not exercisable in relation to Wales is transferred under section 30(1)(a), (c), (d) or (e) in relation to England and, although there is a corresponding function that is exercisable in relation to Wales, that corresponding function is not transferred under section 30(1) in relation to Wales.

s. 32(2)

The Lord Chancellor may by order—

s. 32(2)(a)

provide for an appeal against a decision to be made to the Upper Tribunal instead of to the court to which an appeal would otherwise fall to be made where the decision is made in exercising, in relation to Wales, the function mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (as the case may be) the corresponding function mentioned in subsection (1)(b);

s. 32(2)(b)

provide for a reference of any matter to be made to the Upper Tribunal instead of to the court to which a reference would otherwise fall to be made where the matter arises in exercising, in relation to Wales, the function mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (as the case may be) the corresponding function mentioned in subsection (1)(b).

s. 32(3)

The Lord Chancellor may by order provide for an appeal against a decision of a scheduled tribunal to be made to the Upper Tribunal, instead of to the court to which an appeal would otherwise fall to be made, where the decision is made by the tribunal in exercising a function in relation to Wales.

s. 32(4)

In subsection (3) “scheduled tribunal” means a tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of that subsection.

s. 32(5)

An order under subsection (2) or (3)—

s. 32(5)(a)

may include provision for the purposes of or in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, provision made by the order;

s. 32(5)(b)

may include such incidental, supplemental, transitional or consequential provision or savings as the Lord Chancellor thinks fit.

s. 33 — Power to provide for appeal to Upper Tribunal from tribunals in Scotland
s. 33(1)

Subsection (2) applies if—

s. 33(1)(a)

a function is transferred under section 30(1)(a), (c), (d) or (e) in relation to England (whether or not also in relation to Wales) but is not transferred under section 30(1) in relation to Scotland,

s. 33(1)(b)

an appeal may be made to the Upper Tribunal against any decision, or any decision of a particular description, made in exercising the transferred function in relation to England, and

s. 33(1)(c)

no appeal may be made against a corresponding decision made in exercising the function in relation to Scotland.

s. 33(2)

The Lord Chancellor may by order provide for an appeal against any such corresponding decision to be made to the Upper Tribunal.

s. 33(3)

An order under subsection (2)—

s. 33(3)(a)

may include provision for the purposes of or in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, provision made by the order;

s. 33(3)(b)

may include such incidental, supplemental, transitional or consequential provision or savings as the Lord Chancellor thinks fit.

s. 33(4)

An order under subsection (2) does not cease to have effect, and power to vary or revoke the order does not cease to be exercisable, just because either or each of the conditions in subsection (1)(b) and (c) ceases to be satisfied in relation to the function and decisions concerned.

s. 34 — Power to provide for appeal to Upper Tribunal from tribunals in Northern Ireland
s. 34(1)

Subsection (2) applies if—

s. 34(1)(a)

a function is transferred under section 30(1)(a), (c), (d) or (e) in relation to England (whether or not also in relation to Wales) but is not transferred under section 30(1) in relation to Northern Ireland,

s. 34(1)(b)

an appeal may be made to the Upper Tribunal against any decision, or any decision of a particular description, made in exercising the transferred function in relation to England, and

s. 34(1)(c)

no appeal may be made against a corresponding decision made in exercising the function in relation to Northern Ireland.

s. 34(2)

The Lord Chancellor may by order provide for an appeal against any such corresponding decision to be made to the Upper Tribunal.

s. 34(3)

An order under subsection (2)—

s. 34(3)(a)

may include provision for the purposes of or in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, provision made by the order;

s. 34(3)(b)

may include such incidental, supplemental, transitional or consequential provision or savings as the Lord Chancellor thinks fit.

s. 34(4)

An order under subsection (2) does not cease to have effect, and power to vary or revoke the order does not cease to be exercisable, just because either or each of the conditions in subsection (1)(b) and (c) ceases to be satisfied in relation to the function and decisions concerned.

s. 35 — Transfer of Ministerial responsibilities for certain tribunals
s. 35(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order—

s. 35(1)(a)

transfer any relevant function, so far as that function is exercisable by a Minister of the Crown—

s. 35(1)(a)(i)

to the Lord Chancellor, or

s. 35(1)(a)(ii)

to two (or more) Ministers of the Crown of whom one is the Lord Chancellor;

s. 35(1)(b)

provide for any relevant function that is exercisable by a Minister of the Crown other than the Lord Chancellor to be exercisable by the other Minister of the Crown concurrently with the Lord Chancellor;

s. 35(1)(c)

provide for any relevant function that is exercisable by the Lord Chancellor concurrently with another Minister of the Crown to cease to be exercisable by the other Minister of the Crown.

s. 35(2)

In this section “relevant function” means a function, in relation to a scheduled tribunal, which relates—

s. 35(2)(a)

to the operation of the tribunal (including, in particular, its membership, administration, staff, accommodation and funding, and payments to its members or staff), or

s. 35(2)(b)

to the provision of expenses and allowances to persons attending the tribunal or attending elsewhere in connection with proceedings before the tribunal.

s. 35(3)

In subsection (2) “scheduled tribunal” means a tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of this section.

s. 35(4)

A relevant function may not be transferred under subsection (1) if, or to the extent that, the provision conferring the function—

s. 35(4)(a)

would be within the legislative competence of the Scottish Parliament if it were included in an Act of that Parliament, or

s. 35(4)(b)

would be within the legislative competence of the Northern Ireland Assembly if it were included in an Act of that Assembly.

s. 35(5)

Subsection (4) does not apply to any relevant function of the Secretary of State—

s. 35(5)(a)

under section 41 of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (c. 39) (appeals), or

s. 35(5)(b)

under section 7 of the Estate Agents Act 1979 (c. 38) (appeals).

s. 35(6)

Any reference in subsection (1) to a Minister of the Crown includes a reference to a Minister of the Crown acting jointly.

s. 35(7)

An order under subsection (1)—

s. 35(7)(a)

may relate to a function either wholly or in cases (including cases framed by reference to areas) specified in the order;

s. 35(7)(b)

may include provision for the purposes of, or in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, the transfer or (as the case may be) other change as regards exercise;

s. 35(7)(c)

may include such incidental, supplementary, transitional or consequential provision or savings as the Lord Chancellor thinks fit;

s. 35(7)(d)

may include provision for the transfer of any property, rights or liabilities of the person who loses functions or whose functions become shared with the Lord Chancellor.

s. 35(8)

An order under subsection (1), so far as it—may not, after that transfer or other change has taken place, be revoked by another order under that subsection.

s. 35(8)(a)

provides under paragraph (a) for the transfer of a function, or

s. 35(8)(b)

provides under paragraph (b) for a function to become exercisable by the Lord Chancellor, or

s. 35(8)(c)

provides under paragraph (c) for a function to cease to be exercisable by a Minister of the Crown other than the Lord Chancellor,

s. 35(9)

Section 1 of the 1975 Act (power to transfer Ministerial functions) does not apply to a function of the Lord Chancellor—

s. 35(9)(a)

so far as it is a function transferred to the Lord Chancellor under subsection (1)(a),

s. 35(9)(b)

so far as it is a function exercisable by the Lord Chancellor as a result of provision under subsection (1)(b), or

s. 35(9)(c)

so far as it is a function that has become exercisable by the Lord Chancellor alone as a result of provision under subsection (1)(c).

s. 35(10)

In this section—“Minister of the Crown” has the meaning given by section 8(1) of the 1975 Act but includes the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“the 1975 Act” means the Ministers of the Crown Act 1975 (c. 26).

s. 36 — Transfer of powers to make procedural rules for certain tribunals
s. 36(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order transfer any power to make procedural rules for a scheduled tribunal to—

s. 36(1)(a)

himself, or

s. 36(1)(b)

the Tribunal Procedure Committee.

s. 36(2)

A power may not be transferred under subsection (1) if, or to the extent that, the provision conferring the power—

s. 36(2)(a)

would be within the legislative competence of the Scottish Parliament if it were included in an Act of that Parliament, or

s. 36(2)(b)

would be within the legislative competence of the Northern Ireland Assembly if it were included in an Act of that Assembly.

s. 36(3)

Subsection (2) does not apply to—

s. 36(3)(a)

power conferred by section 40A(3). . . of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (c. 39) (power to make provision with respect to appeals), or

s. 36(3)(b)

power conferred by section 7(3) of the Estate Agents Act 1979 (c. 38) (duty of Secretary of State to make regulations with respect to appeals under section 7(1) of that Act).

s. 36(4)

An order under subsection (1)(b)—

s. 36(4)(a)

may not alter any parliamentary procedure relating to the making of the procedural rules concerned, but

s. 36(4)(b)

may otherwise include provision for the purpose of assimilating the procedure for making them to the procedure for making Tribunal Procedure Rules.

s. 36(5)

An order under subsection (1)(b) may include provision requiring the Tribunal Procedure Committee to make procedural rules for purposes notified to it by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 36(6)

An order under this section—

s. 36(6)(a)

may relate to a power either wholly or in cases (including cases framed by reference to areas) specified in the order;

s. 36(6)(b)

may include provision for the purposes of or in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, the transfer;

s. 36(6)(c)

may include such incidental, supplementary, transitional or consequential provision or savings as the Lord Chancellor thinks fit.

s. 36(7)

A power to make procedural rules for a tribunal that is exercisable by the Tribunal Procedure Committee by virtue of an order under this section must be exercised by the committee with a view to securing—

s. 36(7)(a)

that the system for deciding matters within the jurisdiction of that tribunal is accessible and fair,

s. 36(7)(b)

that proceedings before that tribunal are handled quickly and efficiently,

s. 36(7)(c)

that the rules are both simple and simply expressed, and

s. 36(7)(d)

that the rules where appropriate confer on persons who are, or who are members of, that tribunal responsibility for ensuring that proceedings before that tribunal are handled quickly and efficiently.

s. 36(8)

In this section—“procedural rules”, in relation to a tribunal, means provision (whether called rules or not) regulating practice or procedure before the tribunal;“scheduled tribunal” means a tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of this section.

s. 37 — Power to amend lists of tribunals in Schedule 6
s. 37(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order amend Schedule 6—

s. 37(1)(a)

for the purpose of adding a tribunal to a list in the Schedule;

s. 37(1)(b)

for the purpose of removing a tribunal from a list in the Schedule;

s. 37(1)(c)

for the purpose of removing a list from the Schedule;

s. 37(1)(d)

for the purpose of adding to the Schedule a list of tribunals that has effect for the purposes of any one or more of sections 30, 32(3), 35 and 36.

s. 37(2)

The following rules apply to the exercise of power under subsection (1)—

s. 37(2)(a)

a tribunal may not be added to a list, or be in an added list, if the tribunal is established otherwise than by or under an enactment;

s. 37(2)(b)

a tribunal established by an enactment passed or made after the last day of the Session in which this Act is passed must not be added to a list, or be in an added list, that has effect for the purposes of section 30;

s. 37(2)(c)

if any relevant function is exercisable in relation to a tribunal by the Welsh Ministers (whether by the Welsh Ministers alone, or by the Welsh Ministers jointly or concurrently with any other person), the tribunal may be added to a list, or be in an added list, only with the consent of the Welsh Ministers;

s. 37(2)(d)

a tribunal may be in more than one list.

s. 37(3)

In subsection (2)(c) “relevant function”, in relation to a tribunal, means a function which relates—

s. 37(3)(a)

to the operation of the tribunal (including, in particular, its membership, administration, staff, accommodation and funding, and payments to its members or staff), or

s. 37(3)(b)

to the provision of expenses and allowances to persons attending the tribunal or attending elsewhere in connection with proceedings before the tribunal.

s. 37(4)

In subsection (1) “tribunal” does not include an ordinary court of law.

s. 37(5)

In this section “enactment” means any enactment whenever passed or made, including an enactment comprised in subordinate legislation (within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30)).

s. 38 — Orders under sections 30 to 36: supplementary
s. 38(1)

Provision in an order under any of sections 30 to 36 may take the form of amendments, repeals or revocations of enactments.

s. 38(2)

In this section “enactment” means any enactment whenever passed or made, including an enactment comprised in subordinate legislation (within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978).

s. 38(3)

Any power to extend enactments to a territory outside the United Kingdom shall have effect as if it included—

s. 38(3)(a)

power to extend those enactments as they have effect with any amendments and repeals made in them by orders under any of sections 30 to 36, and

s. 38(3)(b)

power to extend those enactments as if any amendments and repeals made in them under those sections had not been made.

s. 39 — The general duty
s. 39(1)

The Lord Chancellor is under a duty to ensure that there is an efficient and effective system to support the carrying on of the business of—and that appropriate services are provided for those tribunals (referred to in this section and in sections 40 and 41 as “the tribunals”).

s. 39(1)(a)

the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 39(1)(b)

the Upper Tribunal,

s. 39(1)(c)

employment tribunals, and

s. 39(1)(d)

the Employment Appeal Tribunal, . . .

s. 39(1)(e)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 39(2)

Any reference in this section, or in section 40 or 41, to the Lord Chancellor's general duty in relation to the tribunals is to his duty under subsection (1).

s. 39(3)

The Lord Chancellor must annually prepare and lay before each House of Parliament a report as to the way in which he has discharged his general duty in relation to the tribunals.

s. 40 — Tribunal staff and services
s. 40(1)

The Lord Chancellor may appoint such staff as appear to him appropriate for the purpose of discharging his general duty in relation to the tribunals.

s. 40(2)

Subject to subsections (3) and (4), the Lord Chancellor may enter into such contracts with other persons for the provision, by them or their sub-contractors, of staff or services as appear to him appropriate for the purpose of discharging his general duty in relation to the tribunals.

s. 40(3)

The Lord Chancellor may not enter into contracts for the provision of staff to discharge functions which involve making judicial decisions or exercising any judicial discretion.

s. 40(4)

The Lord Chancellor may not enter into contracts for the provision of staff to carry out the administrative work of the tribunals unless an order made by the Lord Chancellor authorises him to do so.

s. 40(5)

Before making an order under subsection (4) the Lord Chancellor must consult the Senior President of Tribunals as to what effect (if any) the order might have on the proper and efficient administration of justice.

s. 40(6)

An order under subsection (4) may authorise the Lord Chancellor to enter into contracts for the provision of staff to discharge functions—

s. 40(6)(a)

wholly or to the extent specified in the order,

s. 40(6)(b)

generally or in cases or areas specified in the order, and

s. 40(6)(c)

unconditionally or subject to the fulfilment of conditions specified in the order.

s. 41 — Provision of accommodation
s. 41(1)

The Lord Chancellor may provide, equip, maintain and manage such tribunal buildings, offices and other accommodation as appear to him appropriate for the purpose of discharging his general duty in relation to the tribunals.

s. 41(2)

The Lord Chancellor may enter into such arrangements for the provision, equipment, maintenance or management of tribunal buildings, offices or other accommodation as appear to him appropriate for the purpose of discharging his general duty in relation to the tribunals.

s. 41(3)

The powers under—to acquire land necessary for the public service are to be treated as including power to acquire land for the purpose of its provision under arrangements entered into under subsection (2).

s. 41(3)(a)

section 2 of the Commissioners of Works Act 1852 (c. 28) (acquisition by agreement), and

s. 41(3)(b)

section 228(1) of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (c. 8) (compulsory acquisition),

s. 41(4)

In this section “tribunal building” means any place where any of the tribunals sits, including the precincts of any building in which it sits.

s. 42 — Fees
s. 42(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order prescribe fees payable in respect of—

s. 42(1)(a)

anything dealt with by the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 42(1)(b)

anything dealt with by the Upper Tribunal,

s. 42(1)(c)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 42(1)(d)

anything dealt with by an added tribunal, and

s. 42(1)(e)

mediation conducted by staff appointed under section 40(1).

s. 42(2)

An order under subsection (1) may, in particular, contain provision as to—

s. 42(2)(a)

scales or rates of fees;

s. 42(2)(b)

exemptions from or reductions in fees;

s. 42(2)(c)

remission of fees in whole or in part.

s. 42(3)

In subsection (1)(d) “added tribunal” means a tribunal specified in an order made by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 42(4)

A tribunal may be specified in an order under subsection (3) only if—

s. 42(4)(a)

it is established by or under an enactment, whenever passed or made, and

s. 42(4)(b)

is not an ordinary court of law.

s. 42(5)

Before making an order under this section, the Lord Chancellor must consult—

s. 42(5)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, ...

s. 42(5)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 42(6)

The making of an order under subsection (1) requires the consent of the Treasury except where the order contains provision only for the purpose of altering amounts payable by way of fees already prescribed under that subsection.

s. 42(7)

The Lord Chancellor must take such steps as are reasonably practicable to bring information about fees under subsection (1) to the attention of persons likely to have to pay them.

s. 42(8)

Fees payable under subsection (1) are recoverable summarily as a civil debt.

s. 42(9)

Subsection (8) does not apply to the recovery in Scotland of fees payable under this section.

s. 42(10)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 43 — Report by Senior President of Tribunals
s. 43(1)

Each year the Senior President of Tribunals must give the Lord Chancellor a report covering, in relation to relevant tribunal cases—

s. 43(1)(a)

matters that the Senior President of Tribunals wishes to bring to the attention of the Lord Chancellor, and

s. 43(1)(b)

matters that the Lord Chancellor has asked the Senior President of Tribunals to cover in the report.

s. 43(2)

The Lord Chancellor must publish each report given to him under subsection (1).

s. 43(3)

In this section “relevant tribunal cases” means—

s. 43(3)(a)

cases coming before the First-tier Tribunal,

s. 43(3)(b)

cases coming before the Upper Tribunal,

s. 43(3)(c)

cases coming before the Employment Appeal Tribunal, . . . and

s. 43(3)(d)

cases coming before employment tribunals ,. . .

s. 43(3)(e)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 44 — The Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 45 — Abolition of the Council on Tribunals

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 46 — Delegation of functions by Lord Chief Justice etc.
s. 46(1)

The Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales may nominate a judicial office holder (as defined in section 109(4) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005) to exercise any of his functions under the provisions listed in subsection (2).

s. 46(2)

The provisions are—paragraphs 3(4) and 6(3)(a) of Schedule 2; paragraphs 3(4) and 6(3)(a) of Schedule 3; paragraphs 2(2) and 5(5) of Schedule 4; paragraphs 21(2), 22, 24 and 25(2)(a) of Schedule 5.

s. 46(3)

The Lord President of the Court of Session may nominate any of the following to exercise any of his functions under the provisions listed in subsection (4)—

s. 46(3)(a)

a judge who is a member of the First or Second Division of the Inner House of the Court of Session;

s. 46(3)(b)

the Senior President of Tribunals.

s. 46(4)

The provisions are—paragraphs 3(2) and 6(3)(b) of Schedule 2; paragraphs 3(2) and 6(3)(b) of Schedule 3; paragraphs 2(3) and 5(6) of Schedule 4; paragraphs 23, 24, 25(2)(b) and (c) and 28(1)(b) of Schedule 5.

s. 46(5)

The Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland may nominate any of the following to exercise any of his functions under the provisions listed in subsection (6)—

s. 46(5)(a)

the holder of one of the offices listed in Schedule 1 to the Justice (Northern Ireland) Act 2002 (c. 26);

s. 46(5)(b)

a Lord Justice of Appeal (as defined in section 88 of that Act);

s. 46(5)(c)

the Senior President of Tribunals.

s. 46(6)

The provisions are—paragraphs 3(3) and 6(3)(c) of Schedule 2; paragraphs 3(3) and 6(3)(c) of Schedule 3; paragraphs 2(4) and 5(7) of Schedule 4; paragraphs 24 and 25(2)(c) of Schedule 5.

s. 46(7)

In Schedules 2 to 4 “senior judge” means—

s. 46(7)(a)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

s. 46(7)(b)

the Lord President of the Court of Session,

s. 46(7)(c)

the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland, or

s. 46(7)(d)

the Senior President of Tribunals.

s. 47 — Co-operation in relation to judicial training, guidance and welfare
s. 47(1)

Persons with responsibilities in connection with a courts-related activity, and persons with responsibilities in connection with the corresponding tribunals activity, must co-operate with each other in relation to the carrying-on of those activities.

s. 47(2)

In this section “courts-related activity” and “corresponding tribunals activity” are to be read as follows—

s. 47(2)(a)

making arrangements for training of judiciary of a territory is a courts-related activity, and the corresponding tribunals activity is making arrangements for training of tribunal members;

s. 47(2)(b)

making arrangements for guidance of judiciary of a territory is a courts-related activity, and the corresponding tribunals activity is making arrangements for guidance of tribunal members;

s. 47(2)(c)

making arrangements for the welfare of judiciary of a territory is a courts-related activity, and the corresponding tribunals activity is making arrangements for the welfare of tribunal members.

s. 47(3)

Subsection (1) applies to a person who has responsibilities in connection with a courts-related activity only if—

s. 47(3)(a)

the person is the chief justice of the territory concerned, or

s. 47(3)(b)

what the person does in discharging those responsibilities is done (directly or indirectly) on behalf of the chief justice of that territory.

s. 47(4)

Subsection (1) applies to a person who has responsibilities in connection with a corresponding tribunals activity only if—

s. 47(4)(a)

the person is the Senior President of Tribunals or the President of Welsh Tribunals, or

s. 47(4)(b)

what the person does in discharging those responsibilities is done (directly or indirectly) on behalf of the Senior President of Tribunals or the President of Welsh Tribunals.

s. 47(5)

For the purposes of this section—

s. 47(5)(a)

“territory” means—

s. 47(5)(a)(i)

England and Wales,

s. 47(5)(a)(ii)

Scotland, or

s. 47(5)(a)(iii)

Northern Ireland;

s. 47(5)(b)

the “chief justice”—

s. 47(5)(b)(i)

of England and Wales is the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

s. 47(5)(b)(ii)

of Scotland is the Lord President of the Court of Session, and

s. 47(5)(b)(iii)

of Northern Ireland is the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland;

s. 47(5)(c)

a person is a “tribunal member” if the person is—

s. 47(5)(c)(i)

a judge, or other member, of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal,

s. 47(5)(c)(ii)

a judge, or other member, of the Employment Appeal Tribunal, or

s. 47(5)(c)(iii)

a member of a panel of members of employment tribunals (whether or not a panel of Employment Judges), . . .

s. 47(5)(c)(iv)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., or

s. 47(5)(c)(v)

a judge, or other member, of a tribunal listed in section 59 of the Wales Act 2017 (the Welsh tribunals).

s. 48 — Consequential and other amendments, and transitional provisions
s. 48(1)

Schedule 8, which makes—amendments consequential on provisions of this Part, and other amendments in connection with tribunals and inquiries, has effect.

s. 48(2)

Schedule 9, which contains transitional provisions, has effect.

s. 49 — Orders and regulations under Part 1: supplemental and procedural provisions
s. 49(1)

Power—is exercisable by statutory instrument.

s. 49(1)(a)

of the Lord Chancellor to make an order, or regulations, under this Part,

s. 49(1)(b)

of the Senior President of Tribunals to make an order under section 7(9), or

s. 49(1)(c)

of the Scottish Ministers, or the Welsh Ministers, to make an order under paragraph 25(2) of Schedule 7,

s. 49(2)

The Statutory Instruments Act 1946 (c. 36) shall apply in relation to the power to make orders conferred on the Senior President of Tribunals by section 7(9) as if the Senior President of Tribunals were a Minister of the Crown.

s. 49(3)

Any power mentioned in subsection (1) includes power to make different provision for different purposes.

s. 49(4)

Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (3), power to make an order under section 30 or 31 includes power to make different provision in relation to England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland respectively.

s. 49(5)

None of the orders or regulations mentioned in subsection (6) may be made unless a draft of the statutory instrument containing the order or regulations (whether alone or with other provision) has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, each House of Parliament.

s. 49(6)

The orders and regulations are—

s. 49(6)(a)

an order under section 11(8), 13(6) or (14), 30, 31(1), 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 or 42(3);

s. 49(6)(aa)

regulations under section 29D(4);

s. 49(6)(b)

an order under paragraph 15 of Schedule 4;

s. 49(6)(c)

an order under section 42(1)(a) to (d) that provides for fees to be payable in respect of things for which fees have never been payable;

s. 49(6)(d)

an order under section 31(2), (7) or (9), or paragraph 30(1) of Schedule 5, that contains provision taking the form of an amendment or repeal of an enactment comprised in an Act.

s. 49(7)

A statutory instrument that—is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

s. 49(7)(a)

contains—

s. 49(7)(a)(i)

an order mentioned in subsection (8), or

s. 49(7)(a)(ii)

regulations under Part 3 of Schedule 9, and

s. 49(7)(b)

is not subject to any requirement that a draft of the instrument be laid before, and approved by a resolution of, each House of Parliament,

s. 49(8)

Those orders are—

s. 49(8)(a)

an order made by the Lord Chancellor under this Part;

s. 49(8)(b)

an order made by the Senior President of Tribunals under section 7(9).

s. 49(9)

A statutory instrument that contains an order made by the Scottish Ministers under paragraph 25(2) of Schedule 7 is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the Scottish Parliament.

s. 49(10)

A statutory instrument that contains an order made by the Welsh Ministers under paragraph 25(2) of Schedule 7 is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the National Assembly for Wales.

Part 2

Judicial appointments

s. 50 — Judicial appointments: “judicial-appointment eligibility condition”
s. 50(1)

Subsection (2) applies for the purposes of any statutory provision that—

s. 50(1)(a)

relates to an office or other position, and

s. 50(1)(b)

refers to a person who satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on an N-year basis (where N is the number stated in the provision).

s. 50(2)

A person satisfies that condition on an N-year basis if—

s. 50(2)(a)

the person has a relevant qualification, and

s. 50(2)(b)

the total length of the person's qualifying periods is at least N years.

s. 50(3)

In subsection (2) “qualifying period”, in relation to a person, means a period during which the person—

s. 50(3)(a)

has a relevant qualification, and

s. 50(3)(b)

gains experience in law (see section 52).

s. 50(4)

For the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), a person has a relevant qualification if the person—

s. 50(4)(a)

is a solicitor or a barrister (but see section 51), or

s. 50(4)(b)

holds a qualification that under section 51(1) is a relevant qualification in relation to the office, or other position, concerned.

s. 50(5)

In this section—“barrister” means barrister in England and Wales;“solicitor” means solicitor of the Senior Courts of England and Wales;“statutory provision” means—a provision of an Act, or a provision of subordinate legislation (within the meaning given by section 21(1) of the Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30)).

s. 50(6)

Schedule 10, which makes amendments—for the purpose of substituting references to satisfying the judicial-appointment eligibility condition in place of references to having a qualification mentioned in section 71 of the Courts and Legal Services Act 1990 (c. 41), for the purpose of reducing qualifying periods for eligibility for appointment to certain judicial offices from ten and seven years to seven and five years respectively, and for connected purposes, has effect.

s. 50(7)

At any time before the coming into force of section 59(1) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (renaming of Supreme Court), the reference to the Senior Courts in subsection (5) is to be read as a reference to the Supreme Court.

s. 51 — “Relevant qualification” in section 50: further provision
s. 51(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order provide for a qualification specified in the order to be a relevant qualification for the purposes of section 50(2) and (3) in relation to an office or other position specified in the order.

s. 51(2)

awarded by a body which, for the purposes of the Legal Services Act 2007, is an approved regulator in relation to the exercise of a right of audience or the conduct of litigation (within the meaning of that Act).

s. 51(3)

An order under subsection (1) may, in relation to a qualification specified in the order, include provision as to when a person who holds the qualification is, for the purposes of section 50, to be taken first to have held it.

s. 51(4)

Where—the provision under subsection (1) specifying the qualification ceases to have effect, subject to any provision made under section 46 of the Legal Services Act 2007 (transitional etc. provision in consequence of cancellation of designation as approved regulator)..

s. 51(4)(a)

a qualification is specified under subsection (1),

s. 51(4)(b)

the qualification is one awarded by a body such as is mentioned in subsection (2), and

s. 51(4)(c)

, for the purposes of the Legal Services Act 2007, the body—

s. 51(4)(c)(i)

is not an approved regulator in relation to the exercise of a right of audience (within the meaning of that Act), and

s. 51(4)(c)(ii)

is not an approved regulator in relation to the conduct of litigation (within the meaning of that Act),

s. 51(5)

For the purposes of section 50 and this section, a person shall be taken first to become a solicitor when the person's name is entered on the roll kept under section 6 of the Solicitors Act 1974 (c. 47) (Law Society to keep list of all solicitors) for the first time after the person's admission as a solicitor.

s. 51(6)

For the purposes of section 50 and this section, a person shall be taken first to become a barrister—

s. 51(6)(a)

when the person completes pupillage in connection with becoming a barrister, or

s. 51(6)(b)

in the case of a person not required to undertake pupillage in connection with becoming a barrister, when the person is called to the Bar of England and Wales.

s. 51(7)

For the purposes of section 50—shall be taken not to have a relevant qualification at times when, as a result of disciplinary proceedings, he is prevented from practising as a barrister or (as the case may be) as a solicitor or as a holder of the specified qualification.

s. 51(7)(a)

a barrister,

s. 51(7)(b)

a solicitor, or

s. 51(7)(c)

a person who holds a qualification specified under subsection (1),

s. 51(8)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision supplementing or amending subsections (5) to (7).

s. 51(9)

Before making an order under subsection (1) or (8), the Lord Chancellor must consult—

s. 51(9)(a)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales, and

s. 51(9)(b)

the Judicial Appointments Commission.

s. 51(10)

The Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales may nominate a judicial office holder (as defined in section 109(4) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4)) to exercise his function under subsection (9)(a).

s. 51(11)

In this section—“barrister” means barrister in England and Wales;“solicitor” means solicitor of the Senior Courts of England and Wales.

s. 51(12)

Power to make an order under this section is exercisable by statutory instrument.

s. 51(13)

An order under this section may make different provision for different purposes.

s. 51(14)

No order may be made under this section unless a draft of the statutory instrument containing it (whether alone or with other provision) has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, each House of Parliament.

s. 51(15)

At any time before the coming into force of section 59(1) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (renaming of Supreme Court), the reference to the Senior Courts in subsection (11) is to be read as a reference to the Supreme Court.

s. 52 — Meaning of “gain experience in law” in section 50
s. 52(1)

This section applies for the purposes of section 50.

s. 52(2)

A person gains experience in law during a period if the period is one during which the person is engaged in law-related activities.

s. 52(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2), a person's engagement in law-related activities during a period is to be disregarded if the engagement is negligible in terms of the amount of time engaged.

s. 52(4)

For the purposes of this section, each of the following is a “law-related activity”—

s. 52(4)(a)

the carrying-out of judicial functions of any court or tribunal;

s. 52(4)(b)

acting as an arbitrator;

s. 52(4)(c)

practice or employment as a lawyer;

s. 52(4)(d)

advising (whether or not in the course of practice or employment as a lawyer) on the application of the law;

s. 52(4)(e)

assisting (whether or not in the course of such practice) persons involved in proceedings for the resolution of issues arising under the law;

s. 52(4)(f)

acting (whether or not in the course of such practice) as mediator in connection with attempts to resolve issues that are, or if not resolved could be, the subject of proceedings;

s. 52(4)(g)

drafting (whether or not in the course of such practice) documents intended to affect persons' rights or obligations;

s. 52(4)(h)

teaching or researching law;

s. 52(4)(i)

any activity that, in the relevant decision-maker's opinion, is of a broadly similar nature to an activity within any of paragraphs (a) to (h).

s. 52(5)

For the purposes of this section, an activity mentioned in subsection (4) is a “law-related activity” whether it—

s. 52(5)(a)

is done on a full-time or part-time basis;

s. 52(5)(b)

is or is not done for remuneration;

s. 52(5)(c)

is done in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

s. 52(6)

In subsection (4)(i) “the relevant decision-maker”, in relation to determining whether a person satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on an N-year basis in a particular case, means—

s. 52(6)(a)

where the condition applies in respect of appointment by Her Majesty to an office or other position, the person whose function it is to recommend the exercise of Her Majesty's function of making appointments to that office or position;

s. 52(6)(b)

where the condition applies in respect of appointment, by any person other than Her Majesty, to an office or other position, that person.

s. 52(7)

In subsection (6) “appointment”, in relation to an office or position, includes any form of selection for that office or position (whether called appointment or selection, or not).

s. 53 — Transfer from salaried to fee-paid judicial office
s. 53(1)

The Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) is amended as follows.

s. 53(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 53(3)

After section 85(2) (restriction on recommendations and appointments) insert—

s. 53(4)

After section 85(3) (power to amend Schedule 14) add—

s. 53(5)

Section 97 (Scotland and Northern Ireland) is amended as follows.

s. 53(6)

In subsection (1)—

s. 53(6)(a)

for “This section applies” substitute “ Subsections (2) and (3) apply ”, and

s. 53(6)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 53(7)

After subsection (3) add—

s. 54 — Continuation of judicial office after normal retirement date
s. 54(1)

Section 26 of the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8) (retirement date for holders of certain judicial offices etc.) is amended as follows.

s. 54(2)

In subsection (12), in the definition of “the appropriate person”, after paragraph (c) insert.

s. 54(3)

After subsection (12) insert—

s. 54(4)

In subsection (13) (Lord Chief Justices to exercise functions under section with concurrence of Lord Chancellor), after “Northern Ireland” insert “ or the Senior President of Tribunals ”.

s. 55 — Appointment of deputy Circuit judges

In section 24(1) of the Courts Act 1971 (c. 23) (appointment of deputy Circuit judges and assistant recorders) for paragraph (a) substitute—.

s. 56 — Appointment of deputy district judges, etc.

Schedule 11 (which makes amendments to the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) and the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) in connection with the appointment and assignment of deputy district judges and the assignment of district judges) has effect.

s. 57 — Deputy, and temporary additional, Masters etc.
s. 57(1)

Section 91 of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (which provides for persons to be appointed as deputies for holders of, or as temporary additional officers in, certain judicial offices) is amended as set out in subsections (2) to (5).

s. 57(2)

In subsection (1)—

s. 57(2)(a)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 57(2)(b)

for “the Lord Chief Justice may, after consulting the Lord Chancellor,” substitute “ the Lord Chancellor may ”.

s. 57(3)

After subsection (1) insert—

s. 57(4)

For subsection (3) substitute—

s. 57(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 57(6)

In section 92(1) of the Supreme Court Act 1981 after “this section” insert “ , to section 91(3) ”.

s. 57(7)

In Part 2 of Schedule 14 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (which lists appointments to certain offices in relation to which the procedure in sections 86 to 93, and section 96, of that Act applies), after the entry for an assistant recorder appointed under section 24(1) of the Courts Act 1971 (c. 23), insert the following entry—

s. 58 — Appointment of temporary assistants to Judge Advocate General

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 59 — Members and chairmen of certain Appeals Commissions

In Part 3 of Schedule 14 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (which lists appointments to certain offices in relation to which the procedure in sections 86 to 93, and section 96, of that Act applies), omit the entries relating to—Member of the Special Immigration Appeals Commission (appointed under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 1 to the Special Immigration Appeals Commission Act 1997 (c. 68)); Chairman of the Special Immigration Appeals Commission (appointed under paragraph 2 of that Schedule); Member of the Proscribed Organisations Appeal Commission (appointed under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3 to the Terrorism Act 2000 (c. 11)); Chairman of the Proscribed Organisations Appeal Commission (appointed under paragraph 1(2) of that Schedule); Member of the Pathogens Access Appeal Commission (appointed under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 6 to the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001 (c. 24)); Chairman of the Pathogens Access Appeal Commission (appointed under paragraph 1(2) of that Schedule).

s. 60 — Appointment as Chairman of Law Commission
s. 60(1)

Section 1 of the Law Commissions Act 1965 (c. 22) is amended as follows.

s. 60(2)

After subsection (1) insert—

s. 60(3)

In subsection (2) before “Commissioners” insert “ the other ”.

s. 61 — Orders permitting disclosures to Judicial Appointments Commission

In section 90(5)(a) of the Justice (Northern Ireland) Act 2002 (c. 26) (which provides that certain orders under that Act are subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament), after “section 2(2)(a) or (c),” insert “ 5A(6), ”.

Part 3

Enforcement by taking control of goods

s. 62 — Enforcement by taking control of goods
s. 62(1)

Schedule 12 applies where an enactment, writ or warrant confers power to use the procedure in that Schedule (taking control of goods and selling them to recover a sum of money).

s. 62(2)

The power conferred by a writ or warrant of control to recover a sum of money, and any power conferred by a writ or warrant of possession or delivery to take control of goods and sell them to recover a sum of money, is exercisable only by using that procedure.

s. 62(3)

Schedule 13—

s. 62(3)(a)

amends some powers previously called powers to distrain, so that they become powers to use that procedure;

s. 62(3)(b)

makes other amendments relating to Schedule 12 and to distress or execution.

s. 62(4)

The following are renamed—

s. 62(4)(a)

writs of fieri facias, except writs of fieri facias de bonis ecclesiasticis, are renamed writs of control;

s. 62(4)(b)

warrants of execution are renamed warrants of control;

s. 62(4)(c)

warrants of distress, unless the power they confer is exercisable only against specific goods, are renamed warrants of control.

s. 63 — Enforcement agents
s. 63(1)

This section and section 64 apply for the purposes of Schedule 12.

s. 63(2)

An individual may act as an enforcement agent only if one of these applies—

s. 63(2)(a)

he acts under a certificate under section 64;

s. 63(2)(b)

he is exempt;

s. 63(2)(c)

he acts in the presence and under the direction of a person to whom paragraph (a) or (b) applies.

s. 63(3)

An individual is exempt if he acts in the course of his duty as one of these—

s. 63(3)(a)

a constable;

s. 63(3)(b)

an officer of Revenue and Customs;

s. 63(3)(ba)

a person authorised to use the procedure in Schedule 12 by the Welsh Revenue Authority (or by a person to whom the Welsh Revenue Authority has delegated the function of authorising the use of the procedure);

s. 63(3)(c)

a person appointed under section 2(1) of the Courts Act 2003 (c. 39) (court officers and staff).

s. 63(4)

An individual is exempt if he acts in the course of his duty as an officer of a government department.

s. 63(5)

For the purposes of an enforcement power conferred by a warrant, an individual is exempt if in relation to the warrant he is a civilian enforcement officer, as defined in section 125A of the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43).

s. 63(6)

A person is guilty of an offence if, knowingly or recklessly, he purports to act as an enforcement agent without being authorised to do so by subsection (2).

s. 63(7)

A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale.

s. 64 — Certificates to act as an enforcement agent
s. 64(1)

A certificate may be issued under this section by a judge of the county court.

s. 64(2)

The Lord Chancellor must make regulations about certificates under this section.

s. 64(3)

The regulations may in particular include provision—

s. 64(3)(a)

for fees to be charged for applications;

s. 64(3)(b)

for certificates to be issued subject to conditions, including the giving of security;

s. 64(3)(c)

for certificates to be limited to purposes specified by or under the regulations;

s. 64(3)(d)

about complaints against holders of certificates;

s. 64(3)(e)

about suspension and cancellation of certificates;

s. 64(3)(f)

to modify or supplement Schedule 12 for cases where a certificate is suspended or cancelled or expires;

s. 64(3)(g)

requiring courts to make information available relating to certificates.

s. 64(4)

A certificate under section 7 of the Law of Distress Amendment Act 1888 (c. 21) which is in force on the coming into force of this section has effect as a certificate under this section, subject to any provision made by regulations.

s. 65 — Common law rules replaced
s. 65(1)

This Chapter replaces the common law rules about the exercise of the powers which under it become powers to use the procedure in Schedule 12.

s. 65(2)

The rules replaced include—

s. 65(2)(a)

rules distinguishing between an illegal, an irregular and an excessive exercise of a power;

s. 65(2)(b)

rules that would entitle a person to bring proceedings of a kind for which paragraph 66 of Schedule 12 provides (remedies available to the debtor);

s. 65(2)(c)

rules of replevin;

s. 65(2)(d)

rules about rescuing goods.

s. 66 — Pre-commencement enforcement not affected

Where—this Part does not affect the continuing exercise of the power in relation to those goods.

s. 66(a)

by any provision of this Part a power becomes a power to use the procedure in Schedule 12, and

s. 66(b)

before the commencement of that provision, goods have been distrained or executed against, or made subject to a walking possession agreement, under the power,

s. 67 — Transfer of county court enforcement

In section 85(2) of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) (under which writs of control give the district judge, formerly called the registrar, power to execute judgments or orders for payment of money) for “the registrar shall be” substitute “ any person authorised by or on behalf of the Lord Chancellor is ”.

s. 68 — Magistrates' courts warrants of control

In the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43) after section 125 insert—

s. 69 — County court warrants of control etc.

For section 99 of the County Courts Act 1984 substitute—

s. 70 — Power of High Court to stay execution
s. 70(1)

If, at any time, the High Court is satisfied that a party to proceedings is unable to pay—the court may stay the execution of any writ of control issued in the proceedings, for whatever period and on whatever terms it thinks fit.

s. 70(1)(a)

a sum recovered against him (by way of satisfaction of the claim or counterclaim in the proceedings or by way of costs or otherwise), or

s. 70(1)(b)

any instalment of such a sum,

s. 70(2)

The court may act under subsection (1) from time to time until it appears that the cause of the inability to pay has ceased.

s. 70(3)

In this section a party to proceedings includes every person, whether or not named as a party, who is served with notice of the proceedings or attends them.

Abolition of common law right

s. 71 — Abolition of common law right

The common law right to distrain for arrears of rent is abolished.

Commercial rent arrears recovery

s. 72 — Commercial rent arrears recovery (CRAR)
s. 72(1)

A landlord under a lease of commercial premises may use the procedure in Schedule 12 (taking control of goods) to recover from the tenant rent payable under the lease.

s. 72(2)

A landlord's power under subsection (1) is referred to as CRAR (commercial rent arrears recovery).

s. 73 — Landlord
s. 73(1)

In this Chapter “landlord”, in relation to a lease, means the person for the time being entitled to the immediate reversion in the property comprised in the lease.

s. 73(2)

That is subject to the following.

s. 73(3)

In the case of a tenancy by estoppel, a person is “entitled to the immediate reversion” if he is entitled to it as between himself and the tenant.

s. 73(4)

If there are joint tenants of the immediate reversion, or if a number of persons are entitled to the immediate reversion as between themselves and the tenant—

s. 73(4)(a)

“landlord” means any one of them;

s. 73(4)(b)

CRAR may be exercised to recover rent due to all of them.

s. 73(5)

If the immediate reversion is mortgaged, “landlord” means—

s. 73(5)(a)

the mortgagee, if he has given notice of his intention to take possession or enter into receipt of rents and profits;

s. 73(5)(b)

otherwise, the mortgagor.

s. 73(6)

Subsection (5) applies whether the lease is made before or after the mortgage is created, but CRAR is not exercisable by a mortgagee in relation to a lease that does not bind him.

s. 73(7)

Where a receiver is appointed by a court in relation to the immediate reversion, CRAR is exercisable by the receiver in the name of the landlord.

s. 73(8)

Any authorisation of a person to exercise CRAR on another's behalf must be in writing and must comply with any prescribed requirements.

s. 73(9)

This Chapter applies to any other person entitled to exercise CRAR as it applies to a landlord.

s. 74 — Lease
s. 74(1)

“Lease” means a tenancy in law or in equity, including a tenancy at will, but not including a tenancy at sufferance.

s. 74(2)

A lease must be evidenced in writing.

s. 74(3)

References to a lease are to a lease as varied from time to time (whether or not the variation is in writing).

s. 74(4)

This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

s. 75 — Commercial premises
s. 75(1)

A lease (A) is of commercial premises if none of the demised premises is—

s. 75(1)(a)

let under lease A as a dwelling,

s. 75(1)(b)

let under an inferior lease (B) as a dwelling, or

s. 75(1)(c)

occupied as a dwelling.

s. 75(2)

The “demised premises” in this section include anything on them.

s. 75(3)

“Let as a dwelling” means let on terms permitting only occupation as a dwelling or other use combined with occupation as a dwelling.

s. 75(4)

Premises are not within subsection (1)(b) if letting them as a dwelling is a breach of a lease superior to lease B.

s. 75(5)

Premises are not within subsection (1)(c) if occupying them as a dwelling is a breach of lease A or a lease superior to lease A.

s. 75(6)

This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

s. 76 — Rent
s. 76(1)

“Rent” means the amount payable under a lease (in advance or in arrear) for possession and use of the demised premises, together with—

s. 76(1)(a)

any interest payable on that amount under the lease, and

s. 76(1)(b)

any value added tax chargeable on that amount or interest.

s. 76(2)

“Rent” does not include any sum in respect of rates, council tax, services, repairs, maintenance, insurance or other ancillary matters (whether or not called “rent” in the lease).

s. 76(3)

The amount payable for possession and use of the demised premises, where it is not otherwise identifiable, is to be taken to be so much of the total amount payable under the lease as is reasonably attributable to possession and use.

s. 76(4)

Where a rent is payable under or by virtue of Part 2 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (c. 56), the amount payable under the lease for possession and use of those premises is to be taken to be that rent.

s. 76(5)

This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter except sections 71 and 85.

s. 77 — The rent recoverable
s. 77(1)

CRAR is not exercisable except to recover rent that meets each of these conditions—

s. 77(1)(a)

it has become due and payable before notice of enforcement is given;

s. 77(1)(b)

it is certain, or capable of being calculated with certainty;

s. 77(1)(c)

it is not excluded from recovery using CRAR by paragraph 4 of Schedule 2 to the Commercial Rent (Coronavirus) Act 2022 (temporary moratorium on enforcement of protected rent debts).

s. 77(2)

The amount of any rent recoverable by CRAR is reduced by any permitted deduction.

s. 77(3)

CRAR is exercisable only if the net unpaid rent is at least the minimum amount immediately before each of these—

s. 77(3)(a)

the time when notice of enforcement is given;

s. 77(3)(b)

the first time that goods are taken control of after that notice.

s. 77(4)

The minimum amount is to be calculated in accordance with regulations.

s. 77(5)

The net unpaid rent is the amount of rent that meets the conditions in subsection (1), less—

s. 77(5)(a)

any interest or value added tax included in that amount under section 76(1)(a) or (b), and

s. 77(5)(b)

any permitted deductions.

s. 77(6)

Regulations may provide for subsection (5)(a) not to apply in specified cases.

s. 77(7)

Permitted deductions, against any rent, are any deduction, recoupment or set-off that the tenant would be entitled to claim (in law or equity) in an action by the landlord for that rent.

s. 78 — Intervention of the court
s. 78(1)

If notice of enforcement is given in exercise (or purported exercise) of CRAR the court may make either or both of these orders on the application of the tenant—

s. 78(1)(a)

an order setting aside the notice;

s. 78(1)(b)

an order that no further step may be taken under CRAR, without further order, in relation to the rent claimed.

s. 78(2)

Regulations may make provision about—

s. 78(2)(a)

the further orders that may be made for the purposes of subsection (1)(b);

s. 78(2)(b)

grounds of which the court must be satisfied before making an order or further order.

s. 78(3)

In this section “the court” means the High Court or the county court, as rules of court may provide.

s. 79 — Use of CRAR after end of lease
s. 79(1)

When the lease ends, CRAR ceases to be exercisable, with these exceptions.

s. 79(2)

CRAR continues to be exercisable in relation to goods taken control of under it—

s. 79(2)(a)

before the lease ended, or

s. 79(2)(b)

under subsection (3).

s. 79(3)

CRAR continues to be exercisable in relation to rent due and payable before the lease ended, if the conditions in subsection (4) are met.

s. 79(4)

These are the conditions—

s. 79(4)(a)

the lease did not end by forfeiture;

s. 79(4)(b)

not more than 6 months has passed since the day when it ended;

s. 79(4)(c)

the rent was due from the person who was the tenant at the end of the lease;

s. 79(4)(d)

that person remains in possession of any part of the demised premises;

s. 79(4)(e)

any new lease under which that person remains in possession is a lease of commercial premises;

s. 79(4)(f)

the person who was the landlord at the end of the lease remains entitled to the immediate reversion.

s. 79(5)

In deciding whether a person remains in possession under a new lease, section 74(2) (lease to be evidenced in writing) does not apply.

s. 79(6)

In the case of a tenancy by estoppel, the person who was the landlord remains “entitled to the immediate reversion” if the estoppel with regard to the tenancy continues.

s. 79(7)

A lease ends when the tenant ceases to be entitled to possession of the demised premises under the lease together with any continuation of it by operation of an enactment or of a rule of law.

s. 80 — Agricultural holdings
s. 80(1)

This section applies to the exercise of CRAR where the premises concerned are an agricultural holding.

s. 80(2)

CRAR is not exercisable to recover rent that became due more than a year before notice of enforcement is given.

s. 80(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2), deferred rent becomes due at the time to which payment is deferred.

s. 80(4)

“Deferred rent” means rent the payment of which has been deferred, according to the ordinary course of dealing between the landlord and the tenant, to the end of a quarter or half-year after it legally became due.

s. 80(5)

The permitted deductions under section 77(7) at any time include any compensation due to the tenant in respect of the holding, under the 1986 Act or under custom or agreement, that has been ascertained at that time.

s. 80(6)

In this section—the “1986 Act” means the Agricultural Holdings Act 1986 (c. 5);“agricultural holding” has the meaning given by section 1 of the 1986 Act.

Right to rent from sub-tenant

s. 81 — Right to rent from sub-tenant
s. 81(1)

This section applies where CRAR is exercisable by a landlord to recover rent due and payable from a tenant (the immediate tenant).

s. 81(2)

The landlord may serve a notice on any sub-tenant.

s. 81(3)

The notice must state the amount of rent that the landlord has the right to recover from the immediate tenant by CRAR (the “notified amount”).

s. 81(4)

When it takes effect the notice transfers to the landlord the right to recover, receive and give a discharge for any rent payable by the sub-tenant under the sub-lease, until—

s. 81(4)(a)

the notified amount has been paid (by payments under the notice or otherwise), or

s. 81(4)(b)

the notice is replaced or withdrawn.

s. 81(5)

A notice under this section takes effect at the end of a period to be determined by regulations.

s. 81(6)

Regulations may state—

s. 81(6)(a)

the form of a notice under this section;

s. 81(6)(b)

what it must contain;

s. 81(6)(c)

how it must be served;

s. 81(6)(d)

what must be done to withdraw it.

s. 81(7)

In determining for the purposes of this section whether CRAR is exercisable, section 77 applies with these modifications—

s. 81(7)(a)

if notice of enforcement has not been given, references to that notice are to be read as references to the notice under this section;

s. 81(7)(b)

if goods have not been taken control of, section 77(3)(b) does not apply.

s. 81(8)

In this section and sections 82 to 84—

s. 81(8)(a)

“sub-tenant” means a tenant (below the immediate tenant) of any of the premises comprised in the headlease (and “sub-lease” is to be read accordingly);

s. 81(8)(b)

“headlease” means the lease between the landlord and the immediate tenant.

s. 82 — Off-setting payments under a notice
s. 82(1)

For any amount that a sub-tenant pays under a notice under section 81, he may deduct an equal amount from the rent that would be due to his immediate landlord under the sub-lease.

s. 82(2)

If an amount is deducted under subsection (1) or this subsection from rent due to a superior sub-tenant, that sub-tenant may deduct an equal amount from any rent due from him under his sub-lease.

s. 82(3)

Subsection (1) applies even if the sub-tenant's payment or part of it is not due under the notice, if it is not due because—

s. 82(3)(a)

the notified amount has already been paid (wholly or partly otherwise than under the notice), or

s. 82(3)(b)

the notice has been replaced by a notice served on another sub-tenant.

s. 82(4)

That is subject to the following.

s. 82(5)

Subsection (1) does not apply if the landlord withdraws the notice before the payment is made.

s. 82(6)

Where the notified amount has already been paid (or will be exceeded by the payment), subsection (1) does not apply (or does not apply to the excess) if the sub-tenant has notice of that when making the payment.

s. 82(7)

Subsection (1) does not apply if, before the payment is made, payments under the notice at least equal the notified amount.

s. 82(8)

Subsection (1) does not apply to a part of the payment if, with the rest of the payment, payments under the notice at least equal the notified amount.

s. 82(9)

Where the notice has been replaced by one served on another sub-tenant, subsection (1) does not apply if the sub-tenant has notice of that when making the payment.

s. 83 — Withdrawal and replacement of notices
s. 83(1)

A notice under section 81 is replaced if the landlord serves another notice on the same sub-tenant for a notified amount covering the same rent or part of that rent.

s. 83(2)

A notice under section 81 served on one sub-tenant is also replaced if—

s. 83(2)(a)

the landlord serves a notice on another sub-tenant for a notified amount covering the same rent or part of that rent, and

s. 83(2)(b)

in relation to any of the premises comprised in the first sub-tenant's sub-lease, the second sub-tenant is an inferior or superior sub-tenant.

s. 83(3)

The landlord must withdraw a notice under section 81 if any of these happens—

s. 83(3)(a)

the notice is replaced;

s. 83(3)(b)

the notified amount is paid, unless it is paid wholly by the sub-tenant.

s. 84 — Recovery of sums due and overpayments
s. 84(1)

For the purposes of the recovery of sums payable by a sub-tenant under a notice under section 81 (including recovery by CRAR), the sub-tenant is to be treated as the immediate tenant of the landlord, and the sums are to be treated as rent accordingly.

s. 84(2)

But those sums (as opposed to rent due from the immediate tenant) are not recoverable by notice under section 81 served on an inferior sub-tenant.

s. 84(3)

Any payment received by the landlord that the sub-tenant purports to make under a notice under section 81, and that is not due under the notice for any reason, is to be treated as a payment of rent by the immediate tenant, for the purposes of the retention of the payment by the landlord and (if no rent is due) for the purposes of any claim by the immediate tenant to recover the payment.

s. 84(4)

But subsection (3) does not affect any claim by the sub-tenant against the immediate tenant.

Supplementary

s. 85 — Contracts for similar rights to be void
s. 85(1)

A provision of a contract is void to the extent that it would do any of these—

s. 85(1)(a)

confer a right to seize or otherwise take control of goods to recover amounts within subsection (2);

s. 85(1)(b)

confer a right to sell goods to recover amounts within subsection (2);

s. 85(1)(c)

modify the effect of section 72(1), except in accordance with subsection (3).

s. 85(2)

The amounts are any amounts payable—

s. 85(2)(a)

as rent;

s. 85(2)(b)

under a lease (other than as rent);

s. 85(2)(c)

under an agreement collateral to a lease;

s. 85(2)(d)

under an instrument creating a rentcharge;

s. 85(2)(e)

in respect of breach of a covenant or condition in a lease, in an agreement collateral to a lease or in an instrument creating a rentcharge;

s. 85(2)(f)

under an indemnity in respect of a payment within paragraphs (a) to (e).

s. 85(3)

A provision of a contract is not void under subsection (1)(c) to the extent that it prevents or restricts the exercise of CRAR.

s. 85(4)

In this section—“lease” also includes a licence to occupy land;“rent” and “rentcharge” have the meaning given by section 205(1) of the Law of Property Act 1925 (c. 20).

s. 86 — Amendments

Schedule 14 makes minor and consequential amendments (including repeals of powers to distrain for rentcharges and other amounts within section 85(2)).

s. 87 — Interpretation of Chapter

In this Chapter—“landlord” has the meaning given by section 73;“lease” has the meaning given by section 74 (subject to section 85(4));“notice of enforcement” means notice under paragraph 7 of Schedule 12;“rent” (except in sections 71 and 85) has the meaning given by section 76;“tenant”, in relation to a lease, means the tenant for the time being under the lease.

s. 88 — Abolition of Crown preference

Crown preference for the purposes of execution against goods is abolished.

s. 89 — Application to the Crown
s. 89(1)

This Part binds the Crown.

s. 89(2)

But the procedure in Schedule 12 may not be used—

s. 89(2)(a)

to recover debts due from the Crown,

s. 89(2)(b)

to take control of or sell goods of the Crown (including goods owned by the Crown jointly or in common with another person), or

s. 89(2)(c)

to enter premises occupied by the Crown.

s. 90 — Regulations
s. 90(1)

In this Part—“prescribed” means prescribed by regulations;“regulations” means regulations made by the Lord Chancellor.

s. 90(2)

The following apply to regulations under this Part.

s. 90(3)

Any power to make regulations is exercisable by statutory instrument.

s. 90(4)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 90(5)

... a statutory instrument containing regulations is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

s. 90(6)

Regulations may include any of these that the Lord Chancellor considers necessary or expedient—

s. 90(6)(a)

supplementary, incidental or consequential provision;

s. 90(6)(b)

transitory, transitional or saving provision.

s. 90(7)

Regulations may make different provision for different cases.

Part 4

Enforcement of judgments and orders

Attachment of earnings orders

s. 91 — Attachment of earnings orders: deductions at fixed rates
s. 91(1)

Schedule 15 makes amendments to the Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (c. 32).

s. 91(2)

Those amendments are about the basis on which periodical deductions are to be made under an attachment of earnings order.

s. 91(3)

In particular, they provide that deductions under certain orders are to be made in accordance with a fixed deductions scheme made by the Lord Chancellor (rather than in accordance with Part I of Schedule 3 to the 1971 Act).

s. 92 — Attachment of earnings orders: finding the debtor's current employer
s. 92(1)

After section 15 of the Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 insert—

s. 92(2)

This section applies in relation to any attachment of earnings order, whether made before or after the commencement of this section.

s. 92(3)

In relation to an offence committed before 2 May 2022, the reference in section 15B(10)(b) of the Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (c. 32) to 12 months is to be read as a reference to 6 months.

Charging orders

s. 93 — Payment by instalments: making and enforcing charging orders
s. 93(1)

Subsections (2), (3) and (4) make amendments to the Charging Orders Act 1979 (c. 53).

s. 93(2)

In section 1 (charging orders), after subsection (5) insert—

s. 93(3)

In section 3 (provisions supplementing sections 1 and 2), after subsection (4) insert—

s. 93(4)

In section 6(2) (meaning of references to judgment or order of High Court or county court), for “section 1” substitute “ sections 1 and 3 ”.

s. 93(5)

In section 313(4) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45) (charge on bankrupt's home: certain provisions of section 3 of Charging Orders Act 1979 to apply), for the words before “section 3” substitute “ Subsection (1), (2), (4), (5) and (6) of ”.

s. 93(6)

This section does not apply in a case where a judgment or order of the High Court or the county court under which a debtor is required to pay a sum of money by instalments was made, or applied for, before the coming into force of this section.

s. 94 — Charging orders: power to set financial thresholds

In the Charging Orders Act 1979 (c. 53), after section 3 there is inserted—

Information requests and orders

s. 95 — Application for information about action to recover judgment debt
s. 95(1)

A person who is the creditor in relation to a judgment debt may apply to the High Court , the family court or the county court for information about what kind of action it would be appropriate to take in court to recover that particular debt.

s. 95(2)

An application under subsection (1) must comply with any provision made in regulations about the making of such applications.

s. 96 — Action by the court
s. 96(1)

This section applies if the creditor in relation to a judgment debt makes an application for information under section 95.

s. 96(2)

The relevant court may make one or more of the following in relation to the debtor—

s. 96(2)(a)

a departmental information request;

s. 96(2)(b)

an information order.

s. 96(3)

The relevant court may exercise its powers under subsection (2) only if it is satisfied that to do so will help it to deal with the creditor's application.

s. 96(4)

Before exercising its powers under subsection (2), the relevant court must give notice to the debtor that the court intends to make a request or order.

s. 96(5)

The relevant court may not make a departmental information request to the Commissioners unless regulations are in force that have been made under section 102(4) and (7) and relate to the use or disclosure of debtor information disclosed by the Commissioners.

s. 96(6)

The relevant court may disclose such information (including information identifying the debtor) as it considers necessary to assist the recipient of a request or order to comply with the request or order.

s. 96(7)

A disclosure under subsection (6) is not to be taken to breach any restriction on the disclosure of information (however imposed).

s. 96(8)

Nothing in this section is to be taken to prejudice any power that exists apart from this section to request or order the disclosure of information.

s. 97 — Departmental information requests
s. 97(1)

A departmental information request is a request for the disclosure of information held by, or on behalf of, a government department.

s. 97(2)

The request is to be made to the Minister of the Crown, or other person, who is in charge of the department.

s. 97(3)

In the case of a request made to the designated Secretary of State, the disclosure of some or all of the following information may be requested—

s. 97(3)(a)

the full name of the debtor;

s. 97(3)(b)

the address of the debtor;

s. 97(3)(c)

the date of birth of the debtor;

s. 97(3)(d)

the national insurance number of the debtor;

s. 97(3)(e)

prescribed information.

s. 97(4)

In the case of a request made to the Commissioners, the disclosure of some or all of the following information may be requested—

s. 97(4)(a)

whether or not the debtor is employed;

s. 97(4)(b)

the name and address of the employer (if the debtor is employed);

s. 97(4)(c)

the national insurance number of the debtor;

s. 97(4)(d)

prescribed information.

s. 97(5)

In the case of any other request, the disclosure of prescribed information may be requested.

s. 97(6)

In this section—“designated Secretary of State” means the Secretary of State designated for the purpose of this section by regulations;“government department” does not include the following—any part of the Scottish Administration; a Northern Ireland department; the Welsh Assembly Government or any member of staff appointed under section 52 of the Government of Wales Act 2006 (c. 32);“prescribed information”, in relation to a departmental information request, means information that falls within the category or categories of information (if any) prescribed by regulations in relation to the department to which the request relates.

s. 98 — Information orders
s. 98(1)

An information order is an order of the relevant court which—

s. 98(1)(a)

specifies a prescribed person (“the information discloser”),

s. 98(1)(b)

specifies prescribed information relating to the debtor (“the required information”), and

s. 98(1)(c)

orders the information discloser to disclose the required information to the relevant court.

s. 98(2)

In subsection (1) “prescribed” means prescribed in regulations.

s. 98(3)

Regulations under this section may be made by reference to—

s. 98(3)(a)

particular persons or particular descriptions of person (or both);

s. 98(3)(b)

particular information or particular descriptions of information (or both).

s. 98(4)

Regulations may, in particular, be made under this section so as to ensure that—

s. 98(4)(a)

an information order made against a particular person, or a person of a particular description, may order that person to disclose only particular information, or information of a particular description;

s. 98(4)(b)

an information order that orders the disclosure of particular information, or information of a particular description, may only be made against a particular person, or a person of a particular description.

s. 98(5)

Regulations under this section must not make provision that would allow the relevant court to order—

s. 98(5)(a)

the disclosure of information by the debtor, or

s. 98(5)(b)

the disclosure of information held by, or on behalf of, a government department.

s. 99 — Responding to a departmental information request
s. 99(1)

This section applies if the relevant court makes a departmental information request.

s. 99(2)

The recipient of the request may disclose to the relevant court any information (whether held by the department or on its behalf) that the recipient considers is necessary to comply with the request.

s. 99(3)

A disclosure under subsection (2) is not to be taken to breach any restriction on the disclosure of information (however imposed).

s. 99(4)

Nothing in this section is to be taken to prejudice any power that exists apart from this section to disclose information.

s. 100 — Information order: required information not held etc.
s. 100(1)

An information discloser is not to be regarded as having breached an information order because of a failure to disclose some or all of the required information, if that failure is for one of the permitted reasons.

s. 100(2)

These are the permitted reasons—

s. 100(2)(a)

the information provider does not hold the information;

s. 100(2)(b)

the information provider is unable to ascertain whether the information is held, because of the way in which the information order identifies the debtor;

s. 100(2)(c)

the disclosure of the information would involve the information discloser in unreasonable effort or expense.

s. 100(3)

It is to be presumed that a failure to disclose required information is for a permitted reason if—

s. 100(3)(a)

the information discloser gives the relevant court a certificate that complies with subsection (4), and

s. 100(3)(b)

there is no evidence that the failure is not for a permitted reason.

s. 100(4)

The certificate must state—

s. 100(4)(a)

which of the required information is not being disclosed;

s. 100(4)(b)

what the permitted reason is, or permitted reasons are, for the failure to disclose that information.

s. 100(5)

Any reference in this section to the information discloser holding, or not holding, information includes a reference to the information being held, or not being held, on the information discloser's behalf.

s. 101 — Using the information about the debtor
s. 101(1)

This section applies if—

s. 101(1)(a)

the creditor in relation to a judgment debt makes an application for information under section 95, and

s. 101(1)(b)

information (“debtor information”) is disclosed to the relevant court in compliance with a request or order made under section 96.

s. 101(2)

The relevant court may use the debtor information for the purpose of making another request or order under section 96 in relation to the debtor.

s. 101(3)

The relevant court may use the debtor information for the purpose of providing the creditor with information about what kind of action (if any) it would be appropriate to take in court (whether the relevant court or another court) to recover the judgment debt.

s. 101(4)

If the creditor takes any action in the relevant court to recover the judgment debt, the relevant court may use the debtor information in carrying out functions in relation to that action.

s. 101(5)

If the creditor takes any action in another court to recover the judgment debt—

s. 101(5)(a)

the relevant court may disclose the debtor information to the other court, and

s. 101(5)(b)

the other court may use that information in carrying out functions in relation to that action.

s. 101(6)

Debtor information may be used or disclosed under any of subsections (3) to (5) only if—

s. 101(6)(a)

regulations about such use or disclosure of information are in force, and

s. 101(6)(b)

the use or disclosure complies with those regulations.

s. 101(7)

In addition, if the debtor information was disclosed by the Commissioners, the information may be used or disclosed under any of subsections (3) to (5) only with the consent of the Commissioners.

s. 101(8)

Consent for the purposes of subsection (7) may be given—

s. 101(8)(a)

in relation to particular use or a particular disclosure, or

s. 101(8)(b)

in relation to use, or a disclosure made, in such circumstances as may be specified or described in the consent.

s. 101(9)

The use or disclosure of information in accordance with this section is not to be taken to breach any restriction on the use or disclosure of information (however imposed).

s. 101(10)

Nothing in this section is to be taken to prejudice any power that exists apart from this section to use or disclose information.

s. 102 — Offence of unauthorised use or disclosure
s. 102(1)

This section applies if—

s. 102(1)(a)

an application is made under section 95 in relation to recovery of a judgment debt (“the relevant judgment debt”),

s. 102(1)(b)

a departmental information request or an information order is made in consequence of that application, and

s. 102(1)(c)

information (“debtor information”) is disclosed in accordance with the request or order.

s. 102(2)

A person to whom the debtor information is disclosed commits an offence if he—

s. 102(2)(a)

uses or discloses the debtor information, and

s. 102(2)(b)

the use or disclosure is not authorised by any of subsections (3) to (6).

s. 102(3)

The use or disclosure of the debtor information is authorised if it is in accordance with section 101.

s. 102(4)

The use or disclosure of the debtor information is authorised if it is—and it is in accordance with regulations.

s. 102(4)(a)

in accordance with an enactment or order of court, or

s. 102(4)(b)

for the purposes of any proceedings before a court,

s. 102(5)

The use or disclosure of the debtor information is authorised if the information has previously been lawfully disclosed to the public.

s. 102(6)

The use or disclosure of the debtor information is authorised if it is in accordance with rules of court that comply with regulations under subsection (7).

s. 102(7)

Regulations may make provision about the circumstances, if any, in which rules of court may allow access to, or the supply of, information disclosed in accordance with a department information request or an information order.

s. 102(8)

It is a defence for a person charged with an offence under subsection (2) to prove that he reasonably believed that the use or disclosure was lawful.

s. 102(9)

A person guilty of an offence under subsection (2) is liable—

s. 102(9)(a)

on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years, to a fine or to both;

s. 102(9)(b)

on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding the general limit in a magistrates’ court, to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or to both.

s. 103 — Regulations
s. 103(1)

It is for the Lord Chancellor to make information regulations.

s. 103(2)

But the Lord Chancellor may make the following regulations only with the agreement of the Commissioners—

s. 103(2)(a)

regulations under section 97(4)(d);

s. 103(2)(b)

regulations under section 102(4) or (7) so far as the regulations relate to the use or disclosure of debtor information disclosed by the Commissioners.

s. 103(3)

Information regulations are to be made by statutory instrument.

s. 103(4)

A statutory instrument containing information regulations may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.

s. 103(5)

But subsection (4) does not apply in the case of a statutory instrument that contains only—

s. 103(5)(a)

regulations under section 95, or

s. 103(5)(b)

regulations under section 97 which designate a Secretary of State for the purpose of that section.

s. 103(6)

In such a case, the statutory instrument is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

s. 103(7)

In this section “information regulations” means regulations under any of sections 95 to 102.

s. 104 — Interpretation
s. 104(1)

This section applies for the purposes of sections 95 to 103.

s. 104(2)

In those provisions—“Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“creditor”, in relation to a judgment debt, means—the person to whom the debt is payable (whether directly or through any court, an officer of any court or another person); where the debt is payable under an administration order (within the meaning of Part 6 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28)), any one of the creditors scheduled to the order;“debtor”, in relation to a judgment debt, means the person by whom the debt is payable;“departmental information request” has the meaning given by section 97;“information” means information held in any form;“information discloser”, in relation to an information order, has the meaning given by section 98(1)(a);“information order” has the meaning given by section 98;“judgment debt” means either of the following—a sum which is payable under a judgment or order enforceable by the High Court , the family court or the county court; a sum which, by virtue of an enactment, is recoverable as if it were payable under a judgment or order of the High Court , the family court or of the county court (including a sum which is so recoverable because a court so orders);“required information”, in relation to an information order, has the meaning given by section 98(1)(b);“relevant court”, in relation to an application under section 95, means the court to which the application is made.

s. 104(3)

Any reference to information held on behalf of a government department, or on behalf of an information discloser, includes a reference to any information which—

s. 104(3)(a)

is held by a person who provides services to the department or to the information discloser, and

s. 104(3)(b)

is held by that person in connection with the provision of those services.

s. 105 — Application and transitional provision
s. 105(1)

Sections 95 to 104 apply in relation to any judgment debt, whether it became payable, or recoverable, before or after the commencement of those sections.

s. 105(2)

In relation to an offence committed before 2 May 2022, the reference in section 102(9)(b) to 12 months is to be read as a reference to 6 months.

Part 5

Debt management and relief

s. 106 — Administration orders
s. 106(1)

For Part 6 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) (administration orders) substitute—

s. 106(2)

Schedule 16 makes amendments consequential on the substitution of the new Part 6 in the 1984 Act.

s. 106(3)

This section does not apply to any case in which an administration order was made, or an application for such an order was made, before the day on which this section comes into force.

s. 107 — Enforcement restriction orders
s. 107(1)

After Part 6 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) (administration orders) insert—

s. 107(2)

In Schedule 6A to the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43) (fines that may be altered under section 143 of the 1980 Act) insert the following entry at the appropriate place in the entries relating to the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28)—

s. 107(3)

In section 98 of the Courts Act 2003 (c. 39) (register of judgments and orders etc.), in subsection (1), for paragraph (d) substitute—.

s. 108 — Debt relief orders and debt relief restrictions orders etc.
s. 108(1)

In the Second Group of Parts of the Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45) (insolvency of individuals), before Part 8 there is inserted, as Part 7A, the Part set out in Schedule 17.

s. 108(2)

After Schedule 4 to that Act there is inserted, as Schedules 4ZA and 4ZB, the Schedules set out in Schedules 18 and 19.

s. 108(3)

Schedule 20 (which makes amendments consequential on provisions contained in Schedule 17) has effect.

Introductory

s. 109 — Debt management schemes
s. 109(1)

A debt management scheme is a scheme that meets the conditions in this section.

s. 109(2)

The scheme must be open to some or all non-business debtors.

s. 109(3)

A scheme is open to a non-business debtor if it allows him to make a request to the scheme operator for a debt repayment plan to be arranged for him.

s. 109(4)

The scheme must provide that, if such a request is made—

s. 109(4)(a)

a decision must be made about whether a debt repayment plan is to be arranged for the non-business debtor, and

s. 109(4)(b)

such a plan must be arranged (if that is the decision made).

s. 109(5)

The scheme must be operated by a body of persons (whether a body corporate or not).

s. 110 — Debt repayment plans
s. 110(1)

A debt repayment plan is a plan that meets the conditions in this section.

s. 110(2)

The plan must specify all of the debtor's qualifying debts.

s. 110(3)

The plan must require the debtor to make payments in respect of each of the specified debts.

s. 110(4)

It does not matter if—

s. 110(4)(a)

the plan requires payments of different amounts to be made in respect of a specified debt at different times;

s. 110(4)(b)

the payments that the plan requires to be made in respect of a specified debt would, if all made, repay the debt only in part.

Approval of schemes

s. 111 — Approval by supervising authority
s. 111(1)

The supervising authority may approve one or more debt management schemes.

s. 111(2)

Regulations may make provision about any or all of the following—

s. 111(2)(a)

conditions that must be met before the supervising authority may approve a debt management scheme;

s. 111(2)(b)

considerations that the supervising authority must, or must not, take into account in deciding whether to approve a debt management scheme.

s. 111(3)

Regulations under this section may, in particular, make provision about conditions or considerations that relate to any matter listed in Schedule 21.

s. 111(4)

The supervising authority may approve a debt management scheme whether a body is—

s. 111(4)(a)

operating the scheme at the time of the approval, or

s. 111(4)(b)

proposing to operate the scheme from a time in the future.

s. 112 — Applications for approval
s. 112(1)

Regulations may specify a procedure for making an application for approval of a debt management scheme.

s. 112(2)

Regulations under this section may, in particular, specify a procedure that requires any or all of the following—

s. 112(2)(a)

an application to be made in a particular form;

s. 112(2)(b)

information to be supplied in support of an application;

s. 112(2)(c)

a fee to be paid in respect of an application.

s. 113 — Terms of approval
s. 113(1)

The approval of a debt management scheme has effect subject to any relevant terms.

s. 113(2)

Relevant terms are—

s. 113(2)(a)

the terms (if any) specified in regulations that relate to the approval, and

s. 113(2)(b)

the terms (if any) that the supervising authority includes in the approval.

s. 113(3)

Relevant terms may, in particular, deal with all or any of the following—

s. 113(3)(a)

the start of the approval;

s. 113(3)(b)

the expiry of the approval;

s. 113(3)(c)

the termination of the approval, including termination because of the breach of some other term.

s. 113(4)

Relevant terms may, in particular, impose requirements on the scheme operator.

s. 113(5)

Relevant terms may, in particular, relate to any matter listed in Schedule 21.

s. 113(6)

Regulations may make provision about terms that the supervising authority must, or must not, include in an approval.

Effect of plans etc.

s. 114 — Discharge from specified debts
s. 114(1)

This section applies if—

s. 114(1)(a)

a debt repayment plan is arranged for a non-business debtor in accordance with an approved scheme, and

s. 114(1)(b)

the plan comes into effect.

s. 114(2)

The debtor is discharged from the debts that are specified in the plan.

s. 114(3)

The discharge from a particular specified debt takes effect at the time when all the required payments have been made.

s. 114(4)

The required payments are the payments in respect of the debt that are required by the provision included in the plan in accordance with section 110(3).

s. 115 — Presentation of bankruptcy petition
s. 115(1)

This section applies during the currency of a debt repayment plan arranged in accordance with an approved scheme.

s. 115(2)

No qualifying creditor of the debtor is to present a bankruptcy petition against the debtor in respect of a qualifying debt, unless—

s. 115(2)(a)

regulations provide otherwise, or

s. 115(2)(b)

the creditor has the permission of the county court.

s. 115(3)

The county court may give permission for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

s. 115(4)

The reference to the currency of a debt repayment plan is a reference to the period which—

s. 115(4)(a)

begins when the plan first has effect, and

s. 115(4)(b)

ends when the plan ceases to have effect.

s. 116 — Remedies other than bankruptcy
s. 116(1)

This section applies in relation to a non-business debtor during a period of protection.

s. 116(2)

No qualifying creditor of the debtor is to pursue any remedy for the recovery of a qualifying debt, unless—

s. 116(2)(a)

regulations provide otherwise, or

s. 116(2)(b)

the creditor has the permission of the county court.

s. 116(3)

The county court may give permission for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

s. 116(4)

This section does not have any effect in relation to bankruptcy proceedings.

s. 117 — Charging of interest etc.
s. 117(1)

This section applies in relation to a non-business debtor during a period of protection.

s. 117(2)

No qualifying creditor is to charge any sum by way of interest, fee or other charge in respect of a qualifying debt, unless—

s. 117(2)(a)

regulations provide otherwise, or

s. 117(2)(b)

the creditor has the permission of the county court.

s. 117(3)

The county court may give permission for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

s. 118 — Stopping supplies of gas or electricity
s. 118(1)

This section applies in relation to a non-business debtor during a period of protection.

s. 118(2)

In relation to the debtor, a domestic utility creditor is any person who—

s. 118(2)(a)

provides the debtor with a supply of mains gas or mains electricity for the debtor's own domestic purposes, and

s. 118(2)(b)

is a creditor under a qualifying debt that relates to the provision of that supply.

s. 118(3)

No domestic utility creditor is to stop the supply of gas or electricity, or the supply of any associated services, except in the cases in subsections (4) to (7).

s. 118(4)

The first case is where the reason for stopping a supply relates to the non-payment by the debtor of charges incurred in connection with that supply after the start of the period of protection.

s. 118(5)

The second case is where the reason for stopping a supply is unconnected with the non-payment by the debtor of any charges incurred in connection with—

s. 118(5)(a)

that supply, or

s. 118(5)(b)

any other supply of mains gas or mains electricity, or of associated services, that is provided by the domestic utility creditor.

s. 118(6)

The third case is where regulations allow the supply to be stopped.

s. 118(7)

The fourth case is where the county court gives permission to stop a supply.

s. 118(8)

The county court may give permission for the purposes of subsection (7) subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

s. 118(9)

A supply of mains gas is a supply of the kind mentioned in section 5(1)(b) of the Gas Act 1986 (c. 44).

s. 118(10)

A supply of mains electricity is a supply of the kind mentioned in section 4(1)(c) of the Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29).

s. 119 — Existing county court proceedings to be stayed
s. 119(1)

This section applies if these conditions are met—

s. 119(1)(a)

a debt repayment plan is arranged for a non-business debtor in accordance with an approved scheme;

s. 119(1)(b)

proceedings in the county court (other than bankruptcy proceedings) are pending against the debtor in respect of a qualifying debt;

s. 119(1)(c)

by virtue of section 116, the creditor under the qualifying debt is not entitled to continue the proceedings in respect of the debt;

s. 119(1)(d)

the county court receives notice of the debt repayment plan.

s. 119(2)

The county court must stay the proceedings.

s. 119(3)

The court may allow costs already incurred by the creditor.

s. 119(4)

Subsection (5) applies if—

s. 119(4)(a)

the court allows such costs, and

s. 119(4)(b)

the qualifying debt is a specified debt.

s. 119(5)

The operator of the approved scheme may, if requested to do so by—add the costs to the amount specified in the plan in respect of the debt.

s. 119(5)(a)

the non-business debtor, or

s. 119(5)(b)

the creditor under the qualifying debt,

s. 119(6)

But the operator may not add the costs under subsection (5) if, under the terms of the approved scheme, the operator is under a duty to terminate the plan.

s. 120 — Registration of plans
s. 120(1)

Regulations may make provision about the registration of either or both of the following—

s. 120(1)(a)

any request made to the operator of an approved scheme for a debt repayment plan to be arranged in accordance with the scheme;

s. 120(1)(b)

any debt repayment plan arranged for a non-business debtor in accordance with an approved scheme.

s. 120(2)

In subsection (1) “registration” means registration in the register maintained under section 98 of the Courts Act 2003 (c. 39) (the register of judgments and orders etc).

s. 120(3)

Regulations under this section may amend section 98 of the 2003 Act.

s. 121 — Other debt management arrangements in force
s. 121(1)

This section applies if—

s. 121(1)(a)

a debt repayment plan is arranged for a debtor in accordance with an approved scheme, and

s. 121(1)(b)

immediately before the plan is arranged, other debt management arrangements are in force in respect of the debtor.

s. 121(2)

The plan is not to come into effect unless the other debt management arrangements cease to be in force.

s. 121(3)

Any provision (whether in the plan or elsewhere) about when the plan is to come into effect is subject to subsection (2).

s. 121(4)

If the operator of the approved scheme is aware of the other debt management arrangements, the operator must give the relevant authority notice that the plan has been arranged.

s. 121(5)

In a case where the operator is aware of other debt management arrangements at the time the plan is arranged, it must give the notice as soon as practicable after the plan is arranged.

s. 121(6)

In a case where the operator becomes aware of those arrangements after the plan is arranged, it must give the notice as soon as practicable after becoming aware of them.

s. 121(7)

“Other debt management arrangements” means any of the following—

s. 121(7)(a)

an administration order under Part 6 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28);

s. 121(7)(b)

an enforcement restriction order under Part 6A of the County Courts Act 1984;

s. 121(7)(c)

a debt relief order under Part 7A of the Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45).

s. 121(8)

“The relevant authority” means—

s. 121(8)(aa)

in relation to an administration order or an enforcement restriction order: the county court;

s. 121(8)(c)

in relation to a debt relief order: the official receiver.

s. 121(9)

For the purposes of this section a debt relief order is “in force” if the moratorium applicable to the order under section 251H of the Insolvency Act 1986 has not yet ended.

Appeals

s. 122 — Right of appeal
s. 122(1)

This section applies if a debt repayment plan is arranged for a debtor in accordance with an approved scheme.

s. 122(2)

An affected creditor may appeal to the county court against any of the following—

s. 122(2)(a)

the fact that the plan has been arranged;

s. 122(2)(b)

the fact that a debt owed to the affected creditor has been specified in the plan;

s. 122(2)(c)

the terms of the plan (including any provision included in the plan in accordance with section 110(3)).

s. 122(3)

Subsection (2)(c) does not allow an affected creditor to appeal against the fact that a debt owed to any other creditor has been specified in the plan.

s. 122(4)

In this section “affected creditor” means the creditor under any debt which is specified in the plan.

s. 123 — Dealing with appeals
s. 123(1)

This section applies if an appeal is made to the county court under section 122.

s. 123(2)

The county court may determine the appeal in any way that it thinks fit.

s. 123(3)

The county court may make such orders as may be necessary to give effect to the determination of the appeal.

s. 123(4)

The county court may, in particular, order the scheme operator to do any of the following—

s. 123(4)(a)

to reconsider the decision to arrange the plan;

s. 123(4)(b)

to reconsider any decision about the terms of the plan;

s. 123(4)(c)

to modify the debt repayment plan;

s. 123(4)(d)

to revoke the debt repayment plan.

s. 123(5)

The county court may make such interim provision as it thinks fit in relation to the period before the appeal is determined.

s. 123(6)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Approved schemes: charging

s. 124 — Charges by operator of approved scheme
s. 124(1)

The operator of an approved scheme may recover its costs by charging debtors or affected creditors (or both).

s. 124(2)

In this section—“costs” means the costs which the operator incurs, taking one year with another, in connection with the approved scheme, so far as those costs are reasonable;“debtors” means—debtors who make requests for debt repayment plans to be arranged in accordance with the approved scheme, and debtors for whom debt repayment plans are arranged in accordance with the approved scheme.

Termination of approval

s. 125 — Procedure for termination
s. 125(1)

Regulations may specify a procedure for terminating the approval of a debt management scheme.

s. 125(2)

Regulations under this section may, in particular, specify a procedure that requires any or all of the following—

s. 125(2)(a)

notice of, or the reasons for, an intended termination to be given (whether to the supervising authority, the scheme operator, the Lord Chancellor or any other person);

s. 125(2)(b)

conditions to be met before a termination takes effect;

s. 125(2)(c)

a particular period of time to elapse before a termination takes effect.

s. 126 — Terminating an approval

The approval of a debt management scheme may be terminated only if the termination is in accordance with all of the following (so far as they are relevant)—

s. 126(a)

any terms to which the approval is subject by virtue of section 113;

s. 126(b)

any provision made in regulations under section 125;

s. 126(c)

any other provision made in other regulations under this Chapter.

s. 127 — Alternatives to termination
s. 127(1)

Regulations may make provision to allow the supervising authority to deal with a termination case other than by terminating the approval.

s. 127(2)

A termination case is a case in which the supervising authority would be entitled to terminate the approval of a debt management scheme.

s. 127(3)

Regulations under this section may, in particular, make provision to allow the supervising authority to transfer the operation of the scheme—

s. 127(3)(a)

to itself, or

s. 127(3)(b)

to any other body.

Effects of end of approval

s. 128 — Effects of end of approval
s. 128(1)

Regulations may make provision about the effects if the approval of a debt management scheme comes to an end.

s. 128(2)

Regulations under this section may, in particular, make provision about the treatment of debt repayment plans arranged for non-business debtors before the scheme came to an end.

s. 128(3)

That includes provision to treat a plan—

s. 128(3)(a)

as though the approval had not come to an end, or

s. 128(3)(b)

as though the plan had been made in accordance with a different approved scheme.

s. 128(4)

Regulations under this section may, in particular, make provision about cases where, at the time the scheme comes to an end, the scheme operator is in breach of a relevant obligation.

s. 128(5)

That includes provision to ensure that the operator is not released from the relevant obligation by virtue of the termination.

s. 128(6)

In subsections (4) and (5) “relevant obligation” means any obligation (including a requirement or condition) however arising, that relates to—

s. 128(6)(a)

the scheme in question (including its operation),

s. 128(6)(b)

the approval of that scheme, or

s. 128(6)(c)

the termination of that approval.

The supervising authority

s. 129 — The supervising authority
s. 129(1)

The supervising authority is—

s. 129(1)(a)

the Lord Chancellor, or

s. 129(1)(b)

any person that the Lord Chancellor has authorised to approve debt management schemes under section 111.

s. 129(2)

Subsections (3) and (4) apply in any case where an authorisation under subsection (1)(b) starts or ends.

s. 129(3)

The start or end of the authorisation does not affect the validity of an approval that is in force at the relevant time.

s. 129(4)

The new supervising authority may exercise all of its functions in relation to an approval that is in force at the relevant time as though it had given the approval itself.

s. 129(5)

In this section—“approval” means an approval of a debt management scheme given under section 111;“relevant time” means the time when an authorisation starts or ends.

Various

s. 130 — Regulations
s. 130(1)

It is for the Lord Chancellor to make regulations.

s. 130(2)

The power to make regulations is exercisable by statutory instrument.

s. 130(3)

A statutory instrument containing regulations is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

s. 130(4)

But subsection (3) does not apply in the case of a statutory instrument that contains either or both of the following—

s. 130(4)(a)

the first regulations under a particular section of this Chapter;

s. 130(4)(b)

any regulations under section 118(6);

s. 130(4)(c)

any regulations under section 120 that amend section 98 of the Courts Act 2003 (c. 39);

s. 130(4)(d)

any regulations that amend section 122 or 123.

s. 130(5)

In such a case the statutory instrument may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, each House of Parliament.

s. 130(6)

Regulations may make different provision in relation to different cases.

s. 130(7)

Regulations may make any or all of the following provision if the Lord Chancellor thinks it is necessary or expedient—

s. 130(7)(a)

supplementary, incidental or consequential provision;

s. 130(7)(b)

transitory, transitional or saving provision.

s. 130(8)

Provision under subsection (7) may, in particular, amend section 122 or 123 (including by making provision for further grounds of appeal).

s. 130(9)

In this section (except in subsection (4)(a) to (c)) “regulations” means regulations under any provision of this Chapter.

s. 131 — Main definitions
s. 131(1)

In this Chapter—“affected creditor” has the meaning given by section 122;“approved scheme” means a debt management scheme that is approved under section 111;“debt management scheme” has the meaning given by section 109;“debt repayment plan” has the meaning given by section 110;“non-business debtor” means any individual who—is a debtor under one or more qualifying debts, but is not a debtor under any business debts;“period of protection” has the meaning given by section 133;“qualifying creditor” means a creditor under a qualifying debt;“scheme operator” means the body that operates a debt management scheme;“specified debt” means a debt specified in a debt repayment plan;“supervising authority” has the meaning given by section 129.

s. 131(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 132 — Expressions relating to debts
s. 132(1)

All debts are qualifying debts, except the following—

s. 132(1)(a)

any debt secured against an asset;

s. 132(1)(b)

in relation to a debt repayment plan which has been requested or arranged, any debt which could not, by virtue of the terms of the debt management scheme, be specified in the plan.

s. 132(2)

A business debt is any debt (whether or not a qualifying debt) which is incurred by a person in the course of a business.

s. 133 — Periods of protection
s. 133(1)

A “period of protection”, in relation to a non-business debtor, is a period which begins and ends as specified in this section.

s. 133(2)

The period begins if, and when, the debtor makes a request to the operator of an approved scheme for a debt repayment plan to be arranged in accordance with the scheme.

s. 133(3)

The period ends as follows—

s. 133(3)(a)

if a debt repayment plan is not arranged in consequence of the request: when the decision is made not to arrange the plan;

s. 133(3)(b)

if a debt repayment plan is arranged in consequence of the request: when that plan ceases to have effect.

s. 133(4)

But if other debt management arrangements are in force in relation to debtor immediately before he makes the request, the period does not begin unless, and until, a debt repayment plan—

s. 133(4)(a)

is arranged in consequence of the request, and

s. 133(4)(b)

comes into effect in accordance with section 121(2).

s. 133(5)

In this section the reference to other debt management arrangements which are in force has the same meaning as such references in section 121.

Part 6

Protection of cultural objects on loan

s. 134 — Protected objects
s. 134(1)

An object is protected under section 135 if the conditions in subsection (2) are met when it enters the United Kingdom.

s. 134(2)

The conditions are—

s. 134(2)(a)

the object is usually kept outside the United Kingdom,

s. 134(2)(b)

it is not owned by a person resident in the United Kingdom,

s. 134(2)(c)

its import does not contravene a prohibition or restriction on the import of goods, imposed by or under any enactment, that applies to the object, a part of it or anything it conceals,

s. 134(2)(d)

it is brought to the United Kingdom for public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery, and

s. 134(2)(e)

the museum or gallery has complied with any requirements prescribed by regulations made by the Secretary of State under this paragraph about the publication of specified information about the object.

s. 134(3)

A person owns an object for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) whether he owns it beneficially or not and whether alone or with others.

s. 134(4)

The protection continues—

s. 134(4)(a)

only so long as the object is in the United Kingdom for any of the purposes in subsection (7), and

s. 134(4)(b)

unless subsection (5) applies, for not more than 12 months beginning with the day when the object enters the United Kingdom.

s. 134(4A)

The relevant authority may extend the maximum protection period for a further period of up to 3 months in relation to an object that is in—

s. 134(4A)(a)

the United Kingdom for the purpose of public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery in England or Scotland, or

s. 134(4A)(b)

England or Scotland for any of the purposes listed in subsection (7)(b) to (e).

s. 134(4B)

In subsection (4A) “relevant authority” means—

s. 134(4B)(a)

the Secretary of State in relation to an object that is—

s. 134(4B)(a)(i)

in the United Kingdom for the purpose of public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery in England, or

s. 134(4B)(a)(ii)

in England for any of the purposes listed in subsection (7)(b) to (e);

s. 134(4B)(b)

the Scottish Ministers in relation to an object that is—

s. 134(4B)(b)(i)

in the United Kingdom for the purpose of public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery in Scotland, or

s. 134(4B)(b)(ii)

in Scotland for any of the purposes listed in subsection (7)(b) to (e).

s. 134(4C)

The power under subsection (4A)—

s. 134(4C)(a)

may be exercised on more than one occasion in relation to a particular object (whether by the same relevant authority or by different relevant authorities);

s. 134(4C)(b)

if exercisable by both relevant authorities at a particular time in relation to a particular object, is exercisable concurrently by those authorities.

s. 134(4D)

In this section “maximum protection period”, in relation to an object, means—

s. 134(4D)(a)

the period of 12 months specified in subsection (4)(b),

s. 134(4D)(b)

any longer period arising under subsection (5) in relation to the object, or

s. 134(4D)(c)

if the power under subsection (4A) has been exercised in relation to the object, the period specified in subsection (4)(b), or arising under subsection (5), as extended by that exercise of that power (and by any other previous exercise of that power).

s. 134(4E)

In relation to an object the maximum protection period for which is the period mentioned in subsection (4D)(c), references to the United Kingdom in subsections (4)(a), (5) and (8) are to be read as references to England or Scotland.

s. 134(5)

The protection continues after the end of the period specified in subsection (4)(b) , as extended under subsection (4A) if relevant, if the object has suffered damage while protected, and—

s. 134(5)(a)

it is undergoing repair, conservation or restoration in the United Kingdom because of the damage, or

s. 134(5)(b)

it is leaving the United Kingdom following repair, conservation or restoration because of the damage.

s. 134(6)

A new period of protection begins each time an object enters the United Kingdom and the conditions in subsection (2) are met.

s. 134(7)

The purposes mentioned in subsection (4)(a) are—

s. 134(7)(a)

public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery;

s. 134(7)(b)

going to or returning from public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery;

s. 134(7)(c)

related repair, conservation or restoration;

s. 134(7)(d)

going to or returning from related repair, conservation or restoration;

s. 134(7)(e)

leaving the United Kingdom.

s. 134(8)

Repair, conservation or restoration is related if it is carried out in the United Kingdom and is done—

s. 134(8)(a)

to prepare the object for public display in a temporary exhibition at a museum or gallery, or

s. 134(8)(b)

because of damage suffered in the course of something within subsection (7).

s. 134(9)

The Secretary of State may make regulations requiring a museum or gallery to provide persons with specified information about an object in specified circumstances (which may include in particular compliance with conditions imposed by or under the regulations).

s. 134(10)

Regulations under this section—

s. 134(10)(a)

may not be made without the consent of the Scottish Ministers, the Welsh Ministers and the Department for Culture, Art and Leisure in Northern Ireland, and

s. 134(10)(b)

must be made by statutory instrument.

s. 134(11)

A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

s. 135 — Effect of protection
s. 135(1)

While an object is protected under this section it may not be seized or forfeited under any enactment or rule of law, unless—

s. 135(1)(a)

it is seized or forfeited under or by virtue of an order made by a court in the United Kingdom, and

s. 135(1)(b)

the court is required to make the order under, or under provision giving effect to, an EU obligation or any international treaty.

s. 135(2)

Protection under this section does not affect liability for an offence of importing, exporting or otherwise dealing with the object, but (subject to subsection (1)) any power of arrest or otherwise to prevent such an offence is not exercisable so as to prevent the object leaving the United Kingdom.

s. 135(3)

In this section, references to seizure or forfeiture in relation to an object include references to—

s. 135(3)(a)

taking control of the object under Schedule 12 (in England and Wales);

s. 135(3)(b)

execution or distress (in England and Wales or Northern Ireland);

s. 135(3)(c)

diligence or sequestration (in Scotland);

s. 135(3)(d)

seizure, confiscation or forfeiture, or any other measure relating to the custody or control of the object, in the course of a criminal investigation or criminal proceedings (against the owner, the museum or gallery or any other person);

s. 135(3)(e)

the making or enforcement of an order relating to the custody or control of the object in civil proceedings (against the owner, the museum or gallery or any other person).

s. 136 — Relevant museums and galleries
s. 136(1)

In this Part “museum or gallery” means an institution in the United Kingdom approved under this section by the appropriate authority.

s. 136(2)

The matters that the appropriate authority must have regard to when deciding whether to approve an institution include—

s. 136(2)(a)

the institution's procedures for establishing the provenance and ownership of objects, and

s. 136(2)(b)

in particular, compliance by the institution with guidance about such procedures published by the Secretary of State from time to time.

s. 136(3)

The appropriate authority may withdraw approval from an institution if it thinks fit, and, in particular, if—

s. 136(3)(a)

it thinks that the institution's procedures for establishing the provenance or ownership of objects are inadequate (because of the institution's failure to comply with guidance published by the Secretary of State or for some other reason), or

s. 136(3)(b)

the institution has failed to comply with a requirement of regulations under section 134(9).

s. 136(4)

The withdrawal of approval from an institution does not affect the application of sections 134 and 135 to any object which is a protected object immediately before the withdrawal.

s. 136(5)

In this section “the appropriate authority” means—

s. 136(5)(a)

the Secretary of State, in relation to an institution in England,

s. 136(5)(b)

the Welsh Ministers, in relation to an institution in Wales,

s. 136(5)(c)

the Scottish Ministers, in relation to an institution in Scotland, and

s. 136(5)(d)

the Department for Culture, Art and Leisure, in relation to an institution in Northern Ireland.

s. 137 — Interpretation
s. 137(1)

The following apply for the purposes of this Part.

s. 137(2)

“Enactment” includes an enactment comprised in, or in an instrument made under, an Act of the Scottish Parliament.

s. 137(3)

“Public display” means display to which the public are admitted, on payment or not, but does not include display with a view to sale.

s. 137(4)

“Temporary exhibition” means an exhibition of one or more objects which is open to the public for a period of less than twelve months, whether at a single location or at a succession of locations.

s. 137(5)

A temporary exhibition is at a museum or gallery if it is held at or under the direction of the museum or gallery.

s. 137(6)

An individual is resident in the United Kingdom if he is ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of income tax, or would be if he were receiving income on which tax is payable.

s. 137(7)

The trustees of a settlement (or, in Scotland, the trustees of a trust) are resident in the United Kingdom if they are resident and ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of income tax, or would be if they were receiving income on which tax is payable.

s. 137(8)

A partnership (including a limited partnership) or unincorporated association is resident in the United Kingdom if it is established under the law of any part of the United Kingdom.

s. 137(9)

A body corporate is resident in the United Kingdom if it is incorporated under the law of any part of the United Kingdom.

s. 137(10)

A reference to the United Kingdom or any part of the United Kingdom includes the territorial sea adjacent to the United Kingdom or that part of the United Kingdom (within the meaning given by section 1 of the Territorial Sea Act 1987 (c. 49)).

s. 138 — Crown application

This Part binds the Crown.

Part 7

Miscellaneous

Compulsory purchase

s. 139 — Enforcement by enforcement officers
s. 139(1)

In section 3 of the Lands Clauses Consolidation Act 1845 (c. 18) (interpretations in this and the special Act), at the end insert— “ Where any matter in relation to any lands is required to be done by an enforcement officer, the expression “the enforcement officer” means the officer or officers identified for that purpose in paragraph 3A of Schedule 7 to the Courts Act 2003. ”

s. 139(2)

In section 91 of that Act (proceedings in case of refusal to deliver possession of lands)—

s. 139(2)(a)

after “the sheriff” in the first place insert “ or the enforcement officer ”;

s. 139(2)(b)

for “the sheriff” in the second place substitute “ the person to whom it is issued ”;

s. 139(2)(c)

for “the sheriff” in the third place substitute “ the person executing the warrant ”;

s. 139(2)(d)

after the existing words, which (as amended) become subsection (1), insert—

s. 139(3)

Subsections (1) and (2) extend only to England and Wales.

s. 139(4)

Section 13 of the Compulsory Purchase Act 1965 (c. 56) (refusal to give possession to acquiring authority) is amended as follows.

s. 139(5)

In subsection (1), for the words from “the sheriff” to the end substitute

s. 139(6)

In subsection (2), for “the sheriff” substitute “ the person to whom it is issued ”.

s. 139(7)

After subsection (2) insert—

s. 139(8)

In subsection (3), for “the sheriff” substitute “ the person executing the warrant ”.

s. 139(9)

In subsection (6), after “In this section” insert.

s. 139(10)

Schedule 22 makes consequential amendments.

s. 140 — Supplementary
s. 140(1)

Schedule 7 to the Courts Act 2003 (c. 39) (High Court writs of execution) is amended as follows.

s. 140(2)

After paragraph 3 insert—

s. 140(3)

Paragraph 4 is amended as set out in subsections (4) to (7).

s. 140(4)

In sub-paragraph (1), at the end insert “ and warrants issued to one or more enforcement officers under an enactment mentioned in paragraph 3A(1)(a) or (b) ”.

s. 140(5)

After sub-paragraph (2) insert—

s. 140(6)

For sub-paragraph (3) substitute—

s. 140(7)

For sub-paragraph (4) substitute—

s. 140(8)

In paragraph 5, after “writ” insert “ or warrant ”.

s. 140(9)

In paragraph 12(2)(d)(ii), after “officers” insert “ , or warrants issued to enforcement officers under an enactment mentioned in paragraph 3A(1)(a) or (b), ”.

s. 140(10)

Accordingly—

s. 140(10)(a)

in section 99 of that Act (High Court writs of execution), in subsection (1) at the end insert “ and about warrants issued in connection with the compulsory acquisition of land ”;

s. 140(10)(b)

in Schedule 7 to that Act—

s. 140(10)(b)(i)

for the heading “High Court Writs of Execution” substitute “ Enforcement of Certain Writs and Warrants ”;

s. 140(10)(b)(ii)

in the heading immediately preceding paragraph 1, for “of execution” substitute “ and warrants ”.

Judicial review

s. 141 — Judicial review: power to substitute decision

In section 31 of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) (application for judicial review), for subsection (5) substitute—

Employment tribunals: ACAS

s. 142 — Recovery of sums payable under compromises involving ACAS

In the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17), after section 19 insert—

Design rights: appeals

s. 143 — Appeals in relation to design rights

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 8

General

s. 144 — Protected functions of the Lord Chancellor
s. 144(1)

In Schedule 7 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (protected functions of the Lord Chancellor) Part A of the list in paragraph 4 is amended as follows.

s. 144(2)

In the entry for the London Building Acts (Amendment) Act 1939 (c. xcvii) after “109(2)” insert “ and (4) ”.

s. 144(3)

Insert in the appropriate place—.

s. 144(4)

Insert in the appropriate place—.

s. 144(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s. 144(6)

In the entries for the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) insert in the appropriate place—.

s. 144(7)

In the entry for section 26(5), (6) and (9) of the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8), for “and (9)” substitute.

s. 144(8)

In the entries for the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17) insert in the appropriate place—.

s. 144(9)

In the entry for the Social Security Act 1998 (c. 14) insert in the appropriate place—.

s. 144(10)

In the entries for the Nationality, Immigration and Asylum Act 2002 (c. 41)—

s. 144(10)(a)

insert in the appropriate place—;

s. 144(10)(b)

in the entry for Schedule 4, for “and 7” substitute “ , 7 and 14 ”.

s. 144(11)

Insert in the appropriate place—.

s. 145 — Power to make supplementary or other provision
s. 145(1)

The Lord Chancellor (or, in relation to Chapter 3 of Part 5 only, the Secretary of State) may by order make any supplementary, incidental, consequential, transitory, transitional or saving provision which he considers necessary or expedient for the purposes of, in consequence of, or for giving full effect to, any provision of this Act.

s. 145(2)

An order under this section may in particular—

s. 145(2)(a)

provide for any provision of this Act which comes into force before another to have effect, until that other provision has come into force, with modifications specified in the order;

s. 145(2)(b)

amend, repeal or revoke any enactment other than one contained in an Act or instrument passed or made after the Session in which this Act is passed.

s. 145(3)

The amendments that may be made by an order under this section are in addition to those made by or under any other provision of this Act.

s. 145(4)

An order under this section may make different provision for different purposes.

s. 145(5)

The power to make an order under this section is exercisable by statutory instrument.

s. 145(6)

A statutory instrument containing an order under this section, unless it is an order to which subsection (7) applies, is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

s. 145(7)

No order amending or repealing an enactment contained in an Act may be made under this section unless a draft of the order has been laid before and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.

s. 146 — Repeals

Schedule 23 contains repeals.

s. 147 — Extent
s. 147(1)

Parts 1, 2 and 6 and this Part extend to England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

s. 147(2)

The other provisions of this Act extend only to England and Wales.

s. 147(3)

Subsections (1) and (2) are subject to subsections (4) and (5).

s. 147(4)

Unless provided otherwise, amendments, repeals and revocations in this Act extend to any part of the United Kingdom to which the provisions amended, repealed or revoked extend.

s. 147(5)

The following extend also to the Isle of Man—

s. 147(5)(a)

section 143(1) and (2),

s. 147(5)(b)

the repeal by this Act of any provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 23 that extends to the Isle of Man,

s. 147(5)(c)

sections 145 and 148(5) to (7) so far as relating to—

s. 147(5)(c)(i)

section 143(1) and (2), and

s. 147(5)(c)(ii)

the provisions of this Act by which the repeals mentioned in paragraph (b) are effected, and

s. 147(5)(d)

this section and section 149.

s. 148 — Commencement
s. 148(1)

Section 60 comes into force at the end of the period of two months beginning with the day on which this Act is passed.

s. 148(2)

The provisions of Chapter 3 of Part 5 come into force in accordance with provision made by the Lord Chancellor or the Secretary of State by order.

s. 148(3)

The provisions of Part 6 come into force, except as provided by subsection (4), in accordance with provision made by the Secretary of State by order.

s. 148(4)

The provisions of Part 6 come into force, in so far as they extend to Scotland, in accordance with provision made by the Scottish Ministers by order.

s. 148(5)

The remaining provisions of this Act, except sections 53, 55, 56, 57, 145, 147, 149, this section and Schedule 11, come into force in accordance with provision made by the Lord Chancellor by order.

s. 148(6)

An order under this section may make different provision for different purposes.

s. 148(7)

The power to make an order under this section is exercisable by statutory instrument.

s. 149 — Short title

This Act may be cited as the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007.

Sch 1

Senior President of Tribunals

Sch 1

Recommendations for appointment

Duty to fill vacancies

Sch 1 para 1
Sch 1 para 1(1)

If there is a vacancy in the office of Senior President of Tribunals, the Lord Chancellor must recommend a person for appointment to that office.

Sch 1 para 1(2)

Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to a vacancy while the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales agrees that it may remain unfilled.

The two routes to a recommendation: agreement under this paragraph or selection under Part 2

Sch 1 para 2
Sch 1 para 2(1)

Before the Lord Chancellor may recommend a person for appointment to the office of Senior President of Tribunals, the Lord Chancellor must consult—

Sch 1 para 2(1)(a)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

Sch 1 para 2(1)(b)

the Lord President of the Court of Session, and

Sch 1 para 2(1)(c)

the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland.

Sch 1 para 2(2)

Sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) apply if—

Sch 1 para 2(2)(a)

the outcome of consultation under sub-paragraph (1) is agreement between—as to the person to be recommended, and

Sch 1 para 2(2)(a)(i)

the Lord Chancellor,

Sch 1 para 2(2)(a)(ii)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

Sch 1 para 2(2)(a)(iii)

the Lord President of the Court of Session, and

Sch 1 para 2(2)(a)(iv)

the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland,

Sch 1 para 2(2)(b)

the person is—

Sch 1 para 2(2)(b)(i)

an ordinary judge of the Court of Appeal in England and Wales,

Sch 1 para 2(2)(b)(ii)

a judge of the Court of Session who is a member of the First or Second Division of the Inner House of that Court, or

Sch 1 para 2(2)(b)(iii)

a Lord Justice of Appeal in Northern Ireland.

Sch 1 para 2(3)

The Lord Chancellor must recommend the person for appointment to the office of Senior President of Tribunals, subject to sub-paragraph (4).

Sch 1 para 2(4)

Where the person—the Lord Chancellor must, instead of recommending the person for appointment, consult afresh under sub-paragraph (1).

Sch 1 para 2(4)(a)

declines to be recommended, or does not agree within a time specified to him for that purpose, or

Sch 1 para 2(4)(b)

is otherwise not available within a reasonable time to be recommended,

Sch 1 para 2(5)

If the Lord Chancellor has consulted under sub-paragraph (1) but sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) do not apply following that consultation, the Lord Chancellor must make a request to the Judicial Appointments Commission for a person to be selected for recommendation for appointment to the office of Senior President of Tribunals.

Sch 1

Selection by the Judicial Appointments Commission

Eligibility for selection

Sch 1 para 3

A person is eligible for selection in pursuance of a request under paragraph 2(5) only if—

Sch 1 para 3(a)

he satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 7-year basis,

Sch 1 para 3(b)

he is an advocate or solicitor in Scotland of at least seven years' standing, or

Sch 1 para 3(c)

he is a barrister or solicitor in Northern Ireland of at least seven years' standing.

The selection process

Sch 1 para 4

In Chapter 2 of Part 4 of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (appointments), after section 75 insert—

Withdrawal and modification of requests under paragraph 2(5)

Sch 1 para 5
Sch 1 para 5(1)

Section 95 of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (withdrawal and modification of requests) is amended as follows.

Sch 1 para 5(2)

In subsection (1) (application of section), after “87” insert “ or paragraph 2(5) of Schedule 1 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 ”.

Sch 1 para 5(3)

In subsection (4) (limitation on withdrawal of request under subsection (2)(c)), after “73(2),” insert “ 75E(2), ”.

Sch 1

Terms of office

Tenure, removal, resignation etc.

Sch 1 para 6
Sch 1 para 6(1)

If—the person shall, if still holding the office at the end of the fixed-term, vacate the office at the end of the fixed-term.

Sch 1 para 6(1)(a)

a person appointed to the office of Senior President of Tribunals is appointed on terms that provide for him to retire from the office at a particular time specified in those terms (“the end of the fixed-term”), and

Sch 1 para 6(1)(b)

the end of the fixed-term is earlier than the time at which the person is required by the 1993 Act to retire from the office,

Sch 1 para 6(2)

Subject to sub-paragraph (1) (and to the 1993 Act), a person appointed to the office of Senior President of Tribunals shall hold that office during good behaviour, subject to a power of removal by Her Majesty on an address presented to Her by both Houses of Parliament.

Sch 1 para 6(3)

It is for the Lord Chancellor to recommend to Her Majesty the exercise of the power of removal under sub-paragraph (2).

Sch 1 para 6(4)

In this paragraph “the 1993 Act” means the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8).

Sch 1 para 7
Sch 1 para 7(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a person appointed to the office of Senior President of Tribunals on a recommendation made under paragraph 2(3).

Sch 1 para 7(2)

The person ceases to be Senior President of Tribunals if he ceases to fall within paragraph 2(2)(b).

Sch 1 para 8

A person who holds the office of Senior President of Tribunals may at any time resign that office by giving the Lord Chancellor notice in writing to that effect.

Sch 1 para 9
Sch 1 para 9(1)

The Lord Chancellor, if satisfied by means of a medical certificate that a person holding the office of Senior President of Tribunals—may, subject to sub-paragraph (2), by instrument under his hand declare the person to have vacated the office; and the instrument shall have the like effect for all purposes as if the person had on the date of the instrument resigned the office.

Sch 1 para 9(1)(a)

is disabled by permanent infirmity from the performance of the duties of the office, and

Sch 1 para 9(1)(b)

is for the time being incapacitated from resigning the office,

Sch 1 para 9(2)

A declaration under sub-paragraph (1) with respect to a person shall be of no effect unless it is made with the concurrence of—

Sch 1 para 9(2)(a)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

Sch 1 para 9(2)(b)

the Lord President of the Court of Session, and

Sch 1 para 9(2)(c)

the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland.

Remuneration, allowances and expenses

Sch 1 para 10

The Lord Chancellor may pay to the Senior President of Tribunals such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 1 para 10(a)

remuneration;

Sch 1 para 10(b)

allowances;

Sch 1 para 10(c)

expenses.

Oaths

Sch 1 para 11
Sch 1 para 11(1)

A person appointed to the office of Senior President of Tribunals must take the required oaths in the presence of—

Sch 1 para 11(1)(a)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales, or

Sch 1 para 11(1)(b)

another holder of high judicial office (as defined in section 60(2) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4)) who is nominated by the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales for the purpose of taking the oaths from the person.

Sch 1 para 11(2)

Sub-paragraph (1) applies whether or not the person has previously taken the required oaths after accepting another office.

Sch 1 para 11(3)

In this paragraph “the required oaths” means—as set out in the Promissory Oaths Act 1868 (c. 72).

Sch 1 para 11(3)(a)

the oath of allegiance, and

Sch 1 para 11(3)(b)

the judicial oath,

Sch 1

Certain functions of the Senior President

Meaning of “tribunal member”

Sch 1 para 12
Sch 1 para 12(1)

For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule, each of the following is a “tribunal member”—

Sch 1 para 12(1)(a)

a judge, or other member, of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal,

Sch 1 para 12(1)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 1 para 12(1)(c)

a member of a panel of members of employment tribunals (whether or not a panel of Employment Judges),

Sch 1 para 12(1)(d)

a judge, or other member, of the Employment Appeal Tribunal, and

Sch 1 para 12(1)(e)

a person who is, or is a member of, a tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of section 30.

Sch 1 para 12(2)

In this Part of this Schedule “tribunals” means—

Sch 1 para 12(2)(a)

the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 1 para 12(2)(b)

the Upper Tribunal,

Sch 1 para 12(2)(c)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 1 para 12(2)(d)

employment tribunals,

Sch 1 para 12(2)(e)

the Employment Appeal Tribunal, and

Sch 1 para 12(2)(f)

any tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of section 30.

Representations to Parliament

Sch 1 para 13

The Senior President of Tribunals may lay before Parliament written representations on matters that appear to him to be matters of importance relating—

Sch 1 para 13(a)

to tribunal members, or

Sch 1 para 13(b)

otherwise to the administration of justice by tribunals.

Representation of views of tribunal members

Sch 1 para 14

The Senior President of Tribunals is responsible for representing the views of tribunal members to Parliament, to the Lord Chancellor and to Ministers of the Crown generally.

Sch 2

Judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal

Power to appoint judges of First-tier Tribunal

Sch 2 para 1
Sch 2 para 1(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person to be one of the judges of the First-tier Tribunal.

Sch 2 para 1(2)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if the person—

Sch 2 para 1(2)(a)

satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis,

Sch 2 para 1(2)(b)

is an advocate or solicitor in Scotland of at least five years' standing,

Sch 2 para 1(2)(c)

is a barrister or solicitor in Northern Ireland of at least five years' standing, or

Sch 2 para 1(2)(d)

in the opinion of the Senior President of Tribunals, has gained experience in law which makes the person as suitable for appointment as if the person satisfied any of paragraphs (a) to (c).

Sch 2 para 1(3)

Section 52(2) to (5) (meaning of “gain experience in law”) apply for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(d), but as if section 52(4)(i) referred to the Senior President of Tribunals instead of to the relevant decision-maker.

Power to appoint other members of First-tier Tribunal

Sch 2 para 2
Sch 2 para 2(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person to be one of the members of the First-tier Tribunal who are not judges of the tribunal.

Sch 2 para 2(2)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if the person has qualifications prescribed in an order made by the Lord Chancellor with the concurrence of the Senior President of Tribunals.

Appointed and transferred-in judges and other members: removal from office

Sch 2 para 3
Sch 2 para 3(1)

This paragraph applies to any power by which—may be removed from office.

Sch 2 para 3(1)(a)

a person appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1),

Sch 2 para 3(1)(b)

a transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal, or

Sch 2 para 3(1)(c)

a transferred-in other member of the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 2 para 3(2)

If the person exercises functions wholly or mainly in Scotland, the power may be exercised only with the concurrence of the Lord President of the Court of Session.

Sch 2 para 3(3)

If the person exercises functions wholly or mainly in Northern Ireland, the power may be exercised only with the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland.

Sch 2 para 3(4)

If neither of sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) applies, the power may be exercised only with the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales.

Terms of appointment

Sch 2 para 4
Sch 2 para 4(1)

This paragraph applies—

Sch 2 para 4(1)(a)

to a person appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1),

Sch 2 para 4(1)(b)

to a transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal, and

Sch 2 para 4(1)(c)

to a transferred-in other member of the First-tier Tribunal.

Sch 2 para 4(2)

If the terms of the person's appointment provide that he is appointed on a salaried (as opposed to fee-paid) basis, the person may be removed from office—

Sch 2 para 4(2)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor (and in accordance with paragraph 3), and

Sch 2 para 4(2)(b)

only on the ground of inability or misbehaviour.

Sch 2 para 4(2A)

If the terms of the person's appointment provide that the person is appointed on a fee-paid basis, the person may be removed from office—

Sch 2 para 4(2A)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor (and in accordance with paragraph 3), and

Sch 2 para 4(2A)(b)

only on—

Sch 2 para 4(2A)(b)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 2 para 4(2A)(b)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment.

Sch 2 para 4(2B)

If the period (or extended period) for which the person is appointed ends before—then, subject to sub-paragraph (2C), the Lord Chancellor must extend the period of the person's appointment (including a period already extended under this sub-paragraph) before it ends.

Sch 2 para 4(2B)(a)

the day on which the person attains the age of 75

Sch 2 para 4(2B)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 2 para 4(2C)

Extension under sub-paragraph (2B)—

Sch 2 para 4(2C)(a)

requires the person's agreement,

Sch 2 para 4(2C)(b)

is to be for such period as the Lord Chancellor considers appropriate, and

Sch 2 para 4(2C)(c)

may be refused on—but only with any agreement of a senior judge (see section 46(7)), or a nominee of a senior judge, that may be required by those terms.

Sch 2 para 4(2C)(c)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 2 para 4(2C)(c)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment,

Sch 2 para 4(3)

Subject to the preceding provisions of this paragraph (but subject in the first place to the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)), the person is to hold and vacate office in accordance with the terms of his appointment, which are to be such as the Lord Chancellor may determine.

Remuneration, allowances and expenses

Sch 2 para 5
Sch 2 para 5(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies—

Sch 2 para 5(1)(a)

to a person appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1),

Sch 2 para 5(1)(b)

to a transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal, and

Sch 2 para 5(1)(c)

to a transferred-in other member of the First-tier Tribunal.

Sch 2 para 5(2)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a person to whom this sub-paragraph applies such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 2 para 5(2)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 2 para 5(2)(b)

allowances;

Sch 2 para 5(2)(c)

expenses.

Certain judges neither appointed under paragraph 1(1) nor transferred in

Sch 2 para 6
Sch 2 para 6(1)

In this paragraph “judge by request of the First-tier Tribunal” means a person who is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal but who—

Sch 2 para 6(1)(a)

is not the Senior President of Tribunals,

Sch 2 para 6(1)(b)

is not a judge of the First-tier Tribunal appointed under paragraph 1(1),

Sch 2 para 6(1)(c)

is not a transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 2 para 6(1)(d)

is not a Chamber President, or Acting Chamber President or Deputy Chamber President, of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 2 para 6(1)(e)

is not a judge of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of section 4(1)(e) (chairman of employment tribunal),

Sch 2 para 6(1)(f)

. . . and

Sch 2 para 6(1)(g)

is not a judge of the First-tier tribunal by virtue of section 4(2) (criminal injuries compensation adjudicator appointed by the Scottish Ministers).

Sch 2 para 6(2)

A judge by request of the First-tier Tribunal may act as a judge of the First-tier Tribunal only if requested to do so by the Senior President of Tribunals.

Sch 2 para 6(3)

Such a request made to a person who is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of the combination of sections 4(1)(c) and 5(1)(g) may be made only with—

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)

the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales where the person is—

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(i)

an ordinary judge of the Court of Appeal in England and Wales,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(ii)

a puisne judge of the High Court in England and Wales,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(iii)

a circuit judge,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(iv)

a district judge in England and Wales, ...

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(v)

a District Judge (Magistrates' Courts),

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(vi)

the Master of the Rolls,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(vii)

the President of the Queen's Bench Division of the High Court of England and Wales,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(viii)

the President of the Family Division of that court,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(ix)

the Chancellor of that court,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(x)

a deputy judge of that court, or

Sch 2 para 6(3)(a)(xi)

the Judge Advocate General;

Sch 2 para 6(3)(b)

the concurrence of the Lord President of the Court of Session where the person is—

Sch 2 para 6(3)(b)(i)

a judge of the Court of Session, or

Sch 2 para 6(3)(b)(ii)

a sheriff;

Sch 2 para 6(3)(c)

the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland where the person is—

Sch 2 para 6(3)(c)(i)

a Lord Justice of Appeal in Northern Ireland,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(c)(ii)

a puisne judge of the High Court in Northern Ireland,

Sch 2 para 6(3)(c)(iii)

a county court judge in Northern Ireland, or

Sch 2 para 6(3)(c)(iv)

a district judge in Northern Ireland.

Sch 2 para 6(3A)

A request made under sub-paragraph (2) to a person who is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of section 4(1)(ca) may be made only with the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales.

Sch 2 para 6(4)

Sub-paragraph (5) applies—

Sch 2 para 6(4)(a)

to a judge by request of the First-tier Tribunal, and

Sch 2 para 6(4)(b)

to a person who is a judge of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of section 4(1)(e) (chairman of employment tribunal), . . .

Sch 2 para 6(4)(c)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 2 para 6(5)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a person to whom this sub-paragraph applies such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 2 para 6(5)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 2 para 6(5)(b)

allowances;

Sch 2 para 6(5)(c)

expenses.

Other members neither appointed under paragraph 2(1) nor transferred in

Sch 2 para 7
Sch 2 para 7(1)

In this paragraph “ex officio member of the First-tier Tribunal” means a person who is a member of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of—

Sch 2 para 7(1)(a)

section 4(3)(d) (members of employment tribunals who are not Employment Judges), or

Sch 2 para 7(1)(b)

the combination of sections 4(3)(c) and 5(2)(c) (members of Employment Appeal Tribunal appointed under section 22(1)(c) of the Employment Tribunals Act 1996),. . .

Sch 2 para 7(1)(c)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 2 para 7(2)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to an ex officio member of the First-tier Tribunal such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 2 para 7(2)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 2 para 7(2)(b)

allowances;

Sch 2 para 7(2)(c)

expenses.

Training etc.

Sch 2 para 8

The Senior President of Tribunals is responsible, within the resources made available by the Lord Chancellor, for the maintenance of appropriate arrangements for the training, guidance and welfare of judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal (in their capacities as such judges and other members).

Oaths

Sch 2 para 9
Sch 2 para 9(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a person (“J”)—

Sch 2 para 9(1)(a)

who is appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1), or

Sch 2 para 9(1)(b)

who becomes a transferred-in judge, or a transferred-in other member, of the First-tier Tribunal and has not previously taken the required oaths after accepting another office.

Sch 2 para 9(2)

J must take the required oaths before—

Sch 2 para 9(2)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, or

Sch 2 para 9(2)(b)

an eligible person who is nominated by the Senior President of Tribunals for the purpose of taking the oaths from J.

Sch 2 para 9(3)

A person is eligible for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(b) if any one or more of the following paragraphs applies to him—

Sch 2 para 9(3)(a)

he holds high judicial office (as defined in section 60(2) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4));

Sch 2 para 9(3)(b)

he holds judicial office (as defined in section 109(4) of that Act);

Sch 2 para 9(3)(c)

he holds (in Scotland) the office of sheriff.

Sch 2 para 9(4)

In this paragraph “the required oaths” means (subject to sub-paragraph (5))—as set out in the Promissory Oaths Act 1868 (c. 72).

Sch 2 para 9(4)(a)

the oath of allegiance, and

Sch 2 para 9(4)(b)

the judicial oath,

Sch 2 para 9(5)

Where it appears to the Lord Chancellor that J will carry out functions as a judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal wholly or mainly in Northern Ireland, the Lord Chancellor may direct that in relation to J “the required oaths” means—

Sch 2 para 9(5)(a)

the oath as set out in section 19(2) of the Justice (Northern Ireland) Act 2002 (c. 26), or

Sch 2 para 9(5)(b)

the affirmation and declaration as set out in section 19(3) of that Act.

Sch 3

Judges and other members of the Upper Tribunal

Power to appoint judges of Upper Tribunal

Sch 3 para 1
Sch 3 para 1(1)

Her Majesty, on the recommendation of the Lord Chancellor, may appoint a person to be one of the judges of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 3 para 1(2)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if the person—

Sch 3 para 1(2)(a)

satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 7-year basis,

Sch 3 para 1(2)(b)

is an advocate or solicitor in Scotland of at least seven years' standing,

Sch 3 para 1(2)(c)

is a barrister or solicitor in Northern Ireland of at least seven years' standing, or

Sch 3 para 1(2)(d)

in the opinion of the Senior President of Tribunals, has gained experience in law which makes the person as suitable for appointment as if the person satisfied any of paragraphs (a) to (c).

Sch 3 para 1(3)

Section 52(2) to (5) (meaning of “gain experience in law”) apply for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(d), but as if section 52(4)(i) referred to the Senior President of Tribunals instead of to the relevant decision-maker.

Power to appoint other members of Upper Tribunal

Sch 3 para 2
Sch 3 para 2(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person to be one of the members of the Upper Tribunal who are not judges of the tribunal.

Sch 3 para 2(2)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if the person has qualifications prescribed in an order made by the Lord Chancellor with the concurrence of the Senior President of Tribunals.

Appointed and transferred-in judges and other members: removal from office

Sch 3 para 3
Sch 3 para 3(1)

This paragraph applies to any power by which—may be removed from office.

Sch 3 para 3(1)(a)

a person appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1),

Sch 3 para 3(1)(b)

a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal,

Sch 3 para 3(1)(ba)

a person who is a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal (whether by appointment under paragraph 7(1) or as a result of provision under section 31(2)), or

Sch 3 para 3(1)(c)

a transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal,

Sch 3 para 3(2)

If the person exercises functions wholly or mainly in Scotland, the power may be exercised only with the concurrence of the Lord President of the Court of Session.

Sch 3 para 3(3)

If the person exercises functions wholly or mainly in Northern Ireland, the power may be exercised only with the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland.

Sch 3 para 3(4)

If neither of sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) applies, the power may be exercised only with the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales.

Terms of appointment

Sch 3 para 4
Sch 3 para 4(1)

This paragraph applies—

Sch 3 para 4(1)(a)

to a person appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1),

Sch 3 para 4(1)(b)

to a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 3 para 4(1)(c)

to a transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 3 para 4(2)

If the terms of the person's appointment provide that he is appointed on a salaried (as opposed to fee-paid) basis, the person may be removed from office—

Sch 3 para 4(2)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor (and in accordance with paragraph 3), and

Sch 3 para 4(2)(b)

only on the ground of inability or misbehaviour.

Sch 3 para 4(2A)

If the terms of the person's appointment provide that the person is appointed on a fee-paid basis, the person may be removed from office—

Sch 3 para 4(2A)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor (and in accordance with paragraph 3), and

Sch 3 para 4(2A)(b)

only on—

Sch 3 para 4(2A)(b)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 3 para 4(2A)(b)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment.

Sch 3 para 4(2B)

If the period (or extended period) for which the person is appointed ends before—then, subject to sub-paragraph (2C), the Lord Chancellor must extend the period of the person's appointment (including a period already extended under this sub-paragraph) before it ends.

Sch 3 para 4(2B)(a)

the day on which the person attains the age of 75

Sch 3 para 4(2B)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 3 para 4(2C)

Extension under sub-paragraph (2B)—

Sch 3 para 4(2C)(a)

requires the person's agreement,

Sch 3 para 4(2C)(b)

is to be for such period as the Lord Chancellor considers appropriate, and

Sch 3 para 4(2C)(c)

may be refused on—but only with any agreement of a senior judge (see section 46(7)), or a nominee of a senior judge, that may be required by those terms.

Sch 3 para 4(2C)(c)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 3 para 4(2C)(c)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment,

Sch 3 para 4(3)

Subject to the preceding provisions of this paragraph (but subject in the first place to the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)), the person is to hold and vacate office as a judge, or other member, of the Upper Tribunal in accordance with the terms of his appointment, which are to be such as the Lord Chancellor may determine.

Remuneration, allowances and expenses

Sch 3 para 5
Sch 3 para 5(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies—

Sch 3 para 5(1)(a)

to a person appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1),

Sch 3 para 5(1)(b)

to a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 3 para 5(1)(c)

to a transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 3 para 5(2)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a person to whom this sub-paragraph applies such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 3 para 5(2)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 3 para 5(2)(b)

allowances;

Sch 3 para 5(2)(c)

expenses.

Certain judges neither appointed under paragraph 1(1) nor transferred in

Sch 3 para 6
Sch 3 para 6(1)

In this paragraph “judge by request of the Upper Tribunal” means a person who is a judge of the Upper Tribunal but—

Sch 3 para 6(1)(a)

is not the Senior President of Tribunals,

Sch 3 para 6(1)(b)

is not a judge of the Upper Tribunal appointed under paragraph 1(1),

Sch 3 para 6(1)(c)

is not a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal,

Sch 3 para 6(1)(d)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 3 para 6(1)(e)

is not a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 3 para 6(1)(f)

is not a Chamber President, or Acting Chamber President or Deputy Chamber President, of a chamber of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 3 para 6(2)

A judge by request of the Upper Tribunal may act as a judge of the Upper Tribunal only if requested to do so by the Senior President of Tribunals.

Sch 3 para 6(3)

Such a request made to a person who is a judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of section 5(1)(g) may be made only with—

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)

the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales where the person is—

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(i)

an ordinary judge of the Court of Appeal in England and Wales,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(ii)

a puisne judge of the High Court in England and Wales,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(iii)

a circuit judge,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(iv)

a district judge in England and Wales, ...

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(v)

a District Judge (Magistrates' Courts),

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(vi)

the Master of the Rolls,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(vii)

the President of the Queen's Bench Division of the High Court of England and Wales,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(viii)

the President of the Family Division of that court,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(ix)

the Chancellor of that court,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(x)

a deputy judge of that court, or

Sch 3 para 6(3)(a)(xi)

the Judge Advocate General;

Sch 3 para 6(3)(b)

the concurrence of the Lord President of the Court of Session where the person is—

Sch 3 para 6(3)(b)(i)

a judge of the Court of Session, or

Sch 3 para 6(3)(b)(ii)

a sheriff;

Sch 3 para 6(3)(c)

the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland where the person is—

Sch 3 para 6(3)(c)(i)

a Lord Justice of Appeal in Northern Ireland,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(c)(ii)

a puisne judge of the High Court in Northern Ireland,

Sch 3 para 6(3)(c)(iii)

a county court judge in Northern Ireland, or

Sch 3 para 6(3)(c)(iv)

a district judge in Northern Ireland.

Sch 3 para 6(4)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a judge by request of the Upper Tribunal, or a person who is a judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of section 5(1)(d), such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 3 para 6(4)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 3 para 6(4)(b)

allowances;

Sch 3 para 6(4)(c)

expenses.

Deputy judges of the Upper Tribunal

Sch 3 para 7
Sch 3 para 7(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person to be a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal for such period as the Lord Chancellor considers appropriate.

Sch 3 para 7(2)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if he is eligible to be appointed under paragraph 1(1) (see paragraph 1(2)).

Sch 3 para 7(3)

The following provisions of this paragraph apply—

Sch 3 para 7(3)(a)

to a person appointed under sub-paragraph (1), and

Sch 3 para 7(3)(b)

to a person who becomes a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal as a result of provision under section 31(2).

Sch 3 para 7(3A)

The person may be removed from office—

Sch 3 para 7(3A)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor (and in accordance with paragraph 3), and

Sch 3 para 7(3A)(b)

only on—

Sch 3 para 7(3A)(b)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 3 para 7(3A)(b)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment.

Sch 3 para 7(3B)

If the period (or extended period) for which the person is appointed ends before—then, subject to sub-paragraph (3C), the Lord Chancellor must extend the period of the person's appointment (including a period already extended under this sub-paragraph) before it ends.

Sch 3 para 7(3B)(a)

the day on which the person attains the age of 75

Sch 3 para 7(3B)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 3 para 7(3C)

Extension under sub-paragraph (3B)—

Sch 3 para 7(3C)(a)

requires the person's agreement,

Sch 3 para 7(3C)(b)

is to be for such period as the Lord Chancellor considers appropriate, and

Sch 3 para 7(3C)(c)

may be refused on—but only with any agreement of a senior judge (see section 46(7)), or a nominee of a senior judge, that may be required by those terms.

Sch 3 para 7(3C)(c)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 3 para 7(3C)(c)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment,

Sch 3 para 7(4)

Subject to the previous provisions of this paragraph (but subject in the first place to the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993), a person is to hold and vacate office as a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal in accordance with the person's terms of appointment, which are to be such as the Lord Chancellor may determine.

Sch 3 para 7(5)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a person to whom this sub-paragraph applies such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 3 para 7(5)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 3 para 7(5)(b)

allowances;

Sch 3 para 7(5)(c)

expenses.

Other members neither appointed under paragraph 2(1) nor transferred in

Sch 3 para 8
Sch 3 para 8(1)

In this paragraph “ex officio member of the Upper Tribunal” means—

Sch 3 para 8(1)(a)

a person who is a member of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of section 5(2)(c) (member of Employment Appeal Tribunal appointed under section 22(1)(c) of the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17)),. . .

Sch 3 para 8(1)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 3 para 8(2)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to an ex officio member of the Upper Tribunal such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 3 para 8(2)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 3 para 8(2)(b)

allowances;

Sch 3 para 8(2)(c)

expenses.

Training etc.

Sch 3 para 9

The Senior President of Tribunals is responsible, within the resources made available by the Lord Chancellor, for the maintenance of appropriate arrangements for the training, guidance and welfare of judges and other members of the Upper Tribunal (in their capacities as such judges and other members).

Oaths

Sch 3 para 10
Sch 3 para 10(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a person (“J”)—

Sch 3 para 10(1)(a)

who is appointed under paragraph 1(1), 2(1) or 7(1), or

Sch 3 para 10(1)(b)

who—and has not previously taken the required oaths after accepting another office.

Sch 3 para 10(1)(b)(i)

becomes a transferred-in judge, or a transferred-in other member, of the Upper Tribunal, or

Sch 3 para 10(1)(b)(ii)

becomes a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal as a result of provision under section 31(2),

Sch 3 para 10(2)

J must take the required oaths before—

Sch 3 para 10(2)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, or

Sch 3 para 10(2)(b)

an eligible person who is nominated by the Senior President of Tribunals for the purpose of taking the oaths from J.

Sch 3 para 10(3)

A person is eligible for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(b) if any one or more of the following paragraphs applies to him—

Sch 3 para 10(3)(a)

he holds high judicial office (as defined in section 60(2) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4));

Sch 3 para 10(3)(b)

he holds judicial office (as defined in section 109(4) of that Act);

Sch 3 para 10(3)(c)

he holds (in Scotland) the office of sheriff.

Sch 3 para 10(4)

In this paragraph “the required oaths” means (subject to sub-paragraph (5))—as set out in the Promissory Oaths Act 1868 (c. 72).

Sch 3 para 10(4)(a)

the oath of allegiance, and

Sch 3 para 10(4)(b)

the judicial oath,

Sch 3 para 10(5)

Where it appears to the Lord Chancellor that J will carry out functions as a judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal wholly or mainly in Northern Ireland, the Lord Chancellor may direct that in relation to J “the required oaths” means—

Sch 3 para 10(5)(a)

the oath as set out in section 19(2) of the Justice (Northern Ireland) Act 2002 (c. 26), or

Sch 3 para 10(5)(b)

the affirmation and declaration as set out in section 19(3) of that Act.

Sch 4

Chambers and Chamber Presidents: further provision

Sch 4

Chamber Presidents: appointment, delegation, deputies and further provision

Eligibility for appointment as Chamber President under section 7(7)

Sch 4 para 1

A person is eligible for appointment under section 7(7) only if—

Sch 4 para 1(a)

he is a judge of the Upper Tribunal, or

Sch 4 para 1(b)

he does not fall within paragraph (a) but is eligible to be appointed under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3 as a judge of the Upper Tribunal (see paragraph 1(2) of that Schedule).

Appointment as Chamber President under section 7(7): consultation and nomination

Sch 4 para 2
Sch 4 para 2(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals must consult the Lord Chancellor before the Senior President of Tribunals appoints under section 7(7) a person within—section 6(1)(a) (ordinary judge of Court of Appeal in England and Wales), section 6(1)(b) (Lord Justice of Appeal in Northern Ireland), section 6(1)(c) (judge of the Court of Session), or section 6(1)(d) (puisne judge of the High Court in England and Wales or Northern Ireland).

Sch 4 para 2(2)

If the Senior President of Tribunals, in exercise of his power under section 7(7) in a particular case, wishes that the person appointed should be drawn from among the ordinary judges of the Court of Appeal in England and Wales or the puisne judges of the High Court in England and Wales, the Senior President of Tribunals must first ask the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales to nominate one of those judges for the purpose.

Sch 4 para 2(3)

If the Senior President of Tribunals, in exercise of his power under section 7(7) in a particular case, wishes that the person appointed should be drawn from among the judges of the Court of Session, the Senior President of Tribunals must first ask the Lord President of the Court of Session to nominate one of those judges for the purpose.

Sch 4 para 2(4)

If the Senior President of Tribunals, in exercise of his power under section 7(7) in a particular case, wishes that the person appointed should be drawn from among the Lords Justices of Appeal in Northern Ireland or the puisne judges of the High Court in Northern Ireland, the Senior President of Tribunals must first ask the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland to nominate one of those judges for the purpose.

Sch 4 para 2(4A)

The Senior President of Tribunals may make a request under sub-paragraph (2), (3) or (4) only with the Lord Chancellor's concurrence.

Sch 4 para 2(5)

If a judge is nominated under sub-paragraph (2), (3) or (4) in response to a request under that sub-paragraph, the Senior President of Tribunals must appoint the nominated judge as Chamber President of the chamber concerned.

Chamber Presidents: duration of appointment, remuneration etc.

Sch 4 para 3
Sch 4 para 3(1)

A Chamber President is to hold and vacate office as a Chamber President in accordance with the terms of his appointment as a Chamber President but subject to paragraph 5A (and subject in the first place to the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)), and those terms are to be such as the Lord Chancellor may determine.

Sch 4 para 3(2)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a Chamber President such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 4 para 3(2)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 4 para 3(2)(b)

allowances;

Sch 4 para 3(2)(c)

expenses.

Delegation of functions by Chamber Presidents

Sch 4 para 4
Sch 4 para 4(1)

The Chamber President of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal may delegate any function he has in his capacity as the Chamber President of the chamber—

Sch 4 para 4(1)(a)

to any judge, or other member, of either of those tribunals;

Sch 4 para 4(1)(b)

to staff appointed under section 40(1).

Sch 4 para 4(2)

A delegation under sub-paragraph (1) is not revoked by the delegator's becoming incapacitated.

Sch 4 para 4(3)

Any delegation made by a person under sub-paragraph (1) that is in force immediately before the person ceases to be the Chamber President of a chamber continues in force until subsequently varied or revoked by another holder of the office of Chamber President of that chamber.

Sch 4 para 4(4)

The delegation under sub-paragraph (1) of a function shall not prevent the exercise of the function by the Chamber President of the chamber concerned.

Sch 4 para 4(5)

In this paragraph “delegate” includes further delegate.

Deputy Chamber Presidents

Sch 4 para 5
Sch 4 para 5(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person who is not a Deputy Chamber President of a chamber to be a Deputy Chamber President of a chamber.

Sch 4 para 5(2)

The Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person who is a Deputy Chamber President of a chamber to be instead, or to be also, a Deputy Chamber President of another chamber.

Sch 4 para 5(3)

The power under sub-paragraph (1) is exercisable in any particular case only if the Senior President of Tribunals—

Sch 4 para 5(3)(a)

has consulted the Lord Chancellor about whether a Deputy Chamber President should be appointed for the chamber concerned, and

Sch 4 para 5(3)(b)

considers, in the light of the consultation, that a Deputy Chamber President of the chamber should be appointed.

Sch 4 para 5(4)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if—

Sch 4 para 5(4)(a)

he is a judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3,

Sch 4 para 5(4)(b)

he is a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal (see section 31(2)),

Sch 4 para 5(4)(c)

he is a judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of—. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . section 5(1)(e) (Social Security Commissioner for Northern Ireland), section 5(1)(g) (certain judges of courts in the United Kingdom), or section 5(1)(h) (deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal), or

Sch 4 para 5(4)(d)

he falls within none of paragraphs (a) to (c) but is eligible to be appointed under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3 as a judge of the Upper Tribunal (see paragraph 1(2) of that Schedule).

Sch 4 para 5(5)

If the Senior President of Tribunals, in exercise of his power under sub-paragraph (1) in a particular case, wishes that the person appointed should be drawn from among the ordinary judges of the Court of Appeal in England and Wales or the puisne judges of the High Court in England and Wales, the Senior President of Tribunals must first ask the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales to nominate one of those judges for the purpose.

Sch 4 para 5(6)

If the Senior President of Tribunals, in exercise of his power under sub-paragraph (1) in a particular case, wishes that the person appointed should be drawn from among the judges of the Court of Session, the Senior President of Tribunals must first ask the Lord President of the Court of Session to nominate one of those judges for the purpose.

Sch 4 para 5(7)

If the Senior President of Tribunals, in exercise of his power under sub-paragraph (1) in a particular case, wishes that the person appointed should be drawn from among the Lords Justices of Appeal in Northern Ireland or the puisne judges of the High Court in Northern Ireland, the Senior President of Tribunals must first ask the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland to nominate one of those judges for the purpose.

Sch 4 para 5(7A)

The Senior President of Tribunals may make a request under sub-paragraph (5), (6) or (7) only with the Lord Chancellor's concurrence.

Sch 4 para 5(8)

If a judge is nominated under sub-paragraph (5), (6) or (7) in response to a request under that sub-paragraph, the Senior President of Tribunals must appoint the nominated judge as a Deputy Chamber President of the chamber concerned.

Sch 4 para 5(9)

A Deputy Chamber President is to hold and vacate office as a Deputy Chamber President in accordance with the terms of his appointment but subject to paragraph 5A (and subject in the first place to the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)), and those terms are to be such as the Lord Chancellor may determine.

Sch 4 para 5(10)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to a Deputy Chamber President such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 4 para 5(10)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 4 para 5(10)(b)

allowances;

Sch 4 para 5(10)(c)

expenses.

Sch 4 para 5(11)

In sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) “chamber” means chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or chamber of the Upper Tribunal.

Chamber Presidents and Deputies: removal from office and extension of appointment

Sch 4 para 5A
Sch 4 para 5A(1)

This paragraph applies to a person—

Sch 4 para 5A(1)(a)

appointed under section 7(6) or (7) as a Chamber President, or

Sch 4 para 5A(1)(b)

appointed under paragraph 5(1) or (2) as a Deputy Chamber President of a chamber.

Sch 4 para 5A(2)

If the terms of the person's appointment provide that the person is appointed otherwise than on a fee-paid basis, the person may be removed from office—

Sch 4 para 5A(2)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor with the concurrence of the Senior President of Tribunals, and

Sch 4 para 5A(2)(b)

only on the ground of inability or misbehaviour.

Sch 4 para 5A(3)

If the terms of the person's appointment provide that the person is appointed on a fee-paid basis, the person may be removed from office—

Sch 4 para 5A(3)(a)

only by the Lord Chancellor with the concurrence of the Senior President of Tribunals, and

Sch 4 para 5A(3)(b)

only on—

Sch 4 para 5A(3)(b)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 4 para 5A(3)(b)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment.

Sch 4 para 5A(4)

If the period (or extended period) for which the person is appointed ends before—then, subject to sub-paragraph (5), the Lord Chancellor must extend the period of the person's appointment (including a period already extended under this sub-paragraph) before it ends.

Sch 4 para 5A(4)(a)

the day on which the person attains the age of 75

Sch 4 para 5A(4)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 4 para 5A(5)

Extension under sub-paragraph (4)—

Sch 4 para 5A(5)(a)

requires the person's agreement,

Sch 4 para 5A(5)(b)

is to be for such period as the Lord Chancellor considers appropriate, and

Sch 4 para 5A(5)(c)

may be refused on—but only with any agreement of a senior judge (see section 46(7)), or a nominee of a senior judge, that may be required by those terms.

Sch 4 para 5A(5)(c)(i)

the ground of inability or misbehaviour, or

Sch 4 para 5A(5)(c)(ii)

a ground specified in the person's terms of appointment,

Acting Chamber Presidents

Sch 4 para 6
Sch 4 para 6(1)

If in the case of a particular chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal there is no-one appointed under section 7 to preside over the chamber, the Senior President of Tribunals may appoint a person to preside over the chamber during the vacancy.

Sch 4 para 6(2)

A person appointed under sub-paragraph (1) is to be known as an Acting Chamber President.

Sch 4 para 6(3)

A person who is the Acting Chamber President of a chamber is to be treated as the Chamber President of the chamber for all purposes other than—

Sch 4 para 6(3)(a)

the purposes of this paragraph of this Schedule, and

Sch 4 para 6(3)(b)

the purposes of the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8).

Sch 4 para 6(4)

A person is eligible for appointment under sub-paragraph (1) only if he is eligible for appointment as a Chamber President.

Sch 4 para 6(5)

An Acting Chamber President is to hold and vacate office as an Acting Chamber President in accordance with the terms of his appointment.

Sch 4 para 6(6)

The Lord Chancellor may pay to an Acting Chamber President such amounts (if any) as the Lord Chancellor may determine by way of—

Sch 4 para 6(6)(a)

remuneration;

Sch 4 para 6(6)(b)

allowances;

Sch 4 para 6(6)(c)

expenses.

Guidance

Sch 4 para 7

The Chamber President of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal is to make arrangements for the issuing of guidance on changes in the law and practice as they relate to the functions allocated to the chamber.

Oaths

Sch 4 para 8
Sch 4 para 8(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a person (“the appointee”)—

Sch 4 para 8(1)(a)

appointed under section 7(7) as a Chamber President,

Sch 4 para 8(1)(b)

appointed under paragraph 5(1) as a Deputy Chamber President of a chamber, or

Sch 4 para 8(1)(c)

appointed as an Acting Chamber President.

Sch 4 para 8(2)

The appointee must take the required oaths before—

Sch 4 para 8(2)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, or

Sch 4 para 8(2)(b)

an eligible person who is nominated by the Senior President of Tribunals for the purpose of taking the oaths from the appointee.

Sch 4 para 8(3)

A person is eligible for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(b) if any one or more of the following paragraphs applies to him—

Sch 4 para 8(3)(a)

he holds high judicial office (as defined in section 60(2) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4));

Sch 4 para 8(3)(b)

he holds judicial office (as defined in section 109(4) of that Act);

Sch 4 para 8(3)(c)

he holds (in Scotland) the office of sheriff.

Sch 4 para 8(4)

Sub-paragraph (2) does not apply to the appointee if he has previously taken the required oaths in compliance with a requirement imposed on him under paragraph 9 of Schedule 2 or paragraph 10 of Schedule 3.

Sch 4 para 8(5)

In this paragraph “the required oaths” means (subject to sub-paragraph (6))—as set out in the Promissory Oaths Act 1868 (c. 72).

Sch 4 para 8(5)(a)

the oath of allegiance, and

Sch 4 para 8(5)(b)

the judicial oath,

Sch 4 para 8(6)

Where it appears to the Lord Chancellor that the appointee will carry out functions under his appointment wholly or mainly in Northern Ireland, the Lord Chancellor may direct that in relation to the appointee “the required oaths” means—

Sch 4 para 8(6)(a)

the oath as set out in section 19(2) of the Justice (Northern Ireland) Act 2002 (c. 26), or

Sch 4 para 8(6)(b)

the affirmation and declaration as set out in section 19(3) of that Act.

Sch 4

Judges and other members of chambers: assignment and jurisdiction

Assignment is function of Senior President of Tribunals

Sch 4 para 9
Sch 4 para 9(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals has—

Sch 4 para 9(1)(a)

the function of assigning judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal (including himself) to chambers of the First-tier Tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 9(1)(b)

the function of assigning judges and other members of the Upper Tribunal (including himself) to chambers of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 4 para 9(2)

The functions under sub-paragraph (1) are to be exercised in accordance with the following provisions of this Part of this Schedule.

Deemed assignment of Chamber Presidents and Deputy Chamber Presidents

Sch 4 para 10
Sch 4 para 10(1)

The Chamber President, or a Deputy Chamber President, of a chamber—

Sch 4 para 10(1)(a)

is to be taken to be assigned to that chamber;

Sch 4 para 10(1)(b)

may be assigned additionally to one or more of the other chambers;

Sch 4 para 10(1)(c)

may be assigned under paragraph (b) to different chambers at different times.

Sch 4 para 10(2)

Paragraphs 11(1) and (2) and 12(2) and (3) do not apply to assignment of a person who is a Chamber President or a Deputy Chamber President.

Sch 4 para 10(3)

In sub-paragraph (1) “chamber” means chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal.

Assigning members of First-tier Tribunal to its chambers

Sch 4 para 11
Sch 4 para 11(1)

Each person who is a judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 2 or who is a transferred-in judge, or transferred-in other member, of the First-tier Tribunal—

Sch 4 para 11(1)(a)

is to be assigned to at least one of the chambers of the First-tier Tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 11(1)(b)

may be assigned to different chambers of the First-tier Tribunal at different times.

Sch 4 para 11(2)

A judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal to whom sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—

Sch 4 para 11(2)(a)

may be assigned to one or more of the chambers of the First-tier Tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 11(2)(b)

may be assigned to different chambers of the First-tier Tribunal at different times.

Sch 4 para 11(3)

The Senior President of Tribunals may assign a judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal to a particular chamber of the First-tier Tribunal only with the concurrence—

Sch 4 para 11(3)(a)

of the Chamber President of the chamber, and

Sch 4 para 11(3)(b)

of the judge or other member.

Sch 4 para 11(4)

The Senior President of Tribunals may end the assignment of a judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal to a particular chamber of the First-tier Tribunal only with the concurrence of the Chamber President of the chamber.

Sch 4 para 11(5)

Sub-paragraph (3)(a) does not apply where the judge, or other member, concerned is not assigned to any of the chambers of the First-tier Tribunal.

Sch 4 para 11(6)

Sub-paragraphs (3)(a) and (4) do not apply where the judge concerned is within section 6(1)(a) to (d) (judges of Courts of Appeal, Court of Session and High Courts).

Sch 4 para 11(7)

Sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) do not apply where the judge concerned is the Senior President of Tribunals himself.

Assigning members of Upper Tribunal to its chambers

Sch 4 para 12
Sch 4 para 12(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a person if—

Sch 4 para 12(1)(a)

he is a judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3, or

Sch 4 para 12(1)(b)

he is a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal, or

Sch 4 para 12(1)(c)

he is a deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal, or

Sch 4 para 12(1)(d)

he is a member of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of appointment under paragraph 2(1) of Schedule 3, or

Sch 4 para 12(1)(e)

he is a transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 4 para 12(2)

Each person to whom this sub-paragraph applies—

Sch 4 para 12(2)(a)

is to be assigned to at least one of the chambers of the Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 12(2)(b)

may be assigned to different chambers of the Upper Tribunal at different times.

Sch 4 para 12(3)

A judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal to whom sub-paragraph (2) does not apply—

Sch 4 para 12(3)(a)

may be assigned to one or more of the chambers of the Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 12(3)(b)

may be assigned to different chambers of the Upper Tribunal at different times.

Sch 4 para 12(4)

The Senior President of Tribunals may assign a judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal to a particular chamber of the Upper Tribunal only with the concurrence—

Sch 4 para 12(4)(a)

of the Chamber President of the chamber, and

Sch 4 para 12(4)(b)

of the judge or other member.

Sch 4 para 12(5)

The Senior President of Tribunals may end the assignment of a judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal to a particular chamber of the Upper Tribunal only with the concurrence of the Chamber President of the chamber.

Sch 4 para 12(6)

Sub-paragraph (4)(a) does not apply where the judge, or other member, concerned is not assigned to any of the chambers of the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 4 para 12(7)

Sub-paragraphs (4)(a) and (5) do not apply where the judge concerned is within section 6(1)(a) to (d) (judges of Courts of Appeal, Court of Session and High Courts).

Sch 4 para 12(8)

Sub-paragraphs (4) and (5) do not apply where the judge concerned is the Senior President of Tribunals himself.

Policy of Senior President of Tribunals as respects assigning members to chambers etc.

Sch 4 para 13
Sch 4 para 13(1)

The Senior President of Tribunals must publish a document recording the policy adopted by him in relation to—

Sch 4 para 13(1)(a)

the assigning of persons to chambers in exercise of his functions under paragraph 9,

Sch 4 para 13(1)(b)

. . . and

Sch 4 para 13(1)(c)

the nominating of persons to act as members of panels of members of employment tribunals in exercise of his functions under any such provision as is mentioned in section 5D(1) of the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17).

Sch 4 para 13(2)

That policy must be such as to secure—

Sch 4 para 13(2)(a)

that appropriate use is made of the knowledge and experience of the judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 13(2)(b)

that, in the case of a chamber (of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal) whose business consists of, or includes, cases likely to involve the application of the law of Scotland or Northern Ireland, sufficient knowledge and experience of that law is to be found among persons assigned to the chamber.

Sch 4 para 13(3)

No policy may be adopted by the Senior President of Tribunals for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) unless the Lord Chancellor concurs in the policy.

Sch 4 para 13(4)

The Senior President of Tribunals must keep any policy adopted for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) under review.

Choosing members to decide cases

Sch 4 para 14
Sch 4 para 14(1)

The First-tier Tribunal's function, or the Upper Tribunal's function, of deciding any matter in a case before the tribunal is to be exercised by a member or members of the chamber of the tribunal to which the case is allocated.

Sch 4 para 14(2)

The member or members must be chosen by the Senior President of Tribunals.

Sch 4 para 14(3)

A person choosing under sub-paragraph (2)—

Sch 4 para 14(3)(a)

must act in accordance with any provision under paragraph 15;

Sch 4 para 14(3)(b)

may choose himself.

Sch 4 para 14(4)

In this paragraph “member”, in relation to a chamber of a tribunal, means a judge or other member of the tribunal who is assigned to the chamber.

Composition of tribunals

Sch 4 para 15
Sch 4 para 15(1)

The Lord Chancellor must by order make provision, in relation to every matter that may fall to be decided by the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal, for determining the number of members of the tribunal who are to decide the matter.

Sch 4 para 15(2)

Where an order under sub-paragraph (1) provides for a matter to be decided by a single member of a tribunal, the order—

Sch 4 para 15(2)(a)

must make provision for determining whether the matter is to be decided by one of the judges, or by one of the other members, of the tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 15(2)(b)

may make provision for determining, if the matter is to be decided by one of the other members of the tribunal, what qualifications (if any) that other member must have.

Sch 4 para 15(3)

Where an order under sub-paragraph (1) provides for a matter to be decided by two or more members of a tribunal, the order—

Sch 4 para 15(3)(a)

must make provision for determining how many (if any) of those members are to be judges of the tribunal and how many (if any) are to be other members of the tribunal, and

Sch 4 para 15(3)(b)

may make provision for determining—what qualifications (if any) that other member or any of those other members must have.

Sch 4 para 15(3)(b)(i)

if the matter is to be decided by persons who include one or more of the other members of the tribunal, or

Sch 4 para 15(3)(b)(ii)

if the matter is to be decided by two or more of the other members of the tribunal,

Sch 4 para 15(4)

A duty under sub-paragraph (1), (2) or (3) to provide for the determination of anything may be discharged by providing for the thing to be determined by the Senior President of Tribunals, or a Chamber President, in accordance with any provision made under that sub-paragraph.

Sch 4 para 15(5)

Power under paragraph (b) of sub-paragraph (2) or (3) to provide for the determination of anything may be exercised by giving, to the Senior President of Tribunals or a Chamber President, power to determine that thing in accordance with any provision made under that paragraph.

Sch 4 para 15(6)

Where under sub-paragraphs (1) to (4) a matter is to be decided by two or more members of a tribunal, the matter may, if the parties to the case agree, be decided in the absence of one or more (but not all) of the members chosen to decide the matter.

Sch 4 para 15(7)

Where the member, or any of the members, of a tribunal chosen to decide a matter does not have any qualification that he is required to have under sub-paragraphs (2)(b), or (3)(b), and (5), the matter may despite that, if the parties to the case agree, be decided by the chosen member or members.

Sch 4 para 15(8)

Before making an order under this paragraph, the Lord Chancellor must consult the Senior President of Tribunals.

Sch 4 para 15(9)

In this paragraph “qualification” includes experience.

Sch 5

Procedure in First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal

Sch 5

Tribunal Procedure Rules

Introductory

Sch 5 para 1
Sch 5 para 1(1)

This Part of this Schedule makes further provision about the content of Tribunal Procedure Rules.

Sch 5 para 1(2)

The generality of section 22(1) is not to be taken to be prejudiced by—

Sch 5 para 1(2)(a)

the following paragraphs of this Part of this Schedule, or

Sch 5 para 1(2)(b)

any other provision (including future provision) authorising or requiring the making of provision by Tribunal Procedure Rules.

Sch 5 para 1(3)

In the following paragraphs of this Part of this Schedule “Rules” means Tribunal Procedure Rules.

Concurrent functions

Sch 5 para 2

Rules may make provision as to who is to decide, or as to how to decide, which of the First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal is to exercise, in relation to any particular matter, a function that is exercisable by the two tribunals on the basis that the question as to which of them is to exercise the function is to be determined by, or under, Rules.

Delegation of functions to staff

Sch 5 para 3
Sch 5 para 3(1)

Rules may provide for functions—to be exercised by staff appointed under section 2(1) of the Courts Act 2003 or section 40(1) of this Act.

Sch 5 para 3(1)(a)

of the First-tier Tribunal, or

Sch 5 para 3(1)(b)

of the Upper Tribunal,

Sch 5 para 3(2)

In making provision of the kind mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) in relation to a function, Rules may (in particular)—

Sch 5 para 3(2)(a)

provide for the function to be exercisable by a member of staff only if the member of staff is, or is of a description, specified in exercise of a discretion conferred by Rules;

Sch 5 para 3(2)(b)

provide for the function to be exercisable by a member of staff only if the member of staff is approved, or is of a description approved, for the purpose by a person specified in Rules.

Sch 5 para 3(3)

A person may exercise functions by virtue of this paragraph only if authorised to do so by the Senior President of Tribunals.

Sch 5 para 3(4)

An authorisation under this paragraph—

Sch 5 para 3(4)(a)

may be subject to conditions, and

Sch 5 para 3(4)(b)

may be varied or revoked by the Senior President of Tribunals at any time.

Sch 5 para 3(5)

The Senior President of Tribunals may delegate to one or more of the following the Senior President of Tribunals' functions under the preceding provisions of this paragraph—

Sch 5 para 3(5)(a)

a judicial office holder;

Sch 5 para 3(5)(b)

a person appointed under section 2(1) of the Courts Act 2003 or section 40(1) of this Act.

Sch 5 para 3(6)

A person to whom functions of the Senior President of Tribunals are delegated under sub-paragraph (5)(b) is not subject to the direction of any person other than—when exercising the functions.

Sch 5 para 3(6)(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals, or

Sch 5 para 3(6)(b)

a judicial office holder nominated by the Senior President of Tribunals,

Sch 5 para 3(7)

Subsections (3) to (5) of section 8 apply to—as they apply to a delegation under subsection (1) of that section.

Sch 5 para 3(7)(a)

a delegation under sub-paragraph (5), and

Sch 5 para 3(7)(b)

a nomination under sub-paragraph (6),

Sch 5 para 3(8)

In this paragraph—“function” does not include—any function so far as its exercise involves authorising a person's committal to prison or arrest; any function of granting an injunction;“judicial office holder” has the meaning given by section 109(4) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005.

Time limits

Sch 5 para 4

Rules may make provision for time limits as respects initiating, or taking any step in, proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal.

Repeat applications

Sch 5 para 5

Rules may make provision restricting the making of fresh applications where a previous application in relation to the same matter has been made.

Tribunal acting of its own initiative

Sch 5 para 6

Rules may make provision about the circumstances in which the First-tier Tribunal, or the Upper Tribunal, may exercise its powers of its own initiative.

Hearings

Sch 5 para 7

Rules may—

Sch 5 para 7(a)

make provision for dealing with matters without a hearing;

Sch 5 para 7(b)

make provision as respects allowing or requiring a hearing to be in private or as respects allowing or requiring a hearing to be in public.

Proceedings without notice

Sch 5 para 8

Rules may make provision for proceedings to take place, in circumstances described in Rules, at the request of one party even though the other, or another, party has had no notice.

Representation

Sch 5 para 9

Rules may make provision conferring additional rights of audience before the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal.

Evidence, witnesses and attendance

Sch 5 para 10
Sch 5 para 10(1)

Rules may make provision about evidence (including evidence on oath and administration of oaths).

Sch 5 para 10(2)

Rules may modify any rules of evidence provided for elsewhere, so far as they would apply to proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal.

Sch 5 para 10(3)

Rules may make provision, where the First-tier Tribunal has required a person—for the Upper Tribunal to deal with non-compliance with the requirement as though the requirement had been imposed by the Upper Tribunal.

Sch 5 para 10(3)(a)

to attend at any place for the purpose of giving evidence,

Sch 5 para 10(3)(b)

otherwise to make himself available to give evidence,

Sch 5 para 10(3)(c)

to swear an oath in connection with the giving of evidence,

Sch 5 para 10(3)(d)

to give evidence as a witness,

Sch 5 para 10(3)(e)

to produce a document, or

Sch 5 para 10(3)(f)

to facilitate the inspection of a document or any other thing (including any premises),

Sch 5 para 10(4)

Rules may make provision for the payment of expenses and allowances to persons giving evidence, producing documents, attending proceedings or required to attend proceedings.

Use of information

Sch 5 para 11
Sch 5 para 11(1)

Rules may make provision for the disclosure or non-disclosure of information received during the course of proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal.

Sch 5 para 11(2)

Rules may make provision for imposing reporting restrictions in circumstances described in Rules.

Costs and expenses

Sch 5 para 12
Sch 5 para 12(1)

Rules may make provision for regulating matters relating to costs, or (in Scotland) expenses, of proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal.

Sch 5 para 12(2)

The provision mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) includes (in particular)—

Sch 5 para 12(2)(a)

provision prescribing scales of costs or expenses;

Sch 5 para 12(2)(b)

provision for enabling costs to undergo detailed assessment in England and Wales by the county court or the High Court;

Sch 5 para 12(2)(c)

provision for taxation in Scotland of accounts of expenses by an Auditor of Court;

Sch 5 para 12(2)(d)

provision for enabling costs to be taxed in Northern Ireland in the county court or the High Court;

Sch 5 para 12(2)(e)

provision for costs or expenses—

Sch 5 para 12(2)(e)(i)

not to be allowed in respect of items of a description specified in Rules;

Sch 5 para 12(2)(e)(ii)

not to be allowed in proceedings of a description so specified;

Sch 5 para 12(2)(f)

provision for other exceptions to either or both of subsections (1) and (2) of section 29.

Set-off and interest

Sch 5 para 13
Sch 5 para 13(1)

Rules may make provision for a party to proceedings to deduct, from amounts payable by him, amounts payable to him.

Sch 5 para 13(2)

Rules may make provision for interest on sums awarded (including provision conferring a discretion or provision in accordance with which interest is to be calculated).

Arbitration

Sch 5 para 14

Rules may provide for any of the provisions of sections 1 to 15 of and schedule 1 to the Arbitration (Scotland) Act 2010 (which extends to Scotland) or Part 1 of the Arbitration Act 1996 (c. 23) (which extends to England and Wales, and Northern Ireland, but not Scotland) not to apply, or not to apply except so far as is specified in Rules, where the First-tier Tribunal, or Upper Tribunal, acts as arbitrator.

Correction of errors and setting-aside of decisions on procedural grounds

Sch 5 para 15
Sch 5 para 15(1)

Rules may make provision for the correction of accidental errors in a decision or record of a decision.

Sch 5 para 15(2)

Rules may make provision for the setting aside of a decision in proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal—

Sch 5 para 15(2)(a)

where a document relating to the proceedings was not sent to, or was not received at an appropriate time by, a party to the proceedings or a party's representative,

Sch 5 para 15(2)(b)

where a document relating to the proceedings was not sent to the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal at an appropriate time,

Sch 5 para 15(2)(c)

where a party to the proceedings, or a party's representative, was not present at a hearing related to the proceedings, or

Sch 5 para 15(2)(d)

where there has been any other procedural irregularity in the proceedings.

Sch 5 para 15(3)

Sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not be taken to prejudice, or to be prejudiced by, any power to correct errors or set aside decisions that is exercisable apart from rules made by virtue of those sub-paragraphs.

Ancillary powers

Sch 5 para 16

Rules may confer on the First-tier Tribunal, or the Upper Tribunal, such ancillary powers as are necessary for the proper discharge of its functions.

Rules may refer to practice directions

Sch 5 para 17

Rules may, instead of providing for any matter, refer to provision made or to be made about that matter by directions under section 23.

Presumptions

Sch 5 para 18

Rules may make provision in the form of presumptions (including, in particular, presumptions as to service or notification).

Differential provision

Sch 5 para 19

Rules may make different provision for different purposes or different areas.

Sch 5

Tribunal Procedure Committee

Membership

Sch 5 para 20

The Tribunal Procedure Committee is to consist of—

Sch 5 para 20(a)

the Senior President of Tribunals or a person nominated by him,

Sch 5 para 20(b)

the persons currently appointed by the Lord Chancellor under paragraph 21,

Sch 5 para 20(c)

the persons currently appointed by the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales under paragraph 22,

Sch 5 para 20(d)

the person currently appointed by the Lord President of the Court of Session under paragraph 23, and

Sch 5 para 20(e)

any person currently appointed under paragraph 24 at the request of the Senior President of Tribunals.

Lord Chancellor's appointees

Sch 5 para 21
Sch 5 para 21(1)

The Lord Chancellor must appoint—

Sch 5 para 21(1)(a)

four persons each of whom must be a person with experience of—

Sch 5 para 21(1)(a)(i)

practice in tribunals, or

Sch 5 para 21(1)(a)(ii)

advising persons involved in tribunal proceedings, ...

Sch 5 para 21(1)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 5 para 21(1A)

At least one of those persons must have experience of—

Sch 5 para 21(1A)(a)

practice in employment tribunals and the Employment Appeal Tribunal, or

Sch 5 para 21(1A)(b)

advising persons involved in employment tribunal proceedings and the Employment Appeal Tribunal.

Sch 5 para 21(2)

Before making an appointment under sub-paragraph (1), the Lord Chancellor must consult the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales.

Sch 5 para 21(3)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lord Chief Justice's appointees

Sch 5 para 22
Sch 5 para 22(1)

The Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales must appoint—

Sch 5 para 22(1)(a)

one of the judges of the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 5 para 22(1)(b)

one of the judges of the Upper Tribunal, ...

Sch 5 para 22(1)(c)

one person who is a member of the First-tier Tribunal, or is a member of the Upper Tribunal, but is not a judge of the First-tier Tribunal and is not a judge of the Upper Tribunal , and

Sch 5 para 22(1)(d)

one person who is a judge, or other member, of the Employment Appeal Tribunal or a member of a panel of members of employment tribunals (whether or not a panel of Employment Judges).

Sch 5 para 22(2)

Before making an appointment under sub-paragraph (1), the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales must consult the Lord Chancellor.

Lord President's appointee

Sch 5 para 23
Sch 5 para 23(1)

The Lord President of the Court of Session must appoint one person with experience in and knowledge of the Scottish legal system.

Sch 5 para 23(2)

Before making an appointment under sub-paragraph (1), the Lord President of the Court of Session must consult the Lord Chancellor.

Persons appointed at request of Senior President of Tribunals

Sch 5 para 24
Sch 5 para 24(1)

At the request of the Senior President of Tribunals, an appropriate senior judge may appoint a person or persons with experience in and knowledge of—for the purpose of assisting the Committee with regard to that issue or subject area.

Sch 5 para 24(1)(a)

a particular issue, or

Sch 5 para 24(1)(b)

a particular subject area in relation to which the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal has, or is likely to have, jurisdiction,

Sch 5 para 24(2)

In sub-paragraph (1) “an appropriate senior judge” means any of—

Sch 5 para 24(2)(a)

the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

Sch 5 para 24(2)(b)

the Lord President of the Court of Session, and

Sch 5 para 24(2)(c)

the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland.

Sch 5 para 24(3)

The total number of persons appointed at any time under sub-paragraph (1) must not exceed four.

Sch 5 para 24(4)

Before making an appointment under sub-paragraph (1), the person making the appointment must consult the Lord Chancellor.

Sch 5 para 24(5)

The terms of appointment of a person appointed under sub-paragraph (1) may (in particular) authorise him to act as a member of the Committee only in relation to matters specified by those terms.

Power to amend paragraphs 20 to 24

Sch 5 para 25
Sch 5 para 25(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order—

Sch 5 para 25(1)(a)

amend any of paragraphs 20, 21(1), 22(1), 23(1) and 24(1), and

Sch 5 para 25(1)(b)

make consequential amendments in any other provision of paragraphs 21 to 24 or in paragraph 28(7).

Sch 5 para 25(2)

The making of an order under this paragraph—

Sch 5 para 25(2)(a)

requires the concurrence of the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales,

Sch 5 para 25(2)(b)

if the order amends paragraph 23(1), requires also the concurrence of the Lord President of the Court of Session, and

Sch 5 para 25(2)(c)

if the order amends paragraph 24(1), requires also the concurrence of the Lord President of the Court of Session and the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland.

Committee members' expenses

Sch 5 para 26

The Lord Chancellor may reimburse members of the Tribunal Procedure Committee their travelling and out-of-pocket expenses.

Sch 5

Making of Tribunal Procedure Rules by Tribunal Procedure Committee

Meaning of “Rules” and “the Committee”

Sch 5 para 27

In the following provisions of this Part of this Schedule—“the Committee” means the Tribunal Procedure Committee;“Rules” means Tribunal Procedure Rules.

Process for making Rules

Sch 5 para 28
Sch 5 para 28(1)

Before the Committee makes Rules, the Committee must—

Sch 5 para 28(1)(a)

consult such persons (including such of the Chamber Presidents) as it considers appropriate,

Sch 5 para 28(1)(b)

consult the Lord President of the Court of Session if the Rules contain provision relating to proceedings in Scotland, and

Sch 5 para 28(1)(c)

meet (unless it is inexpedient to do so).

Sch 5 para 28(2)

Rules made by the Committee must be—

Sch 5 para 28(2)(a)

signed by a majority of the members of the Committee, and

Sch 5 para 28(2)(b)

submitted to the Lord Chancellor.

Sch 5 para 28(3)

The Lord Chancellor may allow or disallow Rules so made.

Sch 5 para 28(4)

If the Lord Chancellor disallows Rules so made, he must give the Committee written reasons for doing so.

Sch 5 para 28(5)

Rules so made and allowed—

Sch 5 para 28(5)(a)

come into force on such day as the Lord Chancellor directs, and

Sch 5 para 28(5)(b)

are to be contained in a statutory instrument to which the Statutory Instruments Act 1946 (c. 36) applies as if the instrument contained rules made by a Minister of the Crown.

Sch 5 para 28(6)

A statutory instrument containing Rules made by the Committee is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

Sch 5 para 28(7)

In the case of a member of the Committee appointed under paragraph 24, the terms of his appointment may (in particular) provide that, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(a), he is to count as a member of the Committee only in relation to matters specified in those terms.

Delegation of functions to staff: reconsideration of decisions

Sch 5 para 28A
Sch 5 para 28A(1)

Before making Rules that provide for the exercise of functions of the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal by authorised persons by virtue of paragraph 3, the Committee must take the following steps in relation to each of the functions in question.

Sch 5 para 28A(2)

The Committee must consider whether the Rules should include a right for the parties to proceedings in which a decision is made by an authorised person exercising the function to have the decision reconsidered by a judicial office holder.

Sch 5 para 28A(3)

If the Committee considers that the rules should include such a right, it must include provision to that effect when it makes the Rules.

Sch 5 para 28A(4)

If the Committee does not consider that the rules should include such a right, it must inform the Lord Chancellor of—

Sch 5 para 28A(4)(a)

its decision, and

Sch 5 para 28A(4)(b)

its reasons for reaching that decision.

Sch 5 para 28A(5)

In this paragraph “authorised person” and “judicial office holder” have the same meanings as in Chapter 2A of Part 1 of this Act (see section 29A).

Power of Lord Chancellor to require Rules to be made

Sch 5 para 29
Sch 5 para 29(1)

This paragraph applies if the Lord Chancellor gives the Committee written notice that he thinks it is expedient for Rules to include provision that would achieve a purpose specified in the notice.

Sch 5 para 29(2)

The Committee must make such Rules, in accordance with paragraph 28, as it considers necessary to achieve the specified purpose.

Sch 5 para 29(3)

Those Rules must be made—

Sch 5 para 29(3)(a)

within such period as may be specified by the Lord Chancellor in the notice, or

Sch 5 para 29(3)(b)

if no period is so specified, within a reasonable period after the Lord Chancellor gives the notice to the Committee.

Sch 5

Power to amend legislation in connection with Tribunal Procedure Rules

Lord Chancellor's power

Sch 5 para 30
Sch 5 para 30(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order amend, repeal or revoke any enactment to the extent he considers necessary or desirable—

Sch 5 para 30(1)(a)

in order to facilitate the making of Tribunal Procedure Rules, or

Sch 5 para 30(1)(b)

in consequence of—

Sch 5 para 30(1)(b)(i)

section 22,

Sch 5 para 30(1)(b)(ii)

Part 1 or 3 of this Schedule, or

Sch 5 para 30(1)(b)(iii)

Tribunal Procedure Rules.

Sch 5 para 30(2)

In this paragraph “enactment” means any enactment whenever passed or made, including an enactment comprised in subordinate legislation (within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30)).

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of sections 30 to 36

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of sections 30, 35 and 36

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of sections 30 and 35

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of sections 30 and 36

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of section 30

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of sections 35 and 36

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of section 35

Sch 6

Tribunals for the purposes of section 32(3)

Sch 7

Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council

Sch 7

...

Sch 8

Tribunals and Inquiries: consequential and other amendments

Taxes Management Act 1970 (c. 9)

Sch 8 para 1
Sch 8 para 1(1)

The following offices are abolished—General Commissioner; clerk to the General Commissioners for a division; assistant clerk to the General Commissioners for a division.

Sch 8 para 1(2)

In consequence of sub-paragraph (1), sections 2 and 3 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 cease to have effect.

Sch 8 para 1(3)

In this paragraph—“division” has the meaning given by section 2(1) and (6) of that Act;“General Commissioner” means a Commissioner for the general purposes of the income tax.

Chronically Sick and Disabled Persons Act 1970 (c. 44)

Sch 8 para 2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 (c. 37)

Sch 8 para 3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

House of Commons Disqualification Act 1975 (c. 24)

Sch 8 para 4

In Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the House of Commons Disqualification Act 1975 (bodies whose members are disqualified), in the appropriate places insert— “ The Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council. ” “ The First-tier Tribunal. ” “ The Scottish Committee of the Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council. ” “ The Upper Tribunal. ” “ The Welsh Committee of the Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council. ”

Northern Ireland Assembly Disqualification Act 1975 (c. 25)

Sch 8 para 5

In Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the Northern Ireland Assembly Disqualification Act 1975 (bodies whose members are disqualified), in the appropriate places insert— “ The Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council. ” “ The First-tier Tribunal. ” “ The Scottish Committee of the Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council. ” “ The Upper Tribunal. ” “ The Welsh Committee of the Administrative Justice and Tribunals Council. ”

Litigants in Person (Costs and Expenses) Act 1975 (c. 47)

Sch 8 para 6
Sch 8 para 6(1)

The Litigants in Person (Costs and Expenses) Act 1975 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 6(2)

In section 1(1) and (2) (costs, expenses and losses of litigant in person to be recoverable), before the word “or” at the end of paragraph (b) insert—.

Sch 8 para 6(3)

In section 1(4) (meaning of “rules of court”), before the word “and” at the end of paragraph (b) insert—.

Race Relations Act 1976 (c. 74)

Sch 8 para 7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Estate Agents Act 1979 (c. 38)

Sch 8 para 8

Omit section 24(2) of the Estate Agents Act 1979 (Council on Tribunals' right to attend hearings etc.).

Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (c. 8)

Sch 8 para 9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 12

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Food Safety Act 1990 (c. 16)

Sch 8 para 13
Sch 8 para 13(1)

The Food Safety Act 1990 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 13(2)

In section 26(2)(e) (regulations may provide for appeals, including appeals to a tribunal set up by the regulations)—

Sch 8 para 13(2)(a)

after “to the sheriff,” insert “ or to the First-tier Tribunal or the Upper Tribunal, ” and

Sch 8 para 13(2)(b)

omit “or to a tribunal constituted in accordance with the regulations,”.

Sch 8 para 13(3)

In section 37(2) (subsection (1)(c) does not apply where appeal may be made to a tribunal set up by regulations under Part 2), for the words from “provide for an appeal” onwards substitute

Sch 8 para 14

The Courts and Legal Services Act 1990 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 15

In section 119(1) (interpretation), in the definition of “court”, for paragraph (a) (any tribunal kept under review by the Council on Tribunals) substitute—.

Sch 8 para 16

In Schedule 11 (full-time judges etc barred from legal practice), at the end insert—.

Social Security Administration Act 1992 (c. 5)

Sch 8 para 17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 18

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 19

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transport and Works Act 1992 (c. 42)

Sch 8 para 20

The Transport and Works Act 1992 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 21

In section 22 (validity of orders authorising works), in subsections (1)(b) and (2)(b), for “1971” substitute “ 1992 ”.

Sch 8 para 22
Sch 8 para 22(1)

Section 23 (inquiries etc. held by person appointed to determine application) is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 22(2)

In subsection (9)—

Sch 8 para 22(2)(a)

for “1971” substitute “ 1992 ”, and

Sch 8 para 22(2)(b)

for “section 12(1)” substitute “ section 10(1) ”.

Sch 8 para 22(3)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tribunals and Inquiries Act 1992 (c. 53)

Sch 8 para 23

The Tribunals and Inquiries Act 1992 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 24

Omit section 5 (recommendations of Council as to appointment of members of tribunals).

Sch 8 para 25

In section 6, subsections (1) to (3) (chairman of a tribunal presided over by a Child Support Commissioner, and chairman of a reserve forces reinstatement committee, to be selected from panels appointed by Lord Chancellor or Lord President of the Court of Session) cease to have effect.

Sch 8 para 26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 27

Omit section 8 (procedural rules for tribunals).

Sch 8 para 28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 29

In section 14(1) (restricted application of Act in relation to certain tribunals)—

Sch 8 para 29(a)

for “the working or a decision of, or procedural rules for,” substitute “ a decision of ”, and

Sch 8 para 29(b)

for “working, decisions or procedure” substitute “ decisions ”.

Sch 8 para 30

In section 16(1) (interpretation)—

Sch 8 para 30(a)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 30(b)

after the definition of “Council” insert—

Sch 8 para 30(c)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 30(d)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)

Sch 8 para 31
Sch 8 para 31(1)

The Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 31(2)

In section 26 (retirement date for holders of certain judicial offices etc.), subsection (7) is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 31(3)

In paragraph (f), for the words from “(persons” to the end substitute “ (holders of relevant office); ”.

Sch 8 para 31(4)

After paragraph (g) insert—.

Sch 8 para 31(5)

In Part 2 of Schedule 1 (offices which may be qualifying judicial offices for purposes of the pensions provisions), at the end of the part dealing with the members of tribunals insert— “Judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 2 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 Judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 3 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 Transferred-in judge, or transferred-in other member, of the First-tier Tribunal or of the Upper Tribunal (see section 31(2) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007) Senior President of Tribunals Chamber President, or Deputy Chamber President, of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or of a chamber of the Upper Tribunal ”.

Sch 8 para 31(6)

In Schedule 5 (retirement provisions: the relevant offices), at the end insert— “ Judge or other member of the First-tier Tribunal appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 2 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007Judge or other member of the Upper Tribunal appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 3 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007Transferred-in judge, or transferred-in other member, of the First-tier Tribunal or of the Upper Tribunal (see section 31(2) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007Senior President of TribunalsDeputy judge of the Upper Tribunal appointed under paragraph 7(1) of Schedule 3 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007, except in a case where the holding of the office by the person in question falls within section 26(7)(ga) of this Actj011sDeputy judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of an order under section 31(2) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007Clauses.rtf_j012aChamber President, or Deputy Chamber President, of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or of a chamber of the Upper Tribunal ”.

Pension Schemes Act 1993 (c. 48)

Sch 8 para 32

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994 (c. 36)

Sch 8 para 33
Sch 8 para 33(1)

Section 17(3) of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994 (notices affecting land where recipient has died: exceptions where relating to court or tribunal etc. proceedings) is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 33(2)

For paragraph (b) substitute—.

Sch 8 para 33(3)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Criminal Injuries Compensation Act 1995 (c. 53)

Sch 8 para 34

In the Criminal Injuries Compensation Act 1995, after section 5 insert—

Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17)

Sch 8 para 35

The Employment Tribunals Act 1996 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 36

Before section 4 insert—

Sch 8 para 37

In section 4 (composition of employment tribunals), in each of subsections (2), (6), (6A) and (6B)(a) (which refer to the person who is the chairman of an employment tribunal), after “the person mentioned in subsection (1)(a) alone” insert “ or alone by any Employment Judge who, in accordance with regulations made under section 1(1), is a member of the tribunal ”.

Sch 8 para 38

In sections 4(4), 18(8) and 40(1), after “The Secretary of State” insert “ and the Lord Chancellor, acting jointly, ”.

Sch 8 para 39

In section 5(1) (pay), for paragraph (c) substitute—.

Sch 8 para 40

After section 5 insert—

Sch 8 para 41
Sch 8 para 41(1)

Section 7A (practice directions) is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 41(2)

Before subsection (1) insert—

Sch 8 para 41(3)

In subsection (1)—

Sch 8 para 41(3)(a)

in paragraph (a), before “President” insert “ territorial ”, and

Sch 8 para 41(3)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “such directions” substitute “ directions under subsection (A1) or paragraph (a) ”.

Sch 8 para 41(4)

In subsection (2), for “by the President” substitute “ under subsection (A1) or (1)(a) ”.

Sch 8 para 41(5)

After subsection (2) insert—

Sch 8 para 41(6)

In subsection (3), after “references to the” insert “ territorial ”.

Sch 8 para 42

After section 7A insert—

Sch 8 para 43

In section 15(1) (enforcement in England and Wales as an order of a county court), for the words from “shall, if a county court so orders,” to the end substitute “ shall be recoverable by execution issued from a county court or otherwise as if it were payable under an order of a county court. ”

Sch 8 para 44

After section 24 insert—

Sch 8 para 45

In section 27(1)(a) (payment of appointed members of Employment Appeal Tribunal), after “members,” insert “ and ”.

Sch 8 para 46

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 47

After section 29 insert—

Sch 8 para 48

In section 30(3) (Employment Appeal Tribunal to regulate its own procedure, subject to procedure rules), after the words “Appeal Tribunal procedure rules” insert “ and directions under section 28(1) or 29A(1) ”.

Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 (c. 8)

Sch 8 para 49

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 51

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Greater London Authority Act 1999 (c. 29)

Sch 8 para 52

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Freedom of Information Act 2000 (c. 36)

Sch 8 para 53

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nationality, Immigration and Asylum Act 2002 (c. 41)

Sch 8 para 54

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Courts Act 2003 (c. 39)

Sch 8 para 55
Sch 8 para 55(1)

Section 98 of the Courts Act 2003 (register of judgments and orders etc.) is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 55(2)

In subsection (1) (registrable orders etc.), after paragraph (e) insert—

Sch 8 para 55(3)

In subsection (3) (regulations)—

Sch 8 para 55(3)(a)

in each of paragraphs (a) and (b) (exemption), after “orders” insert “ , decisions, awards ”, and

Sch 8 para 55(3)(b)

in paragraph (d) (power to provide for certain sums only to be registered), after “magistrates' court” insert “ or in the case of sums payable in pursuance of decisions or awards of a tribunal mentioned in subsection (1)(f) ”.

Title Conditions (Scotland) Act 2003 (asp 9)

Sch 8 para 56

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 57

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 58

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 (c. 5)

Sch 8 para 59

In section 8 of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 (regional spatial strategy: examination in public), for subsection (7) substitute—

Gender Recognition Act 2004 (c. 7)

Sch 8 para 60

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Civil Contingencies Act 2004 (c. 36)

Sch 8 para 61

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4)

Sch 8 para 62

The Constitutional Reform Act 2005 is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 63

In section 109(5) (disciplinary powers: meaning of “senior judge”), after paragraph (d) insert—.

Sch 8 para 64

In Schedule 7 (protected functions of Lord Chancellor), in Part A (general) of the list in paragraph 4—

Sch 8 para 64(a)

omit the entry for section 6(2), (8) and (9) of the Tribunals and Inquiries Act 1992 (c. 53), and

Sch 8 para 64(b)

omit the entry for paragraph 7(4) of Schedule 5 to that Act.

Sch 8 para 65

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 8 para 66
Sch 8 para 66(1)

Schedule 14 (Judicial Appointments Commission: relevant offices and enactments) is amended as follows.

Sch 8 para 66(2)

In Part 1 (appointments by Her Majesty), at the end insert—

Sch 8 para 66(3)

In Part 3 (appointments by Lord Chancellor to offices to which paragraph 2(2)(d) of Schedule 12 applies), at the end insert—

Sch 9

Tribunals: transitional provision

Sch 9

General and miscellaneous

Introductory

Sch 9 para 1

The following provisions of this Schedule are to be taken not to prejudice the generality of sections 31(9) and 145(1).

Membership of Tribunal Procedure Committee

Sch 9 para 2
Sch 9 para 2(1)

The Lord Chancellor may by order make provision for a person—to be treated for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 22 of Schedule 5 as falling within paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of that sub-paragraph.

Sch 9 para 2(1)(a)

who is a scheduled tribunal, or

Sch 9 para 2(1)(b)

who is a member of a scheduled tribunal,

Sch 9 para 2(2)

In sub-paragraph (1) “scheduled tribunal” means a tribunal in a list in Schedule 6 that has effect for the purposes of section 30.

Sch 9 para 2(3)

The power under sub-paragraph (1) may not be exercised so as to provide for the Secretary of State to be treated as mentioned in that sub-paragraph.

Sch 9

Judges and other members of First-Tier and Upper Tribunals: retirement dates

Interpretation of Part 2 of Schedule

Sch 9 para 3
Sch 9 para 3(1)

For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule—

Sch 9 para 3(1)(a)

“relevant judicial office” means—

Sch 9 para 3(1)(a)(i)

the office of transferred-in judge, or transferred-in other member, of the First-tier Tribunal or of the Upper Tribunal (see section 31(2)),

Sch 9 para 3(1)(a)(ii)

an office to which a person is appointed under paragraph 1(1) or 2(1) of Schedule 2 or 3 (judge, or other member, of the First-tier Tribunal or of the Upper Tribunal),

Sch 9 para 3(1)(a)(iii)

the office of deputy judge of the Upper Tribunal (whether under section 31(2) or under paragraph 7 of Schedule 3),

Sch 9 para 3(1)(a)(iv)

the office of Chamber President, or Deputy Chamber President, of a chamber of the First-tier Tribunal or of the Upper Tribunal, or

Sch 9 para 3(1)(a)(v)

the office of Senior President of Tribunals;

Sch 9 para 3(1)(b)

“relevant day”, in relation to a person who holds a relevant judicial office, means the day when he was appointed to that office or, if he holds that office as the latest in an unbroken succession of different relevant judicial offices, the day when he was appointed to the first of the offices in that succession;

Sch 9 para 3(1)(c)

an office is a “qualifying office” at any particular time (but see sub-paragraph (2)) if—and (in either case) the list has effect at that time for the purposes of section 30;

Sch 9 para 3(1)(c)(i)

the office is that of member of a tribunal which at that time is in a list in Schedule 6, or

Sch 9 para 3(1)(c)(ii)

the office itself is at that time in a list in Schedule 6,

Sch 9 para 3(1)(d)

“the 1993 Act” means the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8).

Sch 9 para 3(2)

Where—the person shall be treated for the purposes of paragraphs 6 and 7 as not having held immediately before the relevant day any of the actual offices that the person held on a non-salaried basis at that time.

Sch 9 para 3(2)(a)

a person held two or more qualifying offices (“the actual offices”) immediately before the relevant day, and

Sch 9 para 3(2)(b)

at that time the person held at least one of the actual offices on a salaried basis and held at least one of the actual offices on a non-salaried basis,

Sch 9 para 3(3)

For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)—

Sch 9 para 3(3)(a)

a person holds an office on a salaried basis at any particular time if, at that time, the person's service in the office is remunerated by payment of a salary, and

Sch 9 para 3(3)(b)

a person holds an office on a non-salaried basis at any particular time if, at that time, the person's service in the office—

Sch 9 para 3(3)(b)(i)

is remunerated by the payment of fees,

Sch 9 para 3(3)(b)(ii)

is remunerated by the payment of a supplement to the salary payable to him in respect of his service in another office, or

Sch 9 para 3(3)(b)(iii)

is unremunerated.

Retirement from First-tier and Upper Tribunals: application of paragraphs 5 to 8

Sch 9 para 4

Paragraphs 5 to 8 apply where a person holds a relevant judicial office.

Retirement later than age 75 in certain cases where office previously held in another tribunal

Sch 9 para 5
Sch 9 para 5(1)

... Sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) apply where the person has a personal retirement date under either or both of paragraphs 6 and 7.

Sch 9 para 5(2)

In sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) ...—

Sch 9 para 5(2)(a)

if the person has a personal retirement date under just one of paragraphs 6 and 7 or has the same personal retirement date under each of those paragraphs, “the special date” means that date;

Sch 9 para 5(2)(b)

if the person has a personal retirement date under each of those paragraphs and those dates are different, “the special date” means the later of those dates.

Sch 9 para 5(3)

Subsection (1) of section 26 of the 1993 Act shall have effect (subject to the following provisions of that section) as if it provided for the person to vacate the relevant judicial office on the special date.

Sch 9 para 5(4)

The special date is to be taken for the purposes of that section to be the compulsory retirement date for the relevant judicial office in the person's case.

Cases where retirement from existing office would be after age 75

Sch 9 para 6
Sch 9 para 6(1)

Sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) apply where, immediately before the relevant day, the person—

Sch 9 para 6(1)(a)

held a qualifying office, and

Sch 9 para 6(1)(b)

was required to vacate the qualifying office on a day later than the day on which he attains the age of 75.

Sch 9 para 6(2)

The person's personal retirement date under this paragraph is the later day mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b), subject to sub-paragraph (3).

Sch 9 para 6(3)

If—the person's personal retirement date under this paragraph is the latest (or later) of those later days.

Sch 9 para 6(3)(a)

there are two or more qualifying offices each of which is one that, immediately before the relevant day, the person—

Sch 9 para 6(3)(a)(i)

held, and

Sch 9 para 6(3)(a)(ii)

was required to vacate on a day later than the day on which he attains the age of 75, and

Sch 9 para 6(3)(b)

the later day mentioned in paragraph (a)(ii) is not the same for each of those offices,

Cases where no requirement to retire from existing office

Sch 9 para 7
Sch 9 para 7(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—

Sch 9 para 7(1)(a)

immediately before the relevant day, the person held, on an unlimited basis, a qualifying office or two or more qualifying offices, and

Sch 9 para 7(1)(b)

the relevant day falls after the day on which the person attains the age of 74.

Sch 9 para 7(2)

The person's personal retirement date under this paragraph is the last day of the 12 months beginning with the day after the relevant day.

Sch 9 para 7(3)

For the purposes of this paragraph, a person holds an office on an unlimited basis at a particular time if at that time he is not required to vacate the office at any particular later time.

Interaction between rules under paragraph 5, and rules under Schedule 7 to the 1993 Act, in cases where office held on 30th March 1995

Sch 9 para 8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Eligibility for appointment after having attained age of 75

Sch 9 para 9
Sch 9 para 9(1)

Sub-paragraph (3) applies in respect of a person on each day that—

Sch 9 para 9(1)(a)

is, or is later than, the day on which the person attains the age of 75,

Sch 9 para 9(1)(b)

is a day on which the person holds a qualifying office, and

Sch 9 para 9(1)(c)

is earlier than the day on which the person is required to vacate the qualifying office.

Sch 9 para 9(2)

Sub-paragraph (3) also applies in respect of a person on each day that—

Sch 9 para 9(2)(a)

is, or is later than, the day on which the person attains the age of 75, and

Sch 9 para 9(2)(b)

is a day on which the person holds, on an unlimited basis, a qualifying office.

Sch 9 para 9(3)

Where this sub-paragraph applies in respect of a person on a day, the fact that the person has attained the age of 75 shall not (by itself) render him ineligible for appointment (or re-appointment) on that day to a relevant judicial office.

Sch 9 para 9(4)

For the purposes of this paragraph, a person holds an office on an unlimited basis at a particular time if at that time he is not required to vacate the office at any particular later time.

Sch 9

Judges and other members of First-Tier and Upper Tribunals: pensions where office acquired under section 31(2)

Interpretation of Part 3 of Schedule

Sch 9 para 10

For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule—

Sch 9 para 10(a)

“new office” means—

Sch 9 para 10(a)(i)

the office of judge of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of being a transferred-in judge of the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 9 para 10(a)(ii)

the office of other member of the First-tier Tribunal by virtue of being a transferred-in other member of the First-tier Tribunal,

Sch 9 para 10(a)(iii)

the office of judge of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of being a transferred-in judge of the Upper Tribunal, and

Sch 9 para 10(a)(iv)

the office of other member of the Upper Tribunal by virtue of being a transferred-in other member of the Upper Tribunal;

Sch 9 para 10(b)

a person holds an office “on a salaried basis” if and so long as, and to the extent that—

Sch 9 para 10(b)(i)

the person's service in the office is remunerated by payment of a salary, and

Sch 9 para 10(b)(ii)

the salary is not subject to terms which preclude rights to pensions and other benefits accruing by reference to it;

Sch 9 para 10(c)

a person shall be regarded as holding “qualifying judicial office” at any time when he holds, on a salaried basis, any one or more of the offices specified in Schedule 1 to the 1993 Act, and any reference to a “qualifying judicial office” is a reference to any office specified in that Schedule if it is held on a salaried basis;

Sch 9 para 10(d)

“the 1993 Act” means the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8).

Right to opt in to Part 1 of the 1993 Act where qualifying judicial office not previously held

Sch 9 para 11
Sch 9 para 11(1)

Sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) apply where—

Sch 9 para 11(1)(a)

a person becomes, as a result of provision under section 31(2), the holder of a new office,

Sch 9 para 11(1)(b)

before that, the person has never held qualifying judicial office, and

Sch 9 para 11(1)(c)

the person, on becoming the holder of the new office, holds the new office on a salaried basis.

Sch 9 para 11(2)

Section 1(1)(a) of the 1993 Act (Part 1 of the 1993 Act applies to a person who first holds qualifying judicial office on or after 31st March 1995) does not have effect in relation to the person.

Sch 9 para 11(3)

The person is entitled, subject to paragraph 12, to elect for Part 1 of the 1993 Act (judicial pensions) to apply to him.

Sch 9 para 11(4)

Part 1 of the 1993 Act applies to a person who makes an election under sub-paragraph (3).

Sch 9 para 11(5)

Sub-paragraph (4) is subject to sections 1(5) and 13 of the 1993 Act (where person has opted out of Part 1 of the 1993 Act then, except as provided by section 13 of that Act, that Part does not apply to the person).

Election under paragraph 11(3) for pension under Part 1 of the 1993 Act

Sch 9 para 12
Sch 9 para 12(1)

In this paragraph “opt-in election” means an election under paragraph 11(3).

Sch 9 para 12(2)

An opt-in election may be made only in such circumstances, within such time and in such manner as the Lord Chancellor may by regulations prescribe.

Sch 9 para 12(3)

An opt-in election is irrevocable.

Sch 9 para 12(4)

Regulations under sub-paragraph (2) may permit the making of an opt-in election even though the person in respect of whom the opt-in election is made—

Sch 9 para 12(4)(a)

has ceased (whether by virtue of dying or otherwise) to hold the office mentioned in paragraph 11(1)(a), or

Sch 9 para 12(4)(b)

has ceased to hold that office on a salaried basis without having ceased to hold that office.

Sch 9 para 12(5)

Where regulations under sub-paragraph (2) permit the making of an opt-in election in respect of a person who has died, the right to make that election is exercisable by the person's personal representatives.

Sch 9 para 12(6)

The Lord Chancellor may by regulations provide for a person in respect of whom an opt-in election is made to be treated for such purposes as may be prescribed by the regulations as if the person had, at such times as may be prescribed by the regulations, been a person to whom Part 1 of the 1993 Act applies.

Sch 9 para 12(7)

An opt-in election may not be made in respect of a person at any time when an election made under section 13 of the 1993 Act (election to opt out of Part 1 of the 1993 Act) is in force in respect of the person.

Continuation of existing public service pension arrangements in certain cases

Sch 9 para 13
Sch 9 para 13(1)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies if—

Sch 9 para 13(1)(a)

a person, as a result of provision under section 31(2), becomes the holder of a new office,

Sch 9 para 13(1)(b)

either—

Sch 9 para 13(1)(b)(i)

the person held qualifying judicial office immediately before 31st March 1995, or

Sch 9 para 13(1)(b)(ii)

before becoming the holder of the new office, the person has never held qualifying judicial office,

Sch 9 para 13(1)(c)

immediately before the person becomes the holder of the new office—

Sch 9 para 13(1)(c)(i)

the person holds an office within paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of section 31(2) (the “old office”), and

Sch 9 para 13(1)(c)(ii)

the person's service in the old office is subject to a public service pension scheme,

Sch 9 para 13(1)(d)

the person, on becoming the holder of the new office, holds the new office on a salaried basis, and

Sch 9 para 13(1)(e)

immediately after the person becomes the holder of the new office, the person—

Sch 9 para 13(1)(e)(i)

is not a person to whom Part 1 of the 1993 Act applies, and

Sch 9 para 13(1)(e)(ii)

is not a person to whom that Part would apply but for section 13 of that Act.

Sch 9 para 13(2)

The person's service in the new office, so far as it is service during the continuity period—

Sch 9 para 13(2)(a)

shall be subject to that public service pension scheme, and

Sch 9 para 13(2)(b)

shall be subject to that scheme in a way that corresponds to the way in which the person's service in the old office was subject to that scheme.

Sch 9 para 13(3)

In sub-paragraph (2) “the continuity period” means the period—

Sch 9 para 13(3)(a)

that begins when the person becomes the holder of the new office on a salaried basis, and

Sch 9 para 13(3)(b)

that ends with whichever of the following first happens after that—

Sch 9 para 13(3)(b)(i)

the person's ceasing to hold the new office,

Sch 9 para 13(3)(b)(ii)

the person's ceasing to hold the new office on a salaried basis without ceasing to hold the new office,

Sch 9 para 13(3)(b)(iii)

the person's becoming a person to whom Part 1 of the 1993 Act applies, and

Sch 9 para 13(3)(b)(iv)

the person's becoming a person to whom Part 1 of the 1993 Act would apply but for section 13 of that Act.

Sch 9 para 13(4)

For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)(c)(ii), the person's service in the old office is not to be treated as subject to a public service pension scheme at a time when the scheme does not apply to him as a result of his having exercised a right to elect for the scheme not to apply to him.

Sch 9 para 13(5)

A public service pension scheme which, apart from sub-paragraph (2), would not be a judicial pension scheme for the purposes of the 1993 Act does not become a judicial pension scheme for those purposes if it is only as a result of sub-paragraph (2) that pensions and other benefits are payable under the scheme in respect of service in qualifying judicial office.

Sch 9 para 13(6)

In this paragraph “public service pension scheme” means any public service pension scheme, as defined in—

Sch 9 para 13(6)(a)

section 1 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993 (c. 48), or

Sch 9 para 13(6)(b)

section 1 of the Pension Schemes (Northern Ireland) Act 1993 (c. 49).

Sch 9

Amendments to the Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993

Sch 9 para 14

The Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8) is amended as follows.

Sch 9 para 15
Sch 9 para 15(1)

Section 1 (application of Part 1: judicial pensions) is amended as follows.

Sch 9 para 15(2)

In subsection (1) (persons to whom Part 1 of the 1993 Act applies), after paragraph (d) insert.

Sch 9 para 15(3)

In subsection (1), after “but this subsection is subject to the following provisions of this Act” insert “ and to Part 3 of Schedule 9 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (transitional arrangements for pensions of certain judges and other members of the First-tier Tribunal and Upper Tribunal) ”.

Sch 9 para 15(4)

After subsection (4) insert—

Sch 9 para 16

In section 9(4) (contribution towards cost of surviving spouse's, surviving civil partner's and surviving children's pension), for “or (d) above,” substitute “ , (d) or (e) above or in the case of persons to whom this Part applies by virtue of paragraph 11(4) of Schedule 9 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007, ”.

Sch 9 para 17
Sch 9 para 17(1)

In section 12(1) (transfer of accrued benefits under judicial pension schemes in certain cases where person held qualifying judicial office before 31st March 1995)—

Sch 9 para 17(1)(a)

for “or (d)” substitute “ , (d) or (e) ”,

Sch 9 para 17(1)(b)

after “of section 1(1) above” insert “ or by virtue of paragraph 11(4) of Schedule 9 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 ”, and

Sch 9 para 17(1)(c)

omit paragraph (b) (which is superseded by the new section 12B inserted by this Part of this Schedule).

Sch 9 para 17(2)

In the sidenote to section 12, for the words after “Transfer of rights” substitute “ under judicial pension schemes ”.

Sch 9 para 18

After section 12 insert—

Sch 9 para 19

In section 23 (which provides that Schedule 2 does not apply to transfers under section 12), after “section 12” insert “ or 12A ”.

Sch 10

Amendments relating to judicial appointments

Sch 10

Amendments

Sch 10 para 1
Sch 10 para 1(1)

Paragraph 2A of the Schedule to the War Pensions (Administrative Provisions) Act 1919 (c. 53) (legally qualified member of Pensions Appeal Tribunals) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 1(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 1(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 2
Sch 10 para 2(1)

Section 109 of the London Building Acts (Amendment) Act 1939 (c. xcvii) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 2(2)

For subsection (1)(b) (tribunal of appeal: Lord Chancellor's nominee) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 2(3)

After subsection (3) insert—

Sch 10 para 2(4)

At any time before the coming into force of section 59(1) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (renaming of Supreme Court), the reference to the Senior Courts in the section 109(1)(b) substituted by sub-paragraph (2) is to be read as a reference to the Supreme Court.

Sch 10 para 3
Sch 10 para 3(1)

Paragraph 2A(2) of the Schedule to the Pensions Appeal Tribunals Act 1943 (c. 39) (legally qualified members of Pensions Appeal Tribunals) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 3(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 3(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “seven” substitute “ five ”.

Sch 10 para 4

In paragraph 13(1) of Schedule 9 to the Agriculture Act 1947 (chairman of agricultural land tribunal), for the words from “person” to the end substitute “ person who satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 6
Sch 10 para 6(1)

The Courts-Martial (Appeals) Act 1951 (c. 46) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 6(2)

In section 31(1) (Judge Advocate General)—

Sch 10 para 6(2)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 6(2)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” (in each place where it occurs) substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 6(3)

In section 31(2) (Vice Judge Advocate General and assistants)—

Sch 10 para 6(3)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 6(3)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “7” (in each place where it occurs) substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 7

In section 12(2) of the City of London (Courts) Act 1964 (c. iv) (Common Serjeant), for the words from “he has a 10 year” to the end substitute “ he satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 7-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 8
Sch 10 para 8(1)

Section 4(2) of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (c. 9) (Special Commissioners) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 8(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 8(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 9
Sch 10 para 9(1)

The Courts Act 1971 (c. 23) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 9(2)

In section 16(3) (Circuit judges), for paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 9(3)

In section 21(2) (recorders), for the words from “he has a 10 year” to the end substitute “ he satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 7-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 9(4)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 10
Sch 10 para 10(1)

Paragraph 1(1)(a) of Schedule 3 to the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 (c. 38) (tribunal chairmen) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 10(2)

For sub-paragraph (i) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 10(3)

In sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 12
Sch 10 para 12(1)

Paragraph 4(1)(a) of Schedule 3 to the Industry Act 1975 (c. 68) (presidents of arbitration tribunals) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 12(2)

For sub-paragraph (i) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 12(3)

In sub-paragraph (ii), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 13
Sch 10 para 13(1)

The Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 13(2)

In section 10(3) (Lord Justice of Appeal and puisne judge of High Court), in paragraphs (b) and (c), for sub-paragraph (i) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 13(3)

For Schedule 2 (eligibility for appointment to certain offices) substitute—

Sch 10 para 13(4)

Part 2 of the Schedule substituted by sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph shall have effect until the coming into force of section 45(6) of the Mental Capacity Act 2005 (c. 9) as if it also contained the following entry—

Sch 10 para 13(5)

At any time before the coming into force of section 59(1) of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (renaming of Supreme Court), the references to the Senior Courts in the Schedule substituted by sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph are to be read as references to the Supreme Court.

Sch 10 para 14

In section 130(2) of the Representation of the People Act 1983 (c. 2) (election court), for paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 15

In section 9 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) (district judges and deputy district judges), for the words from “he has” to the end substitute “ he satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 16
Sch 10 para 16(1)

Paragraph 5 of Schedule 2 to the Reserve Forces (Safeguard of Employment) Act 1985 (c. 17) (umpires and deputy umpires) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 16(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 16(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 17
Sch 10 para 17(1)

Paragraph 2 of Schedule 4 to the Transport Act 1985 (c. 67) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 17(2)

In sub-paragraph (2) (president of Transport Tribunal)—

Sch 10 para 17(2)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 17(2)(b)

in paragraph (b), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 17(3)

In sub-paragraph (2A) (chairmen)—

Sch 10 para 17(3)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 17(3)(b)

in paragraph (b), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 18
Sch 10 para 18(1)

Section 12(5) of the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986 (c. 14) (person appointed to receive representations) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 18(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 18(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 19

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 20
Sch 10 para 20(1)

Section 145(3) of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (c. 48) (chairman and deputy chairman of Copyright tribunal) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 20(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 20(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 21

In section 41 of the Courts and Legal Services Act 1990 (c. 41) (Conveyancing Appeal Tribunals), for subsection (7) substitute—

Sch 10 para 22
Sch 10 para 22(1)

The Child Support Act 1991 (c. 48) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 22(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 22(3)

In section 23(2) (Child Support Commissioners for Northern Ireland), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 22(4)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 22(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 23

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 24
Sch 10 para 24(1)

Schedule 12 to the Value Added Tax Act 1994 (c. 23) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 24(2)

In paragraph 2(2) (President of VAT and duties tribunals)—

Sch 10 para 24(2)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 24(2)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 24(3)

In paragraph 7(4) (panel of chairmen)—

Sch 10 para 24(3)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 24(3)(b)

in paragraph (b) and in the words after that paragraph, for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 25
Sch 10 para 25(1)

Section 77(2) of the Trade Marks Act 1994 (c. 26) (persons appointed to decide appeals from registrar) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 25(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 25(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 26
Sch 10 para 26(1)

Sections 96(7) and 264(6) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 (c. 21) (arbitrators) are amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 26(2)

For paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 26(3)

In paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 27

In paragraph 1(1)(a) of Schedule 6 to the Police Act 1996 (c. 16) (legally qualified member of Police Appeals Tribunals), for the words from “have a seven” to “1990” substitute “ satisfy the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis ”.

Sch 10 para 28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 29

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 31

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 32

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 33
Sch 10 para 33(1)

Paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3 to the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 (c. 23) (members of tribunal) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 33(2)

For paragraph (b) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 33(3)

In paragraphs (c) and (d), for “ten” substitute “ seven ”.

Sch 10 para 34

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 35
Sch 10 para 35(1)

The Land Registration Act 2002 (c. 9) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 35(2)

In section 107(2) (Adjudicator to Her Majesty's Land Registry), for the words from “have” to the end substitute “ satisfy the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 7-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 35(3)

In paragraph 4(2) of Schedule 9 (delegation by adjudicator of non-administrative functions to staff), for the words from “has” to the end substitute “ satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 7-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 36
Sch 10 para 36(1)

Paragraph 1 of Schedule 2 to the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 36(2)

In sub-paragraph (1) (President of Competition Appeal Tribunal)—

Sch 10 para 36(2)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 36(2)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 36(3)

In sub-paragraph (2) (chairmen)—

Sch 10 para 36(3)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 36(3)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 37

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 38
Sch 10 para 38(1)

The Courts Act 2003 (c. 39) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 38(2)

In section 22(1) (District Judges (Magistrates' Courts)), for “has a 7 year general qualification” substitute “ satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis ”.

Sch 10 para 38(3)

In section 24(1) (Deputy District Judges (Magistrates' Courts)), for “has a 7 year general qualification” substitute “ satisfies the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis ”.

Sch 10 para 39

In section 81(2)(a) of the Traffic Management Act 2004 (c. 18) (adjudicators), for the words from “have” to the end substitute “ satisfy the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis; ”.

Sch 10 para 40

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 41
Sch 10 para 41(1)

Section 25 of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) (judges of the Supreme Court) is amended as follows.

Sch 10 para 41(2)

In subsection (1), for paragraph (b) and the word “or” immediately preceding it substitute—

Sch 10 para 41(3)

In subsection (2), omit paragraph (a).

Sch 10 para 42

In paragraph 1(2) of Schedule 3 to the Education Act 2005 (c. 18) (Chairman of tribunal hearing appeals under section 27 of that Act), for the words from “have a” to the end substitute “ satisfy the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10 para 44

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 10

Amendments relating to enactments already repealed

Sch 10 para 45
Sch 10 para 45(1)

This Part of this Schedule contains amendments of enactments that have already been repealed by provisions of other Acts.

Sch 10 para 45(2)

In each case—

Sch 10 para 45(2)(a)

the repealing provision is specified in relation to the enactment being amended, and

Sch 10 para 45(2)(b)

the amendment has effect only until the repealing provision is fully commenced in relation to the enactment amended.

Sch 10 para 46
Sch 10 para 46(1)

In section 6 of the Appellate Jurisdiction Act 1876 (c. 59) (Lords of Appeal in Ordinary)—

Sch 10 para 46(1)(a)

for the words from “for not less than fifteen” to the end of paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 46(1)(b)

at the beginning of each of paragraphs (b) and (c) insert “ for not less than fifteen years, ”.

Sch 10 para 46(2)

In relation to the enactment referred to in sub-paragraph (1), the repealing provision is paragraph 9 of Schedule 17 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4).

Sch 10 para 47
Sch 10 para 47(1)

In section 28(2) of the Courts-Martial (Appeals) Act 1951 (c. 46) (Judge Advocate of Her Majesty's Fleet)—

Sch 10 para 47(1)(a)

for paragraph (a) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 47(1)(b)

in paragraphs (b) and (c), for “10” (in each place where it occurs) substitute “ 7 ”.

Sch 10 para 47(2)

In section 84B(2) of each of the Army Act 1955 (3 & 4 Eliz. 2 c. 18) and the Air Force Act 1955 (3 & 4 Eliz. 2 c. 19) (judge advocates), for paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 47(3)

In section 103B(5) of each of those Acts (qualified officers in field general courts-martial), for paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 47(4)

In section 53B(2) of the Naval Discipline Act 1957 (c. 53) (judge advocates), for paragraph (a) substitute—.

Sch 10 para 47(5)

In relation to the enactments referred to in sub-paragraphs (1) to (4), the repealing provision is Schedule 17 to the Armed Forces Act 2006 (c. 52).

Sch 10 para 48
Sch 10 para 48(1)

In section 29(2)(a) of the Betting, Gaming and Lotteries Act 1963 (c. 2) (chairman of Levy Appeal Tribunal)—

Sch 10 para 48(1)(a)

for sub-paragraph (i) substitute—, and

Sch 10 para 48(1)(b)

in sub-paragraph (ii), for “7” substitute “ 5 ”.

Sch 10 para 48(2)

In relation to the enactment referred to in sub-paragraph (1), the repealing provision is section 356(3)(f) of the Gambling Act 2005 (c. 19).

Sch 10 para 49
Sch 10 para 49(1)

In section 17(1)(a) of the Commons Registration Act 1965 (c. 64) (Commons Commissioners), for the words from “persons” to “1990,” substitute “ persons who satisfy the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis ”.

Sch 10 para 49(2)

In relation to the enactment referred to in sub-paragraph (1), the repealing provision is Part 1 of Schedule 6 to the Commons Act 2006 (c. 26).

Sch 10 para 50
Sch 10 para 50(1)

In section 73(4) of the Road Traffic Act 1991 (c. 40) (parking adjudicator), for the words from “have” to the end substitute “ satisfy the judicial-appointment eligibility condition on a 5-year basis. ”

Sch 10 para 50(2)

In relation to the enactment referred to in sub-paragraph (1), the repealing provision is Part 1 of Schedule 12 to the Traffic Management Act 2004 (c. 18).

Sch 11

District judges and deputy district judges

Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54)

Sch 11 para 1

The Supreme Court Act 1981 is amended as set out in paragraphs 2 and 3.

Sch 11 para 2

In section 100 (district judges), after subsection (4) insert—

Sch 11 para 3
Sch 11 para 3(1)

Section 102 (deputy district judges) is amended as follows.

Sch 11 para 3(2)

For subsections (1) and (2) (appointment of deputy district judges to district registries) substitute—

Sch 11 para 3(3)

In subsection (3) (former district judge may be appointed as deputy even though too old to be appointed as a district judge, but no appointment by virtue of the subsection may extend beyond age 75), for the words from the beginning to “by virtue of this subsection” substitute “ No appointment to which subsection (1B) applies ”.

Sch 11 para 3(4)

For subsection (4) (powers of deputy district judges) substitute—

Sch 11 para 3(5)

After subsection (5) insert—

Sch 11 para 4
Sch 11 para 4(1)

This paragraph applies to a person holding office as a deputy district judge under section 102 of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54) by virtue of an appointment made before the commencement of paragraph 3 (“the commencement date”).

Sch 11 para 4(2)

If the person had held the office of district judge before his appointment, the person is to be treated after the commencement date as if section 102(1B) of that Act had applied to his appointment (and had been complied with).

Sch 11 para 4(3)

The person is to be treated after the commencement date as assigned under section 102(4A) of that Act to the district registry for which he was appointed.

County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28)

Sch 11 para 5

The County Courts Act 1984 is amended as set out in paragraphs 6 to 9.

Sch 11 para 6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 11 para 7
Sch 11 para 7(1)

Section 8 (deputy district judges) is amended as follows.

Sch 11 para 7(2)

For subsection (1) (appointment and powers of deputy district judges) substitute—

Sch 11 para 7(3)

In subsection (1A)(a) (duration of appointment as deputy district judge of person who previously held office as district judge), for “if he has previously held office as a district judge,” substitute “ if subsection (1ZB) applies to the appointment, ”.

Sch 11 para 7(4)

After subsection (1A) insert—

Sch 11 para 7(5)

After subsection (3) insert—

Sch 11 para 8

In section 9(qualifications for appointment as a district judge, or as a deputy district judge for a county court district)—

Sch 11 para 8(a)

omit “, or deputy district judge”, and

Sch 11 para 8(b)

in the heading, after “Qualifications” insert “ for appointment as district judge ”.

Sch 11 para 9

In section 147(1) (interpretation of Act), in the definition of “officer” (which provides that “officer”, in relation to a county court, includes a district judge or deputy district judge of that court), for the words after “means” and before “and any clerk” substitute “ any district judge or deputy district judge assigned to that court ”.

Sch 11 para 10
Sch 11 para 10(1)

This paragraph applies to a person holding office as a deputy district judge under section 8 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) by virtue of an appointment made before the commencement of paragraph 7 (“the commencement date”).

Sch 11 para 10(2)

If the person had held the office of district judge before his appointment, the person is to be treated after the commencement date as if section 8(1ZB) of that Act had applied to his appointment (and had been complied with).

Sch 11 para 10(3)

If sub-paragraph (2) does not apply, the person is to be treated after the commencement date as appointed under section 8(1) of that Act.

Sch 11 para 10(4)

The person is to be treated after the commencement date as assigned under section 8(1B) of that Act to the county court district for which he was appointed.

Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)

Sch 11 para 11

The Judicial Pensions and Retirement Act 1993 is amended as follows.

Sch 11 para 12

In section 26(7) (certain offices for which retirement date is age 75), for paragraph (g) (certain deputy district judges) substitute—.

Sch 11 para 13
Sch 11 para 13(1)

Schedule 5 (“the relevant offices” for the purposes of the retirement provisions) is amended as follows.

Sch 11 para 13(2)

In the entry for a deputy district judge appointed under section 102 of the Supreme Court Act 1981, for the words after “except in a case where” substitute “subsection (1B) of that section applied to the appointment of the person in question”.

Sch 11 para 13(3)

In the entry for a deputy district judge appointed under section 8 of the County Courts Act 1984, for the words after “except in a case where” substitute “subsection (1ZB) of that section applied to the appointment of the person in question”.

Courts Act 2003 (c. 39)

Sch 11 para 14

In section 64(2) of the Courts Act 2003 (power to alter listed judicial titles), in the entry for a deputy district judge for a county court district, for “for a county court district” substitute “ appointed under section 8 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4)

Sch 11 para 15

In Part 2 of Schedule 14 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (certain offices to which appointments are made by the Lord Chancellor)—

Sch 11 para 15(a)

in the entry for a deputy district judge in a district registry of the High Court, omit “in a district registry of the High Court”, and

Sch 11 para 15(b)

in the entry for a deputy district judge for a county court district, omit “for a county court district”.

Sch 12

Taking control of goods

Sch 12

Introductory

The procedure

Sch 12 para 1
Sch 12 para 1(1)

Using the procedure in this Schedule to recover a sum means taking control of goods and selling them to recover that sum in accordance with this Schedule and regulations under it.

Sch 12 para 1(2)

In this Schedule a power to use the procedure to recover a particular sum is called an “enforcement power”.

Sch 12 para 1(3)

The following apply in relation to an enforcement power.

Sch 12 para 1(4)

“Debt” means the sum recoverable.

Sch 12 para 1(5)

“Debtor” means the person liable to pay the debt or, if two or more persons are jointly or jointly and severally liable, any one or more of them.

Sch 12 para 1(6)

“Creditor” means the person for whom the debt is recoverable.

Enforcement agents

Sch 12 para 2
Sch 12 para 2(1)

In this Schedule “enforcement agent” means an individual authorised by section 63(2) to act as an enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 2(2)

Only an enforcement agent may take control of goods and sell them under an enforcement power.

Sch 12 para 2(3)

An enforcement agent, if he is not the person on whom an enforcement power is conferred, may act under the power only if authorised by that person.

Sch 12 para 2(4)

In relation to goods taken control of by an enforcement agent under an enforcement power, references to the enforcement agent are references to any person for the time being acting as an enforcement agent under the power.

General interpretation

Sch 12 para 3
Sch 12 para 3(1)

In this Schedule—“amount outstanding” is defined in paragraph 50(3);“control” (except in paragraph 5(4)(a)) means control under an enforcement power;“controlled goods” means goods taken control of that—have not been sold or abandoned, if they have been removed, have not been returned to the debtor (unless subject to a controlled goods agreement), and if they are goods of another person, have not been returned to that person;“controlled goods agreement” has the meaning given by paragraph 13(4);“co-owner” in relation to goods of the debtor means a person other than the debtor who has an interest in the goods, but only if the enforcement agent—knows that the person has an interest in the particular goods, or would know, if he made reasonable enquiries;“the court”, unless otherwise stated, and subject to rules of court, means—the High Court, in relation to an enforcement power under a writ of the High Court; the county court, in relation to an enforcement power under a warrant issued by the county court; in any other case, a magistrates' court;“disposal” and related expressions, in relation to securities, are to be read in accordance with paragraph 48(2);“exempt goods” means goods that regulations exempt by description or circumstances or both;“goods” means property of any description, other than land;“interest” means a beneficial interest;“money” means money in sterling or another currency;“premises” means any place, and in particular includes—a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or hovercraft; a tent or movable structure;“securities” includes bills of exchange, promissory notes, bonds, specialties and securities for money.

Sch 12 para 3(2)

In this Schedule—

Sch 12 para 3(2)(a)

references to goods of the debtor or another person are references to goods in which the debtor or that person has an interest, but

Sch 12 para 3(2)(b)

references to goods of the debtor do not include references to trust property in which either the debtor or a co-owner has an interest not vested in possession.

Sch 12

The procedure

Binding property in the debtor's goods

Sch 12 para 4
Sch 12 para 4(1)

For the purposes of any enforcement power, the property in all goods of the debtor, except goods that are exempt goods for the purposes of this Schedule or are protected under any other enactment, becomes bound in accordance with this paragraph.

Sch 12 para 4(2)

Where the power is conferred by a writ issued from the High Court the writ binds the property in the goods from the time when it is received by the person who is under a duty to endorse it.

Sch 12 para 4(3)

Where the power is conferred by a warrant to which section 99 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) or section 125ZA of the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43) applies, the warrant binds the property in the goods from the time when it is received by the person who is under a duty to endorse it under that section.

Sch 12 para 4(4)

Where sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) do not apply but notice is given to the debtor under paragraph 7(1), the notice binds the property in the goods from the time when the notice is given.

Effect of property in goods being bound

Sch 12 para 5
Sch 12 para 5(1)

An assignment or transfer of any interest of the debtor's in goods while the property in them is bound for the purposes of an enforcement power—

Sch 12 para 5(1)(a)

is subject to that power, and

Sch 12 para 5(1)(b)

does not affect the operation of this Schedule in relation to the goods, except as provided by paragraph 61 (application to assignee or transferee).

Sch 12 para 5(2)

Sub-paragraph (1) does not prejudice the title to any of the debtor's goods that a person acquires—

Sch 12 para 5(2)(a)

in good faith,

Sch 12 para 5(2)(b)

for valuable consideration, and

Sch 12 para 5(2)(c)

without notice.

Sch 12 para 5(3)

For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(a), a thing is to be treated as done in good faith if it is in fact done honestly (whether it is done negligently or not).

Sch 12 para 5(4)

In sub-paragraph (2)(c) “notice” means—

Sch 12 para 5(4)(a)

where the property in the goods is bound by a writ or warrant, notice that the writ or warrant, or any other writ or warrant by virtue of which the goods of the debtor might be seized or otherwise taken control of, had been received by the person who was under a duty to endorse it and that goods remained bound under it;

Sch 12 para 5(4)(b)

where the property in the goods is bound by notice under paragraph 7(1), notice that that notice had been given and that goods remained bound under it.

Sch 12 para 5(5)

In sub-paragraph (4)(a) “endorse” in relation to a warrant to which section 99 of the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28) or section 125ZA of the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43) applies, means endorse under that section.

Time when property ceases to be bound

Sch 12 para 6
Sch 12 para 6(1)

For the purposes of any enforcement power the property in goods of the debtor ceases to be bound in accordance with this paragraph.

Sch 12 para 6(2)

The property in any goods ceases to be bound—

Sch 12 para 6(2)(a)

when the goods are sold;

Sch 12 para 6(2)(b)

in the case of money used to pay any of the amount outstanding, when it is used.

Sch 12 para 6(3)

The property in all goods ceases to be bound when any of these happens—

Sch 12 para 6(3)(a)

the amount outstanding is paid, out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise;

Sch 12 para 6(3)(b)

the instrument under which the power is exercisable ceases to have effect;

Sch 12 para 6(3)(c)

the power ceases to be exercisable for any other reason.

Notice of enforcement

Sch 12 para 7
Sch 12 para 7(1)

An enforcement agent may not take control of goods unless the debtor has been given notice.

Sch 12 para 7(2)

Regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 7(2)(a)

the minimum period of notice;

Sch 12 para 7(2)(b)

the form of the notice;

Sch 12 para 7(2)(c)

what it must contain;

Sch 12 para 7(2)(d)

how it must be given;

Sch 12 para 7(2)(e)

who must give it.

Sch 12 para 7(3)

The enforcement agent must keep a record of the time when the notice is given.

Sch 12 para 7(4)

If regulations authorise it, the court may order in prescribed circumstances that the notice given may be less than the minimum period.

Sch 12 para 7(5)

The order may be subject to conditions.

Time limit for taking control

Sch 12 para 8
Sch 12 para 8(1)

An enforcement agent may not take control of goods after the prescribed period.

Sch 12 para 8(2)

The period may be prescribed by reference to the date of notice of enforcement or of any writ or warrant conferring the enforcement power or any other date.

Sch 12 para 8(3)

Regulations may provide for the period to be extended or further extended by the court in accordance with the regulations.

Goods which may be taken

Sch 12 para 9

An enforcement agent may take control of goods only if they are—

Sch 12 para 9(a)

on premises that he has power to enter under this Schedule, or

Sch 12 para 9(b)

on a highway.

Sch 12 para 10

An enforcement agent may take control of goods only if they are goods of the debtor.

Sch 12 para 11
Sch 12 para 11(1)

Subject to paragraphs 9 and 10 and to any other enactment under which goods are protected, an enforcement agent—

Sch 12 para 11(1)(a)

may take control of goods anywhere in England and Wales;

Sch 12 para 11(1)(b)

may take control of any goods that are not exempt.

Sch 12 para 11(2)

Regulations may authorise him to take control of exempt goods in prescribed circumstances, if he provides the debtor with replacements in accordance with the regulations.

Value of goods taken

Sch 12 para 12
Sch 12 para 12(1)

Unless sub-paragraph (2) applies, an enforcement agent may not take control of goods whose aggregate value is more than—

Sch 12 para 12(1)(a)

the amount outstanding, and

Sch 12 para 12(1)(b)

an amount in respect of future costs, calculated in accordance with regulations.

Sch 12 para 12(2)

An enforcement agent may take control of goods of higher value on premises or on a highway, only to the extent necessary, if there are not enough goods of a lower value within a reasonable distance—

Sch 12 para 12(2)(a)

on a highway, or

Sch 12 para 12(2)(b)

on premises that he has power to enter under this Schedule, either under paragraph 14 or under an existing warrant.

Sch 12 para 12(3)

For the purposes of this paragraph goods are above a given value only if it is or ought to be clear to the enforcement agent that they are.

Sch 12 para 12(4)

Sub-paragraph (1) does not affect the power to keep control of goods if they rise in value once they have been taken.

Ways of taking control

Sch 12 para 13
Sch 12 para 13(1)

To take control of goods an enforcement agent must do one of the following—

Sch 12 para 13(1)(a)

secure the goods on the premises on which he finds them;

Sch 12 para 13(1)(b)

if he finds them on a highway, secure them on a highway, where he finds them or within a reasonable distance;

Sch 12 para 13(1)(c)

remove them and secure them elsewhere;

Sch 12 para 13(1)(d)

enter into a controlled goods agreement with the debtor.

Sch 12 para 13(2)

Any liability of an enforcement agent (including criminal liability) arising out of his securing goods on a highway under this paragraph is excluded to the extent that he acted with reasonable care.

Sch 12 para 13(3)

Regulations may make further provision about taking control in any of the ways listed in sub-paragraph (1), including provision—

Sch 12 para 13(3)(a)

determining the time when control is taken;

Sch 12 para 13(3)(b)

prohibiting use of any of those ways for goods by description or circumstances or both.

Sch 12 para 13(4)

A controlled goods agreement is an agreement under which the debtor—

Sch 12 para 13(4)(a)

is permitted to retain custody of the goods,

Sch 12 para 13(4)(b)

acknowledges that the enforcement agent is taking control of them, and

Sch 12 para 13(4)(c)

agrees not to remove or dispose of them, nor to permit anyone else to, before the debt is paid.

Entry without warrant

Sch 12 para 14
Sch 12 para 14(1)

An enforcement agent may enter relevant premises to search for and take control of goods.

Sch 12 para 14(2)

Where there are different relevant premises this paragraph authorises entry to each of them.

Sch 12 para 14(3)

This paragraph authorises repeated entry to the same premises, subject to any restriction in regulations.

Sch 12 para 14(4)

If the enforcement agent is acting under section 72(1) (CRAR), the only relevant premises are the demised premises.

Sch 12 para 14(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 12 para 14(6)

Otherwise premises are relevant if the enforcement agent reasonably believes that they are the place, or one of the places, where the debtor—

Sch 12 para 14(6)(a)

usually lives, or

Sch 12 para 14(6)(b)

carries on a trade or business.

Entry under warrant

Sch 12 para 15
Sch 12 para 15(1)

If an enforcement agent applies to the court it may issue a warrant authorising him to enter specified premises to search for and take control of goods.

Sch 12 para 15(2)

Before issuing the warrant the court must be satisfied that all these conditions are met—

Sch 12 para 15(2)(a)

an enforcement power has become exercisable;

Sch 12 para 15(2)(b)

there is reason to believe that there are goods on the premises that the enforcement power will be exercisable to take control of if the warrant is issued;

Sch 12 para 15(2)(c)

it is reasonable in all the circumstances to issue the warrant.

Sch 12 para 15(3)

The warrant authorises repeated entry to the same premises, subject to any restriction in regulations.

Re-entry

Sch 12 para 16
Sch 12 para 16(1)

This paragraph applies where goods on any premises have been taken control of and have not been removed by the enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 16(2)

The enforcement agent may enter the premises to inspect the goods or to remove them for storage or sale.

Sch 12 para 16(3)

This paragraph authorises repeated entry to the same premises.

General powers to use reasonable force

Sch 12 para 17

Where paragraph 18 , 18A, 19 or 19A applies, an enforcement agent may if necessary use reasonable force to enter premises or to do anything for which the entry is authorised.

Sch 12 para 18

This paragraph applies if these conditions are met—

Sch 12 para 18(a)

the enforcement agent has power to enter the premises under paragraph 14 or 16 or under a warrant under paragraph 15;

Sch 12 para 18(b)

he is acting under an enforcement power conferred by a warrant of control under section 76(1) of the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43) for the recovery of a sum adjudged to be paid by a conviction;

Sch 12 para 18(c)

he is entitled to execute the warrant by virtue of section 125A (civilian enforcement officers) or 125B (approved enforcement agencies) of that Act.

Sch 12 para 18A
Sch 12 para 18A(1)

This paragraph applies if these conditions are met—

Sch 12 para 18A(1)(a)

the enforcement agent has power to enter the premises under paragraph 14;

Sch 12 para 18A(1)(b)

the enforcement agent reasonably believes that the debtor carries on a trade or business on the premises;

Sch 12 para 18A(1)(c)

the enforcement agent is acting under a writ or warrant of control issued for the purpose of recovering a sum payable under a High Court or county court judgment;

Sch 12 para 18A(1)(d)

the sum so payable is not a traffic contravention debt.

Sch 12 para 18A(2)

“Traffic contravention debt” has the meaning given by section 82(2) of the Traffic Management Act 2004.

Sch 12 para 19
Sch 12 para 19(1)

This paragraph applies if these conditions are met—

Sch 12 para 19(1)(a)

the enforcement agent has power to enter the premises under paragraph 16;

Sch 12 para 19(1)(b)

he reasonably believes that the debtor carries on a trade or business on the premises;

Sch 12 para 19(1)(c)

he is acting under an enforcement power within sub-paragraph (2).

Sch 12 para 19(2)

The enforcement powers are those under any of the following—

Sch 12 para 19(2)(a)

a writ or warrant of control issued for the purpose of recovering a sum payable under a High Court or county court judgment;

Sch 12 para 19(2)(b)

section 127 of the Finance Act 2008.

Sch 12 para 19A
Sch 12 para 19A(1)

This paragraph applies if these conditions are met—

Sch 12 para 19A(1)(a)

the enforcement agent has power to enter the premises under paragraph 16;

Sch 12 para 19A(1)(b)

the enforcement agent has taken control of the goods by entering into a controlled goods agreement with the debtor;

Sch 12 para 19A(1)(c)

the debtor has failed to comply with any provision of the controlled goods agreement relating to the payment by the debtor of the debt;

Sch 12 para 19A(1)(d)

the debtor has been given notice of the intention of the enforcement agent to enter the premises to inspect the goods or to remove them for storage or sale;

Sch 12 para 19A(1)(e)

neither paragraph 18 nor paragraph 19 applies.

Sch 12 para 19A(2)

For the purposes of a notice under sub-paragraph (1)(d), regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 19A(2)(a)

the minimum period of notice;

Sch 12 para 19A(2)(b)

the form of the notice;

Sch 12 para 19A(2)(c)

what it must contain;

Sch 12 para 19A(2)(d)

how it must be given;

Sch 12 para 19A(2)(e)

who must give it.

Sch 12 para 19A(3)

The enforcement agent must keep a record of the time when a notice under sub-paragraph (1)(d) is given.

Sch 12 para 19A(4)

If regulations authorise it, the court may order in prescribed circumstances that the notice given may be less than the minimum period.

Sch 12 para 19A(5)

The order may be subject to conditions.

Application for power to use reasonable force

Sch 12 para 20
Sch 12 para 20(1)

This paragraph applies if an enforcement agent has power to enter premises under paragraph 14 or 16 or under a warrant under paragraph 15.

Sch 12 para 20(2)

If the enforcement agent applies to the court it may issue a warrant which authorises him to use, if necessary, reasonable force to enter the premises or to do anything for which entry is authorised.

Sch 12 para 21
Sch 12 para 21(1)

This paragraph applies if an enforcement agent is applying for power to enter premises under a warrant under paragraph 15.

Sch 12 para 21(2)

If the enforcement agent applies to the court it may include in the warrant provision authorising him to use, if necessary, reasonable force to enter the premises or to do anything for which entry is authorised.

Sch 12 para 22
Sch 12 para 22(1)

The court may not issue a warrant under paragraph 20 or include provision under paragraph 21 unless it is satisfied that prescribed conditions are met.

Sch 12 para 22(2)

A warrant under paragraph 20 or provision included under paragraph 21 may require any constable to assist the enforcement agent to execute the warrant.

Other provisions about powers of entry

Sch 12 para 23

Paragraphs 24 to 30 apply where an enforcement agent has power to enter premises under paragraph 14 or 16 or under a warrant under paragraph 15.

Sch 12 para 24
Sch 12 para 24(1)

The power to enter and any power to use force are subject to any restriction imposed by or under regulations.

Sch 12 para 24(2)

A power to use force does not include power to use force against persons....

Sch 12 para 25
Sch 12 para 25(1)

The enforcement agent may enter and remain on the premises only within prescribed times of day.

Sch 12 para 25(2)

Regulations may give the court power in prescribed circumstances to authorise him to enter or remain on the premises at other times.

Sch 12 para 25(3)

The authorisation—

Sch 12 para 25(3)(a)

may be by order or in a warrant under paragraph 15;

Sch 12 para 25(3)(b)

may be subject to conditions.

Sch 12 para 26
Sch 12 para 26(1)

The enforcement agent must on request show the debtor and any person who appears to him to be in charge of the premises evidence of—

Sch 12 para 26(1)(a)

his identity, and

Sch 12 para 26(1)(b)

his authority to enter the premises.

Sch 12 para 26(2)

The request may be made before the enforcement agent enters the premises or while he is there.

Sch 12 para 27
Sch 12 para 27(1)

The enforcement agent may take other people onto the premises.

Sch 12 para 27(2)

They may assist him in exercising any power, including a power to use force.

Sch 12 para 27(3)

They must not remain on the premises without the enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 27(4)

The enforcement agent may take any equipment onto the premises.

Sch 12 para 27(5)

He may leave equipment on the premises if he leaves controlled goods there.

Sch 12 para 28
Sch 12 para 28(1)

After entering the premises the enforcement agent must provide a notice for the debtor giving information about what the enforcement agent is doing.

Sch 12 para 28(2)

Regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 28(2)(a)

the form of the notice;

Sch 12 para 28(2)(b)

what information it must give.

Sch 12 para 28(3)

Regulations may prescribe circumstances in which a notice need not be provided after re-entry to premises.

Sch 12 para 28(4)

If the debtor is on the premises when the enforcement agent is there, the enforcement agent must give him the notice then.

Sch 12 para 28(5)

If the debtor is not there, the enforcement agent must leave the notice in a conspicuous place on the premises.

Sch 12 para 28(6)

If the enforcement agent knows that there is someone else there or that there are other occupiers, a notice he leaves under sub-paragraph (5) must be in a sealed envelope addressed to the debtor.

Sch 12 para 29

If the premises are occupied by any person apart from the debtor, the enforcement agent must leave at the premises a list of any goods he takes away.

Sch 12 para 30

The enforcement agent must leave the premises as effectively secured as he finds them.

Goods on a highway

Sch 12 para 31
Sch 12 para 31(1)

If the enforcement agent applies to the court it may issue a warrant which authorises him to use, if necessary, reasonable force to take control of goods on a highway.

Sch 12 para 31(2)

The court may not issue a warrant unless it is satisfied that prescribed conditions are met.

Sch 12 para 31(3)

The warrant may require any constable to assist the enforcement agent to execute it.

Sch 12 para 31(4)

The power to use force is subject to any restriction imposed by or under regulations.

Sch 12 para 31(5)

The power to use force does not include power to use force against persons....

Sch 12 para 32
Sch 12 para 32(1)

The enforcement agent may not exercise any power under this Schedule on a highway except within prescribed times of day.

Sch 12 para 32(2)

Regulations may give the court power in prescribed circumstances to authorise him to exercise a power at other times.

Sch 12 para 32(3)

The authorisation may be subject to conditions.

Sch 12 para 33
Sch 12 para 33(1)

If the enforcement agent takes control of goods on a highway or enters a vehicle on a highway with the intention of taking control of goods, he must provide a notice for the debtor giving information about what he is doing.

Sch 12 para 33(2)

Regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 33(2)(a)

the form of the notice;

Sch 12 para 33(2)(b)

what information it must give.

Sch 12 para 33(3)

If the debtor is present when the enforcement agent is there, the enforcement agent must give him the notice then.

Sch 12 para 33(4)

Otherwise the enforcement agent must deliver the notice to any relevant premises (as defined by paragraph 14) in a sealed envelope addressed to the debtor.

Inventory

Sch 12 para 34
Sch 12 para 34(1)

If an enforcement agent takes control of goods he must provide the debtor with an inventory of them as soon as reasonably practicable.

Sch 12 para 34(2)

But if there are co-owners of any of the goods, the enforcement agent must instead provide the debtor as soon as reasonably practicable with separate inventories of goods owned by the debtor and each co-owner and an inventory of the goods without a co-owner.

Sch 12 para 34(3)

The enforcement agent must as soon as reasonably practicable provide the co-owner of any of the goods with—

Sch 12 para 34(3)(a)

the inventory of those goods, and

Sch 12 para 34(3)(b)

a copy of the notice under paragraph 28.

Sch 12 para 34(4)

Regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 34(4)(a)

the form of an inventory, and

Sch 12 para 34(4)(b)

what it must contain.

Care of goods removed

Sch 12 para 35
Sch 12 para 35(1)

An enforcement agent must take reasonable care of controlled goods that he removes from the premises or highway where he finds them.

Sch 12 para 35(2)

He must comply with any provision of regulations about their care while they remain controlled goods.

Valuation

Sch 12 para 36
Sch 12 para 36(1)

Before the end of the minimum period, the enforcement agent must—

Sch 12 para 36(1)(a)

make or obtain a valuation of the controlled goods in accordance with regulations;

Sch 12 para 36(1)(b)

give the debtor, and separately any co-owner, an opportunity to obtain an independent valuation of the goods.

Sch 12 para 36(2)

In this paragraph “minimum period” means the period specified by regulations under—

Sch 12 para 36(2)(a)

paragraph 49, in the case of securities;

Sch 12 para 36(2)(b)

paragraph 39, in any other case.

Best price

Sch 12 para 37
Sch 12 para 37(1)

An enforcement agent must sell or dispose of controlled goods for the best price that can reasonably be obtained in accordance with this Schedule.

Sch 12 para 37(2)

That does not apply to money that can be used for paying any of the outstanding amount, unless the best price is more than its value if used in that way.

Sale

Sch 12 para 38

Paragraphs 39 to 42 apply to the sale of controlled goods, except where—

Sch 12 para 38(a)

the controlled goods are securities, or

Sch 12 para 38(b)

the sale is by exchange of one currency for another.

Sch 12 para 39
Sch 12 para 39(1)

The sale must not be before the end of the minimum period except with the agreement of the debtor and any co-owner.

Sch 12 para 39(2)

Regulations must specify the minimum period.

Sch 12 para 40
Sch 12 para 40(1)

Before the sale, the enforcement agent must give notice of the date, time and place of the sale to the debtor and any co-owner.

Sch 12 para 40(2)

Regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 40(2)(a)

the minimum period of notice;

Sch 12 para 40(2)(b)

the form of the notice;

Sch 12 para 40(2)(c)

what it must contain (besides the date, time and place of sale);

Sch 12 para 40(2)(d)

how it must be given.

Sch 12 para 40(3)

The enforcement agent may replace a notice with a new notice, subject to any restriction in regulations.

Sch 12 para 40(4)

Any notice must be given within the permitted period.

Sch 12 para 40(5)

Unless extended the permitted period is 12 months beginning with the day on which the enforcement agent takes control of the goods.

Sch 12 para 40(6)

Any extension must be by agreement in writing between the creditor and debtor before the end of the period.

Sch 12 para 40(7)

They may extend the period more than once.

Sch 12 para 41
Sch 12 para 41(1)

The sale must be by public auction unless the court orders otherwise.

Sch 12 para 41(2)

The court may make an order only on an application by the enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 41(3)

Regulations may make provision about the types of sale the court may order.

Sch 12 para 41(4)

In an application for an order under sub-paragraph (2) the enforcement agent must state whether he has reason to believe that an enforcement power has become exercisable by another creditor against the debtor or a co-owner.

Sch 12 para 41(5)

If the enforcement agent states that he does, the court may not consider the application until notice of it has been given to the other creditor in accordance with regulations (or until the court is satisfied that an enforcement power is not exercisable by the other creditor against the debtor or a co-owner).

Sch 12 para 42

Regulations may make further provision about the sale of controlled goods, including in particular—

Sch 12 para 42(a)

requirements for advertising;

Sch 12 para 42(b)

provision about the conduct of a sale.

Place of sale

Sch 12 para 43
Sch 12 para 43(1)

Regulations may make provision about the place of sale of controlled goods.

Sch 12 para 43(2)

They may prescribe circumstances in which the sale may be held on premises where goods were found by the enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 43(3)

Except where the regulations provide otherwise, the sale may not be held on those premises without the consent of the occupier.

Sch 12 para 43(4)

Paragraphs 44 to 46 apply if the sale may be held on those premises.

Sch 12 para 44
Sch 12 para 44(1)

The enforcement agent and any person permitted by him—

Sch 12 para 44(1)(a)

may enter the premises to conduct or attend the sale;

Sch 12 para 44(1)(b)

may bring equipment onto the premises for the purposes of the sale.

Sch 12 para 44(2)

This paragraph authorises repeated entry to the premises.

Sch 12 para 44(3)

If necessary the enforcement agent may use reasonable force to enable the sale to be conducted and any person to enter under this paragraph.

Sch 12 para 45
Sch 12 para 45(1)

The enforcement agent must on request show the debtor and any person who appears to him to be in charge of the premises evidence of—

Sch 12 para 45(1)(a)

his identity, and

Sch 12 para 45(1)(b)

his authority to enter and hold the sale on the premises.

Sch 12 para 45(2)

The request may be made before the enforcement agent enters the premises or while he is there.

Sch 12 para 46

The enforcement agent must leave the premises as effectively secured as he finds them.

Holding and disposal of securities

Sch 12 para 47

Paragraphs 48 and 49 apply to securities as controlled goods.

Sch 12 para 48
Sch 12 para 48(1)

Regulations may make provision about how securities are to be held and disposed of.

Sch 12 para 48(2)

In this Schedule, references to disposal include, in relation to securities, realising the sums secured or made payable by them, suing for the recovery of those sums or assigning the right to sue for their recovery.

Sch 12 para 48(3)

Regulations may in particular make provision for purposes corresponding to those for which provision is made in this Schedule in relation to the disposal of other controlled goods.

Sch 12 para 48(4)

The power to make regulations under this paragraph is subject to paragraph 49.

Sch 12 para 49
Sch 12 para 49(1)

The creditor may sue in the name of the debtor, or in the name of any person in whose name the debtor might have sued, for the recovery of any sum secured or made payable by securities, when the time of payment arrives.

Sch 12 para 49(2)

Before any proceedings under sub-paragraph (1) are commenced or the securities are otherwise disposed of, the enforcement agent must give notice of the disposal to the debtor and any co-owner.

Sch 12 para 49(3)

Regulations must state—

Sch 12 para 49(3)(a)

the minimum period of notice;

Sch 12 para 49(3)(b)

the form of the notice;

Sch 12 para 49(3)(c)

what it must contain;

Sch 12 para 49(3)(d)

how it must be given.

Sch 12 para 49(4)

The enforcement agent may replace a notice with a new notice, subject to any restriction in regulations.

Sch 12 para 49(5)

Any notice must be given within the permitted period.

Sch 12 para 49(6)

Unless extended the permitted period is 12 months beginning with the time of payment.

Sch 12 para 49(7)

Any extension must be by agreement in writing between the creditor and debtor before the end of the period.

Sch 12 para 49(8)

They may extend the period more than once.

Application of proceeds

Sch 12 para 50
Sch 12 para 50(1)

Proceeds from the exercise of an enforcement power must be used to pay the amount outstanding.

Sch 12 para 50(2)

Proceeds are any of these—

Sch 12 para 50(2)(a)

proceeds of sale or disposal of controlled goods;

Sch 12 para 50(2)(b)

money taken in exercise of the power, if paragraph 37(1) does not apply to it.

Sch 12 para 50(3)

The amount outstanding is the sum of these—

Sch 12 para 50(3)(a)

the amount of the debt which remains unpaid (or an amount that the creditor agrees to accept in full satisfaction of the debt);

Sch 12 para 50(3)(b)

any amounts recoverable out of proceeds in accordance with regulations under paragraph 62 (costs).

Sch 12 para 50(4)

If the proceeds are less than the amount outstanding, which amounts in sub-paragraph (3)(a) and (b) must be paid, and how much of any amount, is to be determined in accordance with regulations.

Sch 12 para 50(5)

If the proceeds are more than the amount outstanding, the surplus must be paid to the debtor.

Sch 12 para 50(6)

If there is a co-owner of any of the goods, the enforcement agent must—

Sch 12 para 50(6)(a)

first pay the co-owner a share of the proceeds of those goods proportionate to his interest;

Sch 12 para 50(6)(b)

then deal with the rest of the proceeds under sub-paragraphs (1) to (5).

Sch 12 para 50(7)

Regulations may make provision for resolving disputes about what share is due under sub-paragraph (6)(a).

Passing of title

Sch 12 para 51
Sch 12 para 51(1)

A purchaser of controlled goods acquires good title, with two exceptions.

Sch 12 para 51(2)

The exceptions apply only if the goods are not the debtor's at the time of sale.

Sch 12 para 51(3)

The first exception is where the purchaser, the creditor, the enforcement agent or a related party has notice that the goods are not the debtor's.

Sch 12 para 51(4)

The second exception is where a lawful claimant has already made an application to the court claiming an interest in the goods.

Sch 12 para 51(5)

A lawful claimant in relation to goods is a person who has an interest in them at the time of sale, other than an interest that was assigned or transferred to him while the property in the goods was bound for the purposes of the enforcement power.

Sch 12 para 51(6)

A related party is any person who acts in exercise of an enforcement power, other than the creditor or enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 51(7)

“The court” has the same meaning as in paragraph 60.

Abandonment of goods other than securities

Sch 12 para 52

Paragraphs 53 and 54 apply to controlled goods other than—

Sch 12 para 52(a)

securities;

Sch 12 para 52(b)

money to which paragraph 37(1) does not apply.

Sch 12 para 53
Sch 12 para 53(1)

Controlled goods are abandoned if the enforcement agent does not give the debtor or any co-owner notice under paragraph 40 (notice of sale) within the permitted period.

Sch 12 para 53(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 12 para 53(3)

Regulations may prescribe other circumstances in which controlled goods are abandoned.

Sch 12 para 54
Sch 12 para 54(1)

If controlled goods are abandoned then, in relation to the enforcement power concerned, the following apply—

Sch 12 para 54(1)(a)

the enforcement power ceases to be exercisable;

Sch 12 para 54(1)(b)

as soon as reasonably practicable the enforcement agent must make the goods available for collection by the debtor, if he removed them from where he found them.

Sch 12 para 54(2)

Regulations may make further provision about arrangements under sub-paragraph (1)(b), including in particular provision about the disposal of goods uncollected after a prescribed period.

Sch 12 para 54(3)

Where the enforcement power was under a writ or warrant, sub-paragraph (1) does not affect any power to issue another writ or warrant.

Abandonment of securities

Sch 12 para 55

Paragraphs 56 and 57 apply to securities as controlled goods.

Sch 12 para 56
Sch 12 para 56(1)

Securities are abandoned if the enforcement agent does not give the debtor or any co-owner notice under paragraph 49 (notice of disposal) within the permitted period.

Sch 12 para 56(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 12 para 56(3)

Regulations may prescribe other circumstances in which securities are abandoned.

Sch 12 para 57
Sch 12 para 57(1)

If securities are abandoned then, in relation to the enforcement power concerned, the following apply—

Sch 12 para 57(1)(a)

the enforcement power ceases to be exercisable;

Sch 12 para 57(1)(b)

as soon as reasonably practicable the enforcement agent must make the securities available for collection by the debtor, if he removed them from where he found them.

Sch 12 para 57(2)

Where the enforcement power was under a writ or warrant, sub-paragraph (1) does not affect any power to issue another writ or warrant.

Payment of amount outstanding

Sch 12 para 58
Sch 12 para 58(1)

This paragraph applies where the debtor pays the amount outstanding in full—

Sch 12 para 58(1)(a)

after the enforcement agent has taken control of goods, and

Sch 12 para 58(1)(b)

before they are sold or abandoned.

Sch 12 para 58(2)

If the enforcement agent has removed the goods he must as soon as reasonably practicable make them available for collection by the debtor.

Sch 12 para 58(3)

No further step may be taken under the enforcement power concerned.

Sch 12 para 58(4)

For the purposes of this paragraph the amount outstanding is reduced by the value of any controlled goods consisting of money required to be used to pay that amount, and sub-paragraph (2) does not apply to that money.

Sch 12 para 59
Sch 12 para 59(1)

This paragraph applies if a further step is taken despite paragraph 58(3).

Sch 12 para 59(2)

The enforcement agent is not liable unless he had notice, when the step was taken, that the amount outstanding had been paid in full.

Sch 12 para 59(3)

Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a related party as to the enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 59(4)

If the step taken is sale of any of the goods the purchaser acquires good title unless, at the time of sale, he or the enforcement agent had notice that the amount outstanding had been paid in full.

Sch 12 para 59(5)

A person has notice that the amount outstanding has been paid in full if he would have found it out if he had made reasonable enquiries.

Sch 12 para 59(6)

Sub-paragraphs (2) to (4) do not affect any right of the debtor or a co-owner to a remedy against any person other than the enforcement agent or a related party.

Sch 12 para 59(7)

In this paragraph, “related party” has the meaning given by paragraph 65(4).

Third party claiming goods

Sch 12 para 60
Sch 12 para 60(1)

This paragraph applies where a person makes an application to the court claiming that goods taken control of are his and not the debtor's.

Sch 12 para 60(2)

After receiving notice of the application the enforcement agent must not sell the goods, or dispose of them (in the case of securities), unless directed by the court under this paragraph.

Sch 12 para 60(3)

The court may direct the enforcement agent to sell or dispose of the goods if the applicant fails to make, or to continue to make, the required payments into court.

Sch 12 para 60(4)

The required payments are—

Sch 12 para 60(4)(a)

payment on making the application (subject to sub-paragraph (5)) of an amount equal to the value of the goods, or to a proportion of it directed by the court;

Sch 12 para 60(4)(b)

payment, at prescribed times (on making the application or later), of any amounts prescribed in respect of the enforcement agent's costs of retaining the goods.

Sch 12 para 60(5)

If the applicant makes a payment under sub-paragraph (4)(a) but the enforcement agent disputes the value of the goods, any underpayment is to be—

Sch 12 para 60(5)(a)

determined by reference to an independent valuation carried out in accordance with regulations, and

Sch 12 para 60(5)(b)

paid at the prescribed time.

Sch 12 para 60(6)

If sub-paragraph (3) does not apply the court may still direct the enforcement agent to sell or dispose of the goods before the court determines the applicant's claim, if it considers it appropriate.

Sch 12 para 60(7)

If the court makes a direction under sub-paragraph (3) or (6)—

Sch 12 para 60(7)(a)

paragraphs 38 to 49, and regulations under them, apply subject to any modification directed by the court;

Sch 12 para 60(7)(b)

the enforcement agent must pay the proceeds of sale or disposal into court.

Sch 12 para 60(8)

In this paragraph “the court”, subject to rules of court, means—

Sch 12 para 60(8)(a)

the High Court, in relation to an enforcement power under a writ of the High Court;

Sch 12 para 60(8)(b)

the county court, in relation to an enforcement power under a warrant issued by the county court;

Sch 12 para 60(8)(c)

in any other case, the High Court or the county court.

Application to assignee or transferee

Sch 12 para 61
Sch 12 para 61(1)

This Schedule applies as follows where an interest of the debtor's in goods is assigned or transferred while the property in the goods is bound for the purposes of an enforcement power, and the enforcement agent—

Sch 12 para 61(1)(a)

knows that the assignee or transferee has an interest in the particular goods, or

Sch 12 para 61(1)(b)

would know, if he made reasonable enquiries.

Sch 12 para 61(2)

These apply as if the assignee or transferee were a co-owner of the goods with the debtor—

Sch 12 para 61(2)(a)

paragraph 34 (inventory);

Sch 12 para 61(2)(b)

paragraph 36 (valuation);

Sch 12 para 61(2)(c)

paragraphs 39 to 41 (sale);

Sch 12 para 61(2)(d)

paragraph 59(6) (remedies after payment of amount outstanding).

Sch 12 para 61(3)

If the interest of the assignee or transferee was acquired in good faith, for valuable consideration and without notice, paragraph 50(6) applies as if “co-owner” included the assignee or transferee.

Sch 12 para 61(4)

If the interest of the assignee or transferee was not acquired in good faith, for valuable consideration and without notice, the enforcement agent must pay any surplus under paragraph 50(5) to the assignee or transferee and to the debtor (if he retains an interest).

Sch 12 para 61(5)

If the surplus is payable to two or more persons it must be paid in shares proportionate to their interests.

Sch 12 para 61(6)

Paragraph 5(3) and (4) (“good faith” and “notice”) apply for the purposes of this paragraph.

Costs

Sch 12 para 62
Sch 12 para 62(1)

Regulations may make provision for the recovery by any person from the debtor of amounts in respect of costs of enforcement-related services.

Sch 12 para 62(2)

The regulations may provide for recovery to be out of proceeds or otherwise.

Sch 12 para 62(3)

The amount recoverable under the regulations in any case is to be determined by or under the regulations.

Sch 12 para 62(4)

The regulations may in particular provide for the amount, if disputed, to be assessed in accordance with rules of court.

Sch 12 para 62(5)

“Enforcement-related services” means anything done under or in connection with an enforcement power, or in connection with obtaining an enforcement power, or any services used for the purposes of a provision of this Schedule or regulations under it.

Limitation of liability for sale or payment of proceeds

Sch 12 para 63
Sch 12 para 63(1)

Any liability of an enforcement agent or related party to a lawful claimant for the sale of controlled goods is excluded except in two cases.

Sch 12 para 63(2)

The first exception is where at the time of the sale the enforcement agent had notice that the goods were not the debtor's, or not his alone.

Sch 12 para 63(3)

The second exception is where before sale the lawful claimant had made an application to the court claiming an interest in the goods.

Sch 12 para 63(4)

A lawful claimant in relation to goods is a person who has an interest in them at the time of sale, other than an interest that was assigned or transferred to him while the property in the goods was bound for the purposes of the enforcement power.

Sch 12 para 64
Sch 12 para 64(1)

Any liability of an enforcement agent or related party to a lawful claimant for paying over proceeds is excluded except in two cases.

Sch 12 para 64(2)

The first exception is where at the time of the payment he had notice that the goods were not the debtor's, or not his alone.

Sch 12 para 64(3)

The second exception is where before that time the lawful claimant had made an application to the court claiming an interest in the goods.

Sch 12 para 64(4)

A lawful claimant in relation to goods is a person who has an interest in them at the time of sale.

Sch 12 para 65
Sch 12 para 65(1)

Paragraphs 63 and 64—

Sch 12 para 65(1)(a)

do not affect the liability of a person other than the enforcement agent or a related party;

Sch 12 para 65(1)(b)

do not apply to the creditor if he is the enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 65(2)

The following apply for the purposes of those paragraphs.

Sch 12 para 65(3)

The enforcement agent or a related party has notice of something if he would have found it out if he had made reasonable enquiries.

Sch 12 para 65(4)

A related party is any person who acts in exercise of an enforcement power, other than the creditor or enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 65(5)

“The court” has the same meaning as in paragraph 60.

Remedies available to the debtor

Sch 12 para 66
Sch 12 para 66(1)

This paragraph applies where an enforcement agent—

Sch 12 para 66(1)(a)

breaches a provision of this Schedule, or

Sch 12 para 66(1)(b)

acts under an enforcement power under a writ, warrant, liability order or other instrument that is defective.

Sch 12 para 66(2)

The breach or defect does not make the enforcement agent, or a person he is acting for, a trespasser.

Sch 12 para 66(3)

But the debtor may bring proceedings under this paragraph.

Sch 12 para 66(4)

Subject to rules of court, the proceedings may be brought—

Sch 12 para 66(4)(a)

in the High Court, in relation to an enforcement power under a writ of the High Court;

Sch 12 para 66(4)(b)

in the county court, in relation to an enforcement power under a warrant issued by the county court;

Sch 12 para 66(4)(c)

in any other case, in the High Court or the county court.

Sch 12 para 66(5)

In the proceedings the court may—

Sch 12 para 66(5)(a)

order goods to be returned to the debtor;

Sch 12 para 66(5)(b)

order the enforcement agent or a related party to pay damages in respect of loss suffered by the debtor as a result of the breach or of anything done under the defective instrument.

Sch 12 para 66(6)

A related party is either of the following (if different from the enforcement agent)—

Sch 12 para 66(6)(a)

the person on whom the enforcement power is conferred,

Sch 12 para 66(6)(b)

the creditor.

Sch 12 para 66(7)

Sub-paragraph (5) is without prejudice to any other powers of the court.

Sch 12 para 66(8)

Sub-paragraph (5)(b) does not apply where the enforcement agent acted in the reasonable belief—

Sch 12 para 66(8)(a)

that he was not breaching a provision of this Schedule, or

Sch 12 para 66(8)(b)

(as the case may be) that the instrument was not defective.

Sch 12 para 66(9)

This paragraph is subject to paragraph 59 in the case of a breach of paragraph 58(3).

Remedies available to the creditor

Sch 12 para 67

If a debtor wrongfully interferes with controlled goods and the creditor suffers loss as a result, the creditor may bring a claim against the debtor in respect of the loss.

Offences

Sch 12 para 68
Sch 12 para 68(1)

A person is guilty of an offence if he intentionally obstructs a person lawfully acting as an enforcement agent.

Sch 12 para 68(2)

A person is guilty of an offence if he intentionally interferes with controlled goods without lawful excuse.

Sch 12 para 68(3)

A person guilty of an offence under this paragraph is liable on summary conviction to—

Sch 12 para 68(3)(a)

imprisonment for a term not exceeding 51 weeks, or

Sch 12 para 68(3)(b)

a fine not exceeding level 4 on the standard scale, or

Sch 12 para 68(3)(c)

both.

Sch 12 para 68(4)

In relation to an offence committed before the commencement of section 281(5) of the Criminal Justice Act 2003 (c. 44), the reference in sub-paragraph (3)(a) to 51 weeks is to be read as a reference to 6 months.

Relation to insolvency provisions

Sch 12 para 69

This Schedule is subject to sections 183, 184 and 346 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45).

Sch 13

Taking control of goods: amendments

Inclosure Act 1773 (c. 81)

Sch 13 para 1

The Inclosure Act 1773 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 2
Sch 13 para 2(1)

Section 4 (expenses how to be defrayed) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 2(2)

For “levied by distress and sale of the goods and chattels of” substitute “ recovered, by using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods), from ”.

Sch 13 para 2(3)

Omit the words from “rendering” to the end.

Sch 13 para 3
Sch 13 para 3(1)

Section 16 (assessments to be levied for the improving of wastes where there are stinted commons) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 3(2)

For “levied by distress and sale of the goods and chattels of” substitute “ recovered, by using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods), from ”.

Sch 13 para 3(3)

Omit the words from “rendering” to the end.

Oaths Act 1775 (c. 39)

Sch 13 para 4

In the Oaths Act 1775 (justices to administer oaths for levying penalties etc.) at the end insert— “ In this Act references to making a distress include references to using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) to recover a sum. ”

Sale of Farming Stock Act 1816 (c. 50)

Sch 13 para 5

The Sale of Farming Stock Act 1816 ceases to have effect.

Judgments Act 1838 (c. 110)

Sch 13 para 6

In the Judgments Act 1838 omit section 12 (sheriff may seize money, banknotes, etc.).

Lands Clauses Consolidation Act 1845 (c. 18)

Sch 13 para 7
Sch 13 para 7(1)

In section 91 of the Lands Clauses Consolidation Act 1845 (proceedings in case of refusal to deliver possession of lands) for “levied by distress” substitute “ recovered by using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods), ”.

Sch 13 para 7(2)

This paragraph extends only to England and Wales.

Inclosure Act 1845 (c. 118)

Sch 13 para 8

The Inclosure Act 1845 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 9

In section 151 (recovery of share of expenses) for “levied by distress” substitute “ recovered by using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods). ”

Sch 13 para 10

In section 159 (recovery of penalties and forfeitures) for the words from “to levy” to the end substitute “ to recover such penalties and forfeitures by using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods). ”

Railways Clauses Act 1863 (c. 92)

Sch 13 para 11

The Railways Clauses Act 1863 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 12

In section 33 (recovery of money by distress) at the end insert—

Sch 13 para 13

In section 34 (several names in one warrant) at the end insert—

Summary Jurisdiction (Process) Act 1881 (c. 24)

Sch 13 para 14

The Summary Jurisdiction (Process) Act 1881 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 15

In section 5 (provision as to execution of process) after “warrant of distress” in the first place insert “ or warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 16

In section 8 (definitions) after “warrant of distress,” insert “ any warrant of control, ”.

Bills of Sale Act (1878) Amendment Act 1882 (c. 43)

Sch 13 para 17

The Bills of Sale Act (1878) Amendment Act 1882 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 18

In section 7 (bill of sale with power to seize except in certain events to be void), in paragraph (2) after “distrained” insert “ , or taken control of using the power in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007, ”.

Sch 13 para 19

In section 14 (bill of sale not to protect chattels against poor and parochial rates), after “warrant” insert “ , or subject to a warrant of control, ”.

Sheriffs Act 1887 (c. 55)

Sch 13 para 20

In section 20 of the Sheriffs Act 1887 (fees and poundage), after subsection (2) insert—

Deeds of Arrangement Act 1914 (c. 47)

Sch 13 para 21

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance Orders (Facilities for Enforcement) Act 1920 (c. 33)

Sch 13 para 22
Sch 13 para 22(1)

Section 6 of the Maintenance Orders (Facilities for Enforcement) Act 1920 (mode of enforcing orders) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 22(2)

In subsection (3), after “distress” insert “ , control ”.

Sch 13 para 22(3)

After subsection (3) insert—

Agricultural Credits Act 1928 (c. 43)

Sch 13 para 23

In section 8 of the Agricultural Credits Act 1928 (supplemental provisions about agricultural charges), in subsection (7) after “distress for” insert “ , or the exercise of a power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) to recover, ”.

Reserve and Auxiliary Forces (Protection of Civil Interests) Act 1951 (c. 65)

Sch 13 para 24

In section 2 of the Reserve and Auxiliary Forces (Protection of Civil Interests) Act 1951 (general restrictions on execution and other remedies), in subsection (2)(a) after “the levying of distress;” insert— “ using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods); ”.

Agriculture (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1954 (c. 39)

Sch 13 para 25

In section 5 of the Agriculture (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1954 (power of Agricultural Land Tribunal to award costs), in subsection (3) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Criminal Justice Act 1961 (c. 39)

Sch 13 para 26

In section 39 of the Criminal Justice Act 1961 (interpretation) after subsection (1) insert—

Compulsory Purchase Act 1965 (c. 56)

Sch 13 para 27

The Compulsory Purchase Act 1965 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 28
Sch 13 para 28(1)

Section 13 (refusal to give possession to acquiring authority) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 28(2)

In subsection (4) for “levied by distress” substitute “ recovered by using the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) ”.

Sch 13 para 28(3)

Omit subsection (5).

Sch 13 para 29

Omit section 29 (irregularities in proceedings under the Act).

Criminal Justice Act 1967 (c. 80)

Sch 13 para 30

In section 104 of the Criminal Justice Act 1967 (general provisions as to interpretation) after subsection (1) insert—

Sea Fisheries Act 1968 (c. 77)

Sch 13 para 31

In section 12 of the Sea Fisheries Act 1968 (recovery of fines imposed on master etc. or crew), in subsection (3)—

Sch 13 para 31(a)

for “warrants of distress)” substitute “ warrants), as they apply to warrants of the kinds mentioned there, ”;

Sch 13 para 31(b)

omit the words from “as they apply” to the end.

Taxes Management Act 1970 (c. 9)

Sch 13 para 32

The Taxes Management Act 1970 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 33

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 34

In section 62 (priority of claim for tax) at the end insert—

Administration of Justice Act 1970 (c. 31)

Sch 13 para 35

In section 41 of the Administration of Justice Act 1970 (recovery of costs and compensation awarded by magistrates etc.) in subsection (3) for “writ of fieri facias” substitute “ writ of control ”.

Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (c. 32)

Sch 13 para 36

In section 3 of the Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (application for order and conditions of court's power to make it), in subsection (4)(b), for “distress” substitute “ taking control of goods ”.

Criminal Justice Act 1972 (c. 71)

Sch 13 para 37

In section 66 of the Criminal Justice Act 1972 (interpretation etc.) omit subsection (2).

Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 (c. 53)

Sch 13 para 38

In section 1 of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 (rehabilitated persons and spent convictions) after subsection (3) insert—

Patents Act 1977 (c. 37)

Sch 13 para 39

The Patents Act 1977 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 40

In section 41 (amount of compensation of employees), in subsection (9) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 41

In section 61 (proceedings for infringement of patent), in subsection (7)(a) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 42

In section 93 (enforcement of orders for costs), in paragraph (a) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 43

In section 107 (costs and expenses in proceedings before the comptroller), in subsection (2) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Customs and Excise Management Act 1979 (c. 2)

Sch 13 para 44

In section 149 of the Customs and Excise Management Act 1979 (non-payment of penalties etc: maximum terms of imprisonment) after subsection (1) insert—

Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43)

Sch 13 para 45

The Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 46
Sch 13 para 46(1)

Section 76 (enforcement of sums adjudged to be paid) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 46(2)

In subsection (1) for “issue a warrant of distress for the purpose of levying the sum” substitute “ issue a warrant of control for the purpose of recovering the sum ”.

Sch 13 para 46(3)

In subsection (2)(a)—

Sch 13 para 46(3)(a)

for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”;

Sch 13 para 46(3)(b)

for “satisfy the sum with the costs and charges of levying the sum” substitute “ pay the amount outstanding, as defined by paragraph 50(3) of Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 ”.

Sch 13 para 46(4)

In subsection (2)(b) for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 47

In section 77 (postponement of issue of warrant), in subsection (1) for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 48
Sch 13 para 48(1)

Section 79 (release from custody and reduction of detention on payment) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 48(2)

In subsection (1)—

Sch 13 para 48(2)(a)

for “distress” in the first place substitute “ goods ”;

Sch 13 para 48(2)(b)

for “and distress” substitute “ ,or (as the case may be) on the payment of the amount outstanding, ”.

Sch 13 para 48(3)

In subsection (2)—

Sch 13 para 48(3)(a)

for “distress” in the first place substitute “ goods ”;

Sch 13 para 48(3)(b)

for the words from “to so much of the said sum” to the end substitute

Sch 13 para 48(4)

After subsection (3) insert—

Sch 13 para 49

In section 80 (application of money found on defaulter to satisfy sum adjudged), in subsection (2) for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 50

In section 81 (enforcement of fines imposed on young offenders) in subsections (1) and (3) for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 51
Sch 13 para 51(1)

Section 82 (restriction on power to impose imprisonment for default) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 51(2)

In subsection (3), for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 51(3)

In subsection (4A)(a), for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 52

In section 87 (enforcement of payment of fines by High Court and county court) in subsection (1) for “writ of fieri facias” substitute “ writ of control ”.

Sch 13 para 53
Sch 13 para 53(1)

Section 87A (fines imposed on companies) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 53(2)

In subsection (1)(b), for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 53(3)

For subsection (1)(c) substitute—.

Sch 13 para 53(4)

At the end insert—

Sch 13 para 54

In section 88 (supervision pending payment) in subsections (4) and (6) for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 55

In section 96 (civil debt: complaint for non-payment), in subsection (1) for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 56

In section 120 (forfeiture of recognizance), in subsection (4) for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 57
Sch 13 para 57(1)

In section 125 (warrants) subsection (2) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 57(2)

For “warrant of distress”, in the first place, substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 57(3)

Omit the words from “This subsection” to the end.

Sch 13 para 58
Sch 13 para 58(1)

Section 125A (civilian enforcement officers) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 58(2)

In subsection (3), for “distress” substitute “ control ”.

Sch 13 para 58(3)

In subsection (3A), for “distress” substitute “ control ”.

Sch 13 para 58(4)

In subsection (4), for “against whom distress is levied” substitute “ , in the case of a warrant of control, against whom the warrant is issued ”.

Sch 13 para 59

In section 125B (execution by approved enforcement agency), in subsection (4) for “against whom distress is levied” substitute “ , in the case of a warrant of control, against whom the warrant is issued ”.

Sch 13 para 60

In section 125CA (power to make disclosure order), in subsection (2) for “distress” substitute “ control ”.

Sch 13 para 61
Sch 13 para 61(1)

Section 125D (execution by person not in possession of warrant) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 61(2)

Omit subsection (3)(c).

Sch 13 para 61(3)

In subsection (4), for “against whom distress is levied” substitute “ , in the case of a warrant of control, against whom the warrant is issued ”.

Sch 13 para 62

In section 133 (consecutive terms of imprisonment) in subsections (4) and (5) for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 63
Sch 13 para 63(1)

Section 150 (interpretation) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 63(2)

In subsection (1) in the definitions of “impose imprisonment” and “sentence”, for “distress” substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 63(3)

After subsection (3) insert—

Sch 13 para 64

Omit section 151.

Sch 13 para 65

In Schedule 4A (powers of authorised officers executing warrants), omit paragraph 3.

Supreme Court Act 1981 (c. 54)

Sch 13 para 66
Sch 13 para 66(1)

Section 43ZA of the Supreme Court Act 1981 (power of High Court to vary committal in default) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 66(2)

In subsection (1) for “distress” in both places substitute “ goods ”.

Sch 13 para 66(3)

After subsection (2) insert—

British Fishing Boats Act 1983 (c. 8)

Sch 13 para 67

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28)

Sch 13 para 68

The County Courts Act 1984 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 69
Sch 13 para 69(1)

Section 85 (execution of judgments or orders for payment of money) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 69(2)

In subsection (1), for the words from “by execution” to the end substitute “ under a warrant under subsection (2). ”

Sch 13 para 69(3)

In subsection (2)—

Sch 13 para 69(3)(a)

for “warrant of execution in the nature of a writ of fieri facias” substitute “ warrant of control ”;

Sch 13 para 69(3)(b)

for the words from “levy” to the end substitute “ use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) to recover the money payable under the judgment or order. ”

Sch 13 para 69(4)

After that subsection insert—

Sch 13 para 69(5)

Omit subsection (3).

Sch 13 para 70
Sch 13 para 70(1)

Section 86 (execution of orders for payment by instalments) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 70(2)

In subsection (1) for “execution on the order” substitute “ a warrant of control to recover any of that sum ”.

Sch 13 para 70(3)

In subsection (2)—

Sch 13 para 70(3)(a)

for “execution is to issue” substitute “ a warrant of control is to be issued ”;

Sch 13 para 70(3)(b)

for “execution may issue” substitute “ a warrant of control may be issued ”.

Sch 13 para 70(4)

In subsection (3)—

Sch 13 para 70(4)(a)

for “execution or successive executions may issue” substitute “ a warrant or successive warrants of control may be issued ”;

Sch 13 para 70(4)(b)

for the words from “no execution” to “it issues” substitute “ no warrant of control may be issued unless when it is issued ”.

Sch 13 para 71
Sch 13 para 71(1)

Section 87 (execution to be superseded on payment) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 71(2)

In subsection (1)—

Sch 13 para 71(2)(a)

for “warrant of execution” substitute “ warrant of control ”;

Sch 13 para 71(2)(b)

for “levied” substitute “ recovered ”.

Sch 13 para 71(3)

Omit subsection (2).

Sch 13 para 71(4)

For the heading “Execution to be superseded on payment” substitute “ Indorsement of amount on warrant ”.

Sch 13 para 72

Omit sections 89 to 91.

Sch 13 para 73

In section 92 (penalty for rescuing goods seized), after subsection (2) insert—

Sch 13 para 74

Omit sections 93 to 98 and 100.

Sch 13 para 75

In section 101 (interpleader by district judge), after subsection (3) insert—

Sch 13 para 76

Omit sections 102 and 103.

Sch 13 para 77

In section 104 (information as to writs and warrants of execution) in subsection (2) for “A bailiff of the county court” substitute “ The person to whom a warrant issued by the county court is directed ”.

Sch 13 para 78

Omit section 123.

Sch 13 para 79
Sch 13 para 79(1)

Section 124 (liability of bailiff for neglect to levy execution) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 79(2)

In subsection (1)—

Sch 13 para 79(2)(a)

for the words from “a bailiff” to “the execution” substitute “ the county court issues a warrant of execution, control, possession or delivery and the person to whom it is directed loses the opportunity of executing it ”;

Sch 13 para 79(2)(b)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 79(3)

In subsection (2)—

Sch 13 para 79(3)(a)

for “the bailiff” substitute “ that person ”;

Sch 13 para 79(3)(b)

for “execution” substitute “ warrant was ”.

Sch 13 para 80

In section 125 (irregularity in executing warrants) in subsection (1) after “but” insert “ , except in the case of a warrant of control (to which Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 applies), ”.

Sch 13 para 81
Sch 13 para 81(1)

Section 126 (actions against bailiffs acting under warrants) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 81(2)

In subsection (3) omit the words from “but” to the end.

Sch 13 para 81(3)

In subsection (4)—

Sch 13 para 81(3)(a)

after “section” insert “ “bailiff” in relation to a warrant means the person to whom the warrant is directed, and ”;

Sch 13 para 81(3)(b)

omit “ “bailiff””;

Sch 13 para 81(3)(c)

for “a bailiff” substitute “ that person ”.

Sch 13 para 81(4)

After subsection (4) insert—

Sch 13 para 82

In section 147 (interpretation) in subsection (1) omit the definition of “bailiff”.

Finance Act 1984 (c. 43)

Sch 13 para 83

In the Finance Act 1984 omit section 16 (unpaid car tax and VAT: distress).

Gas Act 1986 (c. 44)

Sch 13 para 84

In paragraph 29 of Schedule 2B to the Gas Act 1986 (gas meters and fittings not to be subject to distress) in sub-paragraph (1)(a) after “liable” insert “ to be taken control of under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007, or ”.

Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45)

Sch 13 para 85

In section 436(1) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (expressions used generally) insert in the appropriate place—.

Dartford-Thurrock Crossing Act 1988 (c. 20)

Sch 13 para 86
Sch 13 para 86(1)

Section 15 of the Dartford-Thurrock Crossing Act 1988 (termination: supplementary provisions) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 86(2)

In subsection (2)—

Sch 13 para 86(2)(a)

after “distress” in the first place insert “ or any power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) ”;

Sch 13 para 86(2)(b)

after “levied” insert “ or that power was exercised ”.

Sch 13 para 86(3)

In subsection (3) after “levied” insert “ or the power there mentioned was exercisable ”.

Local Government Finance Act 1988 (c. 41)

Sch 13 para 87

The Local Government Finance Act 1988 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 88

After section 62 insert—

Sch 13 para 89
Sch 13 para 89(1)

Schedule 9 (non-domestic rating: administration) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 89(2)

In paragraph 1 for “recovery” substitute “ the recovery, otherwise than under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods), ”.

Sch 13 para 89(3)

In paragraph 3—

Sch 13 para 89(3)(a)

omit sub-paragraph (2)(b);

Sch 13 para 89(3)(b)

in sub-paragraph (4)(b), after “method” in the second place insert “ provided for in section 62A above or ”.

Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29)

Sch 13 para 90

In paragraph 11 of Schedule 6 to the Electricity Act 1989 (electrical plant etc not to be liable to be taken in execution), in sub-paragraph (2)(b) after “liable” insert “ to be taken control of under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007, or ”.

Companies Act 1989 (c. 40)

Sch 13 para 91

In section 180 of the Companies Act 1989 (proceedings against market property by unsecured creditors) in subsection (1) after “levied,” insert “ and no power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) may be exercised, ”.

New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22)

Sch 13 para 92
Sch 13 para 92(1)

Paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 to the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (recovery of property taken in distress etc.) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 92(2)

In sub-paragraph (1)—

Sch 13 para 92(2)(a)

after “distress” in the first place insert “ or under any power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) ”;

Sch 13 para 92(2)(b)

after “levied” insert “ or that power was exercised ”.

Sch 13 para 92(3)

In sub-paragraph (2)—

Sch 13 para 92(3)(a)

For “This” substitute “ Sub-paragraph (1) ”;

Sch 13 para 92(3)(b)

after “levied” insert “ or the power mentioned there was exercisable ”.

Child Support Act 1991 (c. 48)

Sch 13 para 93

The Child Support Act 1991 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 94
Sch 13 para 94(1)

Section 35 (enforcement of liability orders by distress) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 94(2)

In the heading for “distress” substitute “ taking control of goods ”.

Sch 13 para 94(3)

In subsection (1) for the words from “levy” to the end substitute “ use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) to recover the amount in respect of which the order was made, to the extent that it remains unpaid. ”

Sch 13 para 94(4)

Omit subsections (2) to (8).

Sch 13 para 95

In section 39A (commitment to prison and disqualification from driving), in subsection (1)(a), for “levy an amount by distress under this Act” substitute “ recover an amount by virtue of section 35(1) ”.

Sch 13 para 96

In section 40 (commitment to prison) for subsection (4)(a)(i) substitute—.

Sch 13 para 97

In section 40B (disqualification from driving: further provision) for subsection (3)(a) substitute—.

Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56)

Sch 13 para 98

In section 179 of the Water Industry Act 1991 (vesting of works in undertaker), in subsection (4)(b) after “liable” insert “ to be taken control of under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007, or ”.

Water Resources Act 1991 (c. 57)

Sch 13 para 99

In Schedule 15 to the Water Resources Act 1991 (supplemental provisions with respect to drainage charges), in paragraph 12(2)(b) for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Land Drainage Act 1991 (c. 59)

Sch 13 para 100

In section 54 of the Land Drainage Act 1991 (powers for enforcing payment of drainage rates), in subsection (2)(b) for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Social Security Administration Act 1992 (c. 5)

Sch 13 para 101

The Social Security Administration Act 1992 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 102

In section 71 (overpayments: general), in subsection (10)(a) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 103

In section 75 (overpayments of housing benefit), in subsection (7)(a) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 104
Sch 13 para 104(1)

Section 121A (recovery of contributions etc in England and Wales) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 104(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 104(3)

Omit subsections (2) to (8) and (10).

Local Government Finance Act 1992 (c. 14)

Sch 13 para 105

The Local Government Finance Act 1992 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 106

In section 14 (administration, penalties and enforcement), after subsection (3) insert—

Sch 13 para 107
Sch 13 para 107(1)

Schedule 4 (enforcement: England and Wales) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 107(2)

In paragraph 1(1) and (2) after “recovery” insert “ , otherwise than under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods), ”.

Sch 13 para 107(3)

In paragraph 5 (attachment of earnings etc)—

Sch 13 para 107(3)(a)

in sub-paragraph (1A)(a) for “; and” substitute “ (unless paragraph (b) applies); ”;

Sch 13 para 107(3)(b)

in sub-paragraph (1A)(b) for sub-paragraph (i) and the words before it substitute—;

Sch 13 para 107(3)(c)

at the end insert—

Sch 13 para 107(4)

Omit paragraph 7 (distress).

Sch 13 para 107(5)

In paragraph 8 (commitment to prison)—

Sch 13 para 107(5)(a)

in sub-paragraph (1)(a)—

Sch 13 para 107(5)(a)(i)

omit the words from “an authority” to “paragraph 7 above”;

Sch 13 para 107(5)(a)(ii)

for the words from “the person” to “levy the amount” substitute “ there are insufficient goods to satisfy an amount under section 14(4) ”;

Sch 13 para 107(5)(b)

after sub-paragraph (1) insert—;

Sch 13 para 107(5)(c)

for sub-paragraph (2)(a) substitute—;

Sch 13 para 107(5)(d)

at the end insert—

Sch 13 para 107(6)

In paragraph 12 (relationship between remedies) in sub-paragraph (1)—

Sch 13 para 107(6)(a)

omit paragraph (c);

Sch 13 para 107(6)(b)

in paragraph (d), for “distress” substitute “ the power conferred by section 14(4) ”;

Sch 13 para 107(6)(c)

in paragraph (e), for “distress” substitute “ exercise of the power conferred by section 14(4) ”;

Sch 13 para 107(6)(d)

in paragraph (f), for “distress” substitute “ exercise of the power conferred by section 14(4) ”.

Sch 13 para 107(7)

Omit paragraph 19 (3).

Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992 (c. 52)

Sch 13 para 108

Schedule A1 to the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992 (collective bargaining: recognition) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 109
Sch 13 para 109(1)

Paragraph 19E is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 109(2)

In sub-paragraph (5) for “by execution issued from that court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 109(3)

In sub-paragraph (6) for the words from the beginning to “carried out” substitute “ Where a warrant of control is issued under section 85 of the 1984 Act to recover an amount in accordance with sub-paragraph (5), the power conferred by the warrant is exercisable ”.

Sch 13 para 110
Sch 13 para 110(1)

Paragraph 28 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 110(2)

In sub-paragraph (6) for “by execution issued from that court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 110(3)

In sub-paragraph (6A) for the words from the beginning to “carried out” substitute “ Where a warrant of control is issued under section 85 of the 1984 Act to recover an amount in accordance with sub-paragraph (6), the power conferred by the warrant is exercisable ”.

Sch 13 para 111
Sch 13 para 111(1)

Paragraph 120 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 111(2)

In sub-paragraph (6) for “by execution issued from that court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Sch 13 para 111(3)

In sub-paragraph (6A) for the words from the beginning to “carried out” substitute “ Where a warrant of control is issued under section 85 of the 1984 Act to recover an amount in accordance with sub-paragraph (6), the power conferred by the warrant is exercisable ”.

Railways Act 1993 (c. 43)

Sch 13 para 112

In section 27 of the Railways Act 1993 (transfer of franchise assets and shares), in subsection (6) after “levied” insert “ and no power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 may be exercised ”.

Finance Act 1994 (c. 9)

Sch 13 para 113
Sch 13 para 113(1)

The Finance Act 1994 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 114

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 115

In section 11 (breaches of walking possession agreements), for subsection (5) substitute—

Sch 13 para 116
Sch 13 para 116(1)

Schedule 7 (insurance premium tax) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 116(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 116(3)

In paragraph 19, for sub-paragraph (5) substitute—

Value Added Tax Act 1994 (c. 23)

Sch 13 para 117

The Value Added Tax Act 1994 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 118

In section 48 (VAT representatives), in subsection (7A) after “enforcement” insert “ by taking control of goods or, in Northern Ireland, ”.

Sch 13 para 119

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 120

In section 68 (breach of walking possession agreements) for subsection (5) substitute—

Pensions Act 1995 (c. 26)

Sch 13 para 121

In section 10 of the Pensions Act 1995 (civil penalties), in subsection (8A)(a) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Finance Act 1996 (c. 8)

Sch 13 para 122

Schedule 5 to the Finance Act 1996 (landfill tax) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 123

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 124

In paragraph 24, for sub-paragraph (4) substitute—

Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (c. 17)

Sch 13 para 125

In section 15 of the Employment Tribunals Act 1996 (enforcement), in subsection (1) for the words from “by execution”, to “court” in the first place after “by execution”, substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Finance Act 1997 (c. 16)

Sch 13 para 126
Sch 13 para 126(1)

Section 51 of the Finance Act 1997 (enforcement by distress) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 126(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 126(3)

In subsection (1) after “by regulations” insert “ not having effect in England and Wales or Scotland ”.

Sch 13 para 126(4)

Omit subsection (7).

Social Security (Recovery of Benefits) Act 1997 (c. 27)

Sch 13 para 127

In section 7 of the Social Security (Recovery of Benefits) Act 1997 (recovery of payments due under section 6), in subsection (4) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

National Minimum Wage Act 1998 (c. 39)

Sch 13 para 128

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Road Traffic (NHS Charges) Act 1999 (c. 3)

Sch 13 para 129

In section 5 of the Road Traffic (NHS Charges) Act 1999 (recovery of NHS charges), in subsection (4) (so far as it continues to have effect) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Greater London Authority Act 1999 (c. 29)

Sch 13 para 130

In section 216 of the Greater London Authority Act 1999 (protection of key system assets), in subsection (4) after “levied” insert “ and no power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) may be exercised ”.

Powers of Criminal Courts (Sentencing) Act 2000 (c. 6)

Sch 13 para 131

The Powers of Criminal Courts (Sentencing) Act 2000 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 132

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 133

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (c. 8)

Sch 13 para 134

In Schedule 17 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the ombudsman scheme), in paragraphs 16(a) and 16D(a) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Finance Act 2000 (c. 17)

Sch 13 para 135

Schedule 6 to the Finance Act 2000 (climate change levy) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 136

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 137

In paragraph 90 for sub-paragraph (5) substitute—

Postal Services Act 2000 (c. 26)

Sch 13 para 138

In section 104 of the Postal Services Act 2000 (inviolability of mails), in subsection (2) after paragraph (b) insert—.

Finance Act 2001 (c. 9)

Sch 13 para 139

Schedule 5 to the Finance Act 2001 (aggregates levy: recovery and interest) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 140

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 141

In paragraph 15 for sub-paragraph (5) substitute—

Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (c. 29)

Sch 13 para 142

The Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 143

In section 58 (restraint orders: restrictions), in subsection (2) after “levied” insert “ , and no power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) may be exercised, ”.

Sch 13 para 144

In section 59 (enforcement receivers: restrictions), in subsection (2) after “levied” insert “ , and no power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) may be exercised, ”.

Sch 13 para 145

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 146

In section 253 (interim receiving orders: restriction on proceedings and remedies) in subsection (1)(b) after “levied” insert “ , and no power to use the procedure in Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) may be exercised, ”.

Finance Act 2003 (c. 14)

Sch 13 para 147
Sch 13 para 147(1)

Schedule 12 to the Finance Act 2003 (stamp duty land tax: collection and recovery of tax) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 147(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 147(3)

In paragraph 2(1) omit “England and Wales or”.

Courts Act 2003 (c. 39)

Sch 13 para 148

The Courts Act 2003 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 149

In Part 9 of Schedule 5 (operation of collection orders after increase imposed), in paragraph 38(1)(a), for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 150

In Schedule 6 (discharge of fines by unpaid work), in paragraph 2(1)(a)(i), for “warrant of distress” substitute “ warrant of control ”.

Sch 13 para 151
Sch 13 para 151(1)

Schedule 7 (High Court writs of execution) is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 151(2)

In paragraph 4, after sub-paragraph (1) insert—

Sch 13 para 151(3)

For paragraph 6 substitute—

Sch 13 para 151(4)

Omit paragraph 8(5).

Health and Social Care (Community Health and Standards) Act 2003 (c. 43)

Sch 13 para 152

In section 155 of the Health and Social Care (Community Health and Standards) Act 2003 (recovery of NHS charges), in subsection (7) for “by execution issued from the county court” substitute “ under section 85 of the County Courts Act 1984 ”.

Criminal Justice Act 2003 (c. 44)

Sch 13 para 153

The Criminal Justice Act 2003 is amended as follows.

Sch 13 para 154

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 13 para 155

In section 305 (interpretation of Part 12) after subsection (1) insert—

Traffic Management Act 2004 (c. 18)

Sch 13 para 156

In the Traffic Management Act 2004 omit—

Sch 13 para 156(a)

section 82(3)(a);

Sch 13 para 156(b)

section 83.

Income Tax Act 2007 (c. 3)

Sch 13 para 157

In section 955(4) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (proceedings before set-off claim is made) after “attachment” insert “ or under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) ”.

Sch 14

Rent arrears recovery: amendments

Distress for Rent Act 1689 (c. 5)

Sch 14 para 1

The Distress for Rent Act 1689 ceases to have effect.

Landlord and Tenant Act 1709 (c. 18)

Sch 14 para 2

In the Landlord and Tenant Act 1709 omit the following—

Sch 14 para 2(a)

section 1;

Sch 14 para 2(b)

sections 6 to 8.

Landlord and Tenant Act 1730 (c. 28)

Sch 14 para 3

In the Landlord and Tenant Act 1730 omit section 5.

Distress for Rent Act 1737 (c. 19)

Sch 14 para 4

In the Distress for Rent Act 1737 the following cease to have effect—

Sch 14 para 4(a)

sections 1 to 10;

Sch 14 para 4(b)

sections 16 and 17;

Sch 14 para 4(c)

section 19.

Deserted Tenements Act 1817 (c. 52)

Sch 14 para 5

The Deserted Tenements Act 1817 ceases to have effect.

Fines and Recoveries Act 1833 (c. 74)

Sch 14 para 6
Sch 14 para 6(1)

In section 67 of the Fines and Recoveries Act 1833 (assignees to recover rent of the lands of a bankrupt), for the words from “or may distrain” to “recovering of rent in arrear;” substitute “ or, so far as the power under section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (commercial rent arrears recovery) is exercisable to recover any of those rents and profits, may exercise that power, as if they were the landlord, on behalf of the creditors; ”.

Sch 14 para 6(2)

This paragraph does not extend to Northern Ireland.

Metropolitan Police Courts Act 1840 (c. 84)

Sch 14 para 7

The Metropolitan Police Courts Act 1840 ceases to have effect.

Execution Act 1844 (c. 96)

Sch 14 para 8

The Execution Act 1844 ceases to have effect.

Lands Clauses Consolidation Act 1845 (c. 18)

Sch 14 para 9
Sch 14 para 9(1)

In section 11 of the Lands Clauses Consolidation Act 1845 (payment of rents to be charged on tolls) omit the words from “or it shall be lawful” to the end.

Sch 14 para 9(2)

This paragraph extends only to England and Wales.

Inclosure Act 1845 (c. 118)

Sch 14 para 10

In section 112 of the Inclosure Act 1845 (recovery of rents of allotment) for “by distress” substitute “ under section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (commercial rent arrears recovery) ”.

Markets and Fairs Clauses Act 1847 (c. 14)

Sch 14 para 11
Sch 14 para 11(1)

Section 38 of the Markets and Fairs Clauses Act 1847 (recovery of stallage, rents or tolls) is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 11(2)

The existing words become subsection (1).

Sch 14 para 11(3)

After “England” insert “ (subject to subsection (2)) ”.

Sch 14 para 11(4)

After subsection (1) insert—

Sch 14 para 11(5)

This paragraph extends only to England and Wales.

Sequestration Act 1849 (c. 67)

Sch 14 para 12
Sch 14 para 12(1)

Section 1 of the Sequestration Act 1849 (sequestrator enabled to sue etc. in his own name) is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 12(2)

For “levy any distress” substitute “ exercise the power under section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (commercial rent arrears recovery) ”.

Sch 14 para 12(3)

Omit the words “levy” and “distress” in the second place where each occurs.

Sch 14 para 12(4)

Omit “levied”.

Landlord and Tenant Act 1851 (c. 25)

Sch 14 para 13
Sch 14 para 13(1)

The Landlord and Tenant Act 1851 ceases to have effect.

Sch 14 para 13(2)

This paragraph extends only to England and Wales.

Common Law Procedure Act 1852 (c. 76)

Sch 14 para 14

The Common Law Procedure Act 1852 is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 15

In section 210 (proceedings in ejectment by landlord for non-payment of rent), for “and that no sufficient distress was to be found on the demised premises, countervailing the arrears then due” substitute “ and that either of the conditions in section 210A was met in relation to the arrears ”.

Sch 14 para 16

After that section insert—

Improvement of Land Act 1864 (c. 114)

Sch 14 para 17
Sch 14 para 17(1)

In section 64 of the Improvement of Land Act 1864 (interest on arrears of rentcharges), for the words from “a sufficient distress” to “charges of such distress” substitute “ goods that would be sufficient to pay the amount outstanding under Schedule 12 to the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (taking control of goods) ”.

Sch 14 para 17(2)

This paragraph extends only to England and Wales.

Railway Rolling Stock Protection Act 1872 (c. 50)

Sch 14 para 18
Sch 14 para 18(1)

The Railway Rolling Stock Protection Act 1872 ceases to have effect.

Sch 14 para 18(2)

This paragraph extends only to England and Wales.

Law of Distress Amendment Act 1888 (c. 21)

Sch 14 para 19

The Law of Distress Amendment Act 1888 ceases to have effect.

Law of Distress Amendment Act 1908 (c. 53)

Sch 14 para 20

The Law of Distress Amendment Act 1908 ceases to have effect.

Law of Property Act 1925 (c. 20)

Sch 14 para 21

The Law of Property Act 1925 is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 22

In section 109 (powers etc. of receiver appointed by mortgagee), in subsection (3), for “, distress” substitute “ or under section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (commercial rent arrears recovery) ”.

Sch 14 para 23

Section 121(2) ceases to have effect.

Sch 14 para 24

In section 150 (surrender of a lease, without prejudice to underleases with a view to the grant of a new lease), in subsection (5), for “by distress or” substitute “ under section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 (commercial rent arrears recovery) or by ”.

Sch 14 para 25

In section 162 (restrictions on the perpetuity rule) in subsection (1) omit paragraph (a).

Sch 14 para 26

In section 189 (indemnities against rents) omit subsection (1).

Sch 14 para 27
Sch 14 para 27(1)

Section 190 (equitable apportionment of rents and remedies for non-payment or breach of covenant) is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 27(2)

Omit subsection (2).

Sch 14 para 27(3)

For subsections (4) and (5) substitute—

Sch 14 para 27(4)

In subsection (7) omit “owner or”.

Administration of Estates Act 1925 (c. 23)

Sch 14 para 28
Sch 14 para 28(1)

Section 26 of the Administration of Estates Act 1925 (rights of action by and against personal representative) is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 28(2)

Omit subsection (3).

Sch 14 para 28(3)

For subsection (4) substitute—

Leasehold Reform Act 1967 (c. 88)

Sch 14 para 29

In section 15 of the Leasehold Reform Act 1967 (terms of tenancy to be granted on extension), in subsection (3) for “distress, re-entry or otherwise” substitute “ re-entry or otherwise (subject to section 85 of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007) ”.

Agriculture Act 1970 (c. 40)

Sch 14 para 30

In section 85 of the Agriculture Act 1970 (exemption for certain sales), in paragraph (d) after “warrant of distress” insert “ or warrant of control ”.

Rent (Agriculture) Act 1976 (c. 80)

Sch 14 para 31

Section 8 of the Rent (Agriculture) Act 1976 ceases to have effect.

Rent Act 1977 (c. 42)

Sch 14 para 32

The Rent Act 1977 is amended as follows

Sch 14 para 33

In section 141(5) (county court jurisdiction) (until its repeal by the Courts and Legal Services Act 1990 (c. 41) comes into force) for “sections 147 and” substitute “ section ”.

Sch 14 para 34

Section 147 ceases to have effect.

Limitation Act 1980 (c. 58)

Sch 14 para 35

The Limitation Act 1980 is amended as follows

Sch 14 para 36

In section 19 (time limit for actions to recover rent) for “or distress made” substitute “ and the power conferred by section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 shall not be exercisable ”.

Sch 14 para 37

In section 38 (interpretation) omit “rentcharges and” and “rent or”.

County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28)

Sch 14 para 38

The County Courts Act 1984 is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 39

Section 116 ceases to have effect.

Sch 14 para 40

In section 139, for subsection (1)(c) substitute—.

Agricultural Holdings Act 1986 (c. 5)

Sch 14 para 41

The Agricultural Holdings Act 1986 is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 42

Omit sections 16 to 19.

Sch 14 para 43

In section 24 (restriction of landlord's remedies for breach of contract of tenancy) omit “, by distress or otherwise,”.

Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45)

Sch 14 para 44
Sch 14 para 44(1)

Section 347 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (distress etc.) is amended as follows.

Sch 14 para 44(2)

In subsection (1) for the words from the beginning to “available” substitute “ CRAR (the power of commercial rent arrears recovery under section 72(1) of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007) is exercisable where the tenant is an undischarged bankrupt ”.

Sch 14 para 44(3)

In subsection (2)—

Sch 14 para 44(3)(a)

for the words from the beginning to “goods and effects of” substitute “ Where CRAR has been exercised to recover rent from ”;

Sch 14 para 44(3)(b)

for “that distress” substitute “ CRAR ”;

Sch 14 para 44(3)(c)

for “the distress was levied” substitute “ goods were taken control of under CRAR ”.

Sch 14 para 44(4)

In subsection (5) for the words from the beginning to “upon” substitute “ CRAR is not exercisable at any time after the discharge of a bankrupt against ”.

Sch 14 para 44(5)

Omit subsections (6) and (7).

Sch 14 para 44(6)

Omit subsection (11).

Housing Act 1988 (c. 50)

Sch 14 para 45

Omit section 19 of the Housing Act 1988.

Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56)

Sch 14 para 46

In section 179 of the Water Industry Act 1991 (vesting of works in undertaker) in subsection (4)(b) omit “or to the landlord's remedy for rent”.

Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993 (c. 28)

Sch 14 para 47

In section 57 of the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993 (terms on which new lease is to be granted), in subsection (2)(b)(ii) for “distress, re-entry or otherwise” substitute “ re-entry or otherwise (subject to section 85 of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007) ”.

Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4)

Sch 14 para 48

In Schedule 7 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (protected functions of the Lord Chancellor), in paragraph 4, omit the entry for the Law of Distress Amendment Act 1888.

Sch 15

Attachment of earnings orders: deductions at fixed rates

Sch 15

Main amendments

Introduction

Sch 15 para 1

This Schedule amends the Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (c. 32).

Amendment of section 6: Effect and contents of order

Sch 15 para 2
Sch 15 para 2(1)

For section 6(1)(a) (instruction to employer to make deductions from debtor's earnings) substitute—.

Sch 15 para 2(2)

After section 6(1) insert—

Sch 15 para 2(3)

In section 6(5) (order to specify normal deduction and protected earnings rates), for “the order” substitute “ a Schedule 3 deductions order ”.

Insertion of new section 6A

Sch 15 para 3

After section 6 insert—

Amendment of section 9: Variation, lapse and discharge of orders

Sch 15 para 4

After section 9(1) (power of court to vary order) insert—

Insertion of new section 9A

Sch 15 para 5

After section 9 insert—

Amendment of section 25: General interpretation

Sch 15 para 6

In section 25(1) (meaning of particular words and phrases) insert the following entries at the appropriate place—;;;.

Insertion of new Schedule 3A

Sch 15 para 7

After Schedule 3 insert—

Sch 15

Consequential amendments

Amendment of section 5: Securing payments under administration order

Sch 15 para 8

In section 5(3) (power of county court to direct existing attachment of earnings order to secure administration order), for the words in brackets substitute “ (with the variation required by paragraph 11 of Schedule 3A and such other variations, if any, as the court thinks appropriate) ”.

Amendment of section 14: Power of court to obtain information

Sch 15 para 9

In section 14(1) (power of court to order debtor and employer to provide specified information), for “an attachment of earnings order” substitute “ a Schedule 3 deductions order ”.

Sch 15 para 10

After section 14(1) insert—

Sch 15 para 11

In section 14(2) (powers of court after attachment of earnings order has been made), for the words from “Where” to “in force—” substitute “ At any time when a Schedule 3 deductions order is in force, the court or the fines officer, as the case may be, may— ”.

Sch 15 para 12

After section 14(2) insert—

Sch 15 para 13

In section 14(4) (rules of court about notice of application for attachment or earnings order), for the words from “give” to “the application.” substitute “ , within such period and in such manner as may be prescribed, give the court a statement in accordance with subsection (4A) or (4B). ”

Sch 15 para 14

After section 14(4) insert—

Sch 15 para 15

In section 14(5) (certain statements in proceedings for making or varying etc attachment of earnings orders deemed to be evidence of facts stated), after “subsection (1)(a) or (b)” insert “ or (1A) ”.

Amendment of section 15: Obligation of debtor and employer to notify changes

Sch 15 para 16
Sch 15 para 16(1)

Section 15(1) is amended as follows.

Sch 15 para 16(2)

In paragraph (b) (obligation to notify of court of earnings under new employment) at the beginning insert “ if the order is a Schedule 3 deductions order, ”.

Sch 15 para 16(3)

In paragraph (c) (obligation of employer to notify court of debtor's new employment and earnings) for “and include” insert “ and, if the order is a Schedule 3 deductions order, include ”.

Amendment of section 17: Consolidated attachment orders

Sch 15 para 17
Sch 15 para 17(1)

Section 17(3) (rules of court made in connection with consolidated attachment orders) is amended as follows.

Sch 15 para 17(2)

In paragraph (b) (rules relating to powers of court to which order etc transferred), after “vary” insert “ , suspend ”.

Sch 15 para 17(3)

In paragraph (e) (rules modifying or excluding statutory provisions), after “provisions of this Act” insert “ , the fixed deductions scheme ”.

Sch 15 para 18

After section 17(3) insert—

Amendment of section 23: Enforcement provisions

Sch 15 para 19

Section 23 is amended as follows.

Sch 15 para 20

In subsection (1) (failure of debtor to attend hearing)—

Sch 15 para 20(a)

for the words from “notice of an application” to “such an order” substitute “ relevant notice, ”;

Sch 15 para 20(b)

for “for any hearing of the application” substitute “ in the notice for any hearing, ”.

Sch 15 para 21

After subsection (1) insert—

Sch 15 para 22

In subsection (2)(c) and (f) (offences related to attachment of earnings orders)—

Sch 15 para 22(a)

after “section 14(1)” insert “ or (1A) ”.

Sch 15 para 22(b)

after “attachment of earnings order” insert “ or suspension order ”.

Sch 16

Administration orders: consequential amendments

Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (c. 32)

Sch 16 para 1
Sch 16 para 1(1)

Section 4 of the Attachment of Earnings Act 1971 (extension of power to make administration order) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 1(2)

For subsections (2) and (2A) substitute—

Sch 16 para 1(3)

In subsection (4) for “section 112” substitute “ section 112J ”.

Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (c. 43)

Sch 16 para 2
Sch 16 para 2(1)

Schedule 6A to the Magistrates' Courts Act 1980 (fines that may be altered under section 143 of the 1980 Act) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 2(2)

Insert the following entry at the appropriate place in the entries relating to the County Courts Act 1984 (c. 28)—

Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45)

Sch 16 para 3
Sch 16 para 3(1)

Section 429 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of administration order against an individual) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 3(2)

For subsections (1) and (2) substitute—

Sch 16 para 3(3)

In subsection (3) for “a person” in the first place substitute “ an individual ”.

Sch 16 para 3(4)

In subsection (4) for “a person” substitute “ an individual ”.

Sch 16 para 3(5)

In subsection (5) for “person” substitute “ individual ”.

Sch 16 para 4
Sch 16 para 4(1)

Section 440 (extent: Scotland) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 4(2)

In subsection (2)(c) (provisions in the third Group of Parts that do not extend to Scotland) for “section 429(1) and (2)” substitute “ section 429(1) to (2A) ”.

Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986 (c. 46)

Sch 16 para 5
Sch 16 para 5(1)

Section 12 of the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986 (failure to pay under county court administration order) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 5(2)

For the title of the section substitute “ Disabilities on revocation of administration order ”.

Sch 16 para 5(3)

Omit subsection (1).

Sch 16 para 5(4)

In subsection (2), for the words from “that section” to “429(2)(b)” substitute “ section 429 of the Insolvency Act applies by virtue of an order under subsection (2) of that section ”.

Sch 16 para 6

Omit section 13 of the Courts and Legal Services Act 1990.

Charities Act 1993 (c. 10)

Sch 16 para 7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pensions Act 1995 (c. 26)

Sch 16 para 8
Sch 16 para 8(1)

Section 29 of the Pensions Act 1995 (persons disqualified for being trustees of a trust scheme) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 8(2)

In subsection (1)(f), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order). ”

Police Act 1996 (c. 16)

Sch 16 para 9
Sch 16 para 9(1)

The Police Act 1996 is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 9(2)

In paragraph 11 of Schedule 2 (disqualification for being appointed as or being member of a police authority), in sub-paragraph (1)(c), for “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); or ”.

Sch 16 para 9(3)

In paragraph 7 of Schedule 2A (disqualification for being appointed as or being member of the Metropolitan Police Authority), in sub-paragraph (1)(c), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); or ”.

Housing Act 1996 (c. 52)

Sch 16 para 10
Sch 16 para 10(1)

Paragraph 4 of Schedule 1 to the Housing Act 1996 (power to remove director, trustee etc. of registered social landlord) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 10(2)

In sub-paragraph (2)(c), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); ”.

Police Act 1997 (c. 50)

Sch 16 para 11
Sch 16 para 11(1)

The Police Act 1997 is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 11(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 16 para 11(3)

In paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 (disqualification for being appointed as or being member of a Service Authority), in sub-paragraph (1)(c), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); or ”.

Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 (c. 16)

Sch 16 para 12
Sch 16 para 12(1)

Paragraph 3 of Schedule 3 to the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 (persons disqualified for being appointed as or being member of the Central Police Training and Development Authority) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 12(2)

In sub-paragraph (1)(b), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); or ”.

Police Reform Act 2002 (c. 30)

Sch 16 para 13
Sch 16 para 13(1)

Schedule 2 to the Police Reform Act 2002 (the Independent Police Complaints Commission) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 13(2)

In paragraph 1(5) (grounds for removal of chairman), in paragraph (e)(ii), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); ”.

Sch 16 para 13(3)

In paragraph 2(6) (grounds for removal of ordinary members), in paragraph (e)(ii), for the words from “section 429(2)(b)” to the end substitute “ section 429(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (disabilities on revocation of county court administration order); ”.

Railways and Transport Safety Act 2003 (c. 20)

Sch 16 para 14
Sch 16 para 14(1)

Paragraph 7 of Schedule 4 to the Railways and Transport Safety Act 2003, (eligibility for appointment as member of British Transport Police Authority) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 14(2)

In sub-paragraph (3)(c), for “section 429(2)(b)” substitute “ section 429(2) ”.

Courts Act 2003 (c. 39)

Sch 16 para 15
Sch 16 para 15(1)

Section 98 of the Courts Act 2003 (register of judgments and orders) is amended as follows.

Sch 16 para 15(2)

In subsection (1)(c) (administration orders) for “section 112” substitute “ Part 6 ”.

Sch 17

Part 7A of the Insolvency Act 1986

Sch 18

Schedule 4ZA to the Insolvency Act 1986

Sch 19

Schedule 4ZB to the Insolvency Act 1986

Sch 20

Debt relief orders: consequential amendments

Sch 20

Amendments to the Insolvency Act 1986

Sch 20 para 1

The Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 2
Sch 20 para 2(1)

In section 31 (disqualification of bankrupt) in subsection (1)—

Sch 20 para 2(1)(a)

at the end of paragraph (a) (before “or”) insert—;

Sch 20 para 2(1)(b)

in paragraph (b) after “order” insert “ or a debt relief restrictions order ”.

Sch 20 para 2(2)

In the heading to that section after “bankrupt” insert “ or person in respect of whom a debt relief order is made ”.

Sch 20 para 3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 20 para 4

In section 384(2)(meaning of prescribed amount)—

Sch 20 para 4(a)

at the beginning of the list of provisions insert “ section 251S(4); ”;

Sch 20 para 4(b)

in the list omit “and” after “section 361(2);” and

Sch 20 para 4(c)

at the end of the list insert “ paragraphs 6 to 8 of Schedule 4ZA, ”.

Sch 20 para 5
Sch 20 para 5(1)

Section 385(1) (definitions) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 5(2)

In the definition of “the debtor”, before paragraph (a) insert—.

Sch 20 para 5(3)

After the definition of “debtor's petition” insert—.

Sch 20 para 6
Sch 20 para 6(1)

Section 390 (persons not qualified to act as insolvency practitioners) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 6(2)

In subsection (4) after paragraph (a) insert—.

Sch 20 para 6(3)

In subsection (5) after “order” insert “ or a debt relief restrictions order ”.

Sch 20 para 7
Sch 20 para 7(1)

Section 399 (appointment etc of official receivers) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 7(2)

In subsection (1) for “or individual voluntary arrangement” (in both places) substitute “ , individual voluntary arrangement, debt relief order or application for such an order ”.

Sch 20 para 7(3)

In subsection (4) for “or individual voluntary arrangement” substitute “ , individual voluntary arrangement, debt relief order or application for such an order ”.

Sch 20 para 8

In section 412(1) (individual insolvency rules) for “Parts VIII to XI” substitute “ Parts 7A to 11 ”.

Sch 20 para 9
Sch 20 para 9(1)

Section 415 (fees orders) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 9(2)

In subsection (1) before paragraph (a) insert—.

Sch 20 para 9(3)

In that subsection in paragraph (a) for “Parts VIII to XI” substitute “ Parts 7A to 11 ”.

Sch 20 para 10

In section 415A (fees orders: general), before subsection (1) insert—

Sch 20 para 11

In section 418(1) (monetary limits)—

Sch 20 para 11(a)

at the beginning of the list of provisions insert— “ section 251S(4) (maximum amount of credit which a person in respect of whom a debt relief order is made may obtain without disclosure of his status); ”;

Sch 20 para 11(b)

at the end of the list of provisions insert— “ paragraphs 6 to 8 of Schedule 4ZA (maximum amount of a person's debts, monthly surplus income and property for purposes of obtaining a debt relief order); ”.

Sch 20 para 12
Sch 20 para 12(1)

Section 426A (disqualification from Parliament) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 12(2)

In subsection (1) after “bankruptcy restrictions order” insert “ or a debt relief restrictions order ”.

Sch 20 para 12(3)

In subsection (5) after “interim order” insert “ , or a debt relief restrictions order or an interim debt relief restrictions order, ”.

Sch 20 para 12(4)

In subsection (6) after “bankruptcy restrictions undertaking” insert “ or a debt relief restrictions undertaking ”.

Sch 20 para 13
Sch 20 para 13(1)

Section 426B (devolution) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 13(2)

In subsection (1) after “Wales,” insert “ or makes a debt relief restrictions order or interim debt relief restrictions order in respect of such a member, ”.

Sch 20 para 13(3)

In subsection (2) after “bankruptcy restrictions undertaking” insert “ or a debt relief restrictions undertaking ”.

Sch 20 para 14
Sch 20 para 14(1)

Schedule 9 is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 14(2)

In paragraph 1 for “Parts VIII to XI” substitute “ Parts 7A to 11 ”.

Sch 20 para 14(3)

In paragraph 5 for “Parts VIII to XI” substitute “ Parts 7A to 11 ”.

Sch 20 para 14(4)

In paragraph 6 for “Parts VIII to XI” substitute “ Parts 7A to 11 ”.

Sch 20 para 14(5)

After paragraph 7 insert—

Sch 20 para 15
Sch 20 para 15(1)

The Table in Schedule 10 (punishment of offences) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 15(2)

In the entry relating to section 31, in the column describing the general nature of the offence, after “bankrupt” insert “ or person in respect of whom a debt relief order is made ”.

Sch 20 para 15(3)

Insert the following entries after the entry relating to section 235(5)—

Sch 20 para 15(4)

In the application of those entries in relation to offences committed before 2 May 2022 (limit on magistrates' court powers to impose imprisonment), the references in the fourth column to “12 months” are to be read as references to “6 months”.

Sch 20

Amendments to other legislation

Sch 20 para 16
Sch 20 para 16(1)

Section 11(1) of the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986 (c. 46) (undischarged bankrupts) (as substituted in relation to England and Wales by the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40)) is amended as follows.

Sch 20 para 16(2)

At the end of paragraph (a) (before “or”) insert—.

Sch 20 para 16(3)

In paragraph (b) after “bankruptcy restrictions order” insert “ or a debt relief restrictions order ”.

Sch 20 para 17

In section 183(2) of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (c. 18) (insolvency of an employer who is individual), in paragraph (a) before sub-paragraph (i) insert—.

Sch 21

Regulations under sections 111 and 113

Sch 21 para 1

The first column of this table lists the matters referred to in sections 111(3) and 113(5).

Sch 21 para 2

A matter listed in the first column includes the aspects set out in the appropriate part of the second column.

Paragraph

(a) The constitution of the scheme operator.

Paragraph

(b) The governance of the scheme operator.

Paragraph

(c) The size of the scheme operator's undertaking.

Paragraph

(d) The financial standing of the scheme operator.

Paragraph

(e) Whether or not a scheme operator is a profit-making organisation.

Paragraph

(a) The non-business debtors to whom the scheme is open.

Paragraph

(b) The kinds of debts which may be specified in a plan arranged in accordance with the scheme.

Paragraph

(a) How decisions are made about whether debt repayment plans are to be arranged.

Paragraph

(b) How debt repayment plans are arranged.

Paragraph

(c) How decisions are made about the terms of debt repayment plans, including decisions about—what payments will be required in relation to the specified debts; the amounts, times and recipients of payments; the duration of the plan.

Paragraph

(d) The format of debt repayment plans.

Paragraph

(e) When debt repayment plans begin to have effect.

Paragraph

(f) How changes are to be made to debt repayment plans (including the specification of debts after a plan has been arranged).

Paragraph

(g) How decisions are made about whether debt repayment plans are to be terminated.

Paragraph

(h) How debt repayment plans are terminated.

Paragraph

5. Changes to—the terms of a debt management scheme; the operation of a debt management scheme.

Paragraph

(a) Whether changes may be made.

Paragraph

(b) How changes are made.

Paragraph

(a) Whether the operation of the scheme may be transferred.

Paragraph

(b) How the operation of the scheme is transferred.

Sch 22

Compulsory purchase: consequential amendments

Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1976 (c. 57)

Sch 22 para 1

In Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1976 (compulsory purchase of rights: adaptation of 1965 Act), in paragraph 9 for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Local Government, Planning and Land Act 1980 (c. 65)

Sch 22 para 2

In Part 4 of Schedule 28 to the Local Government, Planning and Land Act 1980 (acquisition of rights), in paragraph 23(4) for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Highways Act 1980 (c. 66)

Sch 22 para 3

In Part 2 of Schedule 19 to the Highways Act 1980 (compulsory acquisition of rights: adaptation of 1965 Act), in paragraph 9 for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Gas Act 1986 (c. 44)

Sch 22 para 4

In Part 2 of Schedule 3 to the Gas Act 1986 (compulsory acquisition of land and rights: procedure etc), in paragraph 10 for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (c. 53)

Sch 22 para 5

In Part 3 of Schedule 5 to the Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (supplementary provisions as to acquisition of land), in paragraph 8(d) for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Housing Act 1988 (c. 50)

Sch 22 para 6

In Part 3 of Schedule 10 to the Housing Act 1988 (acquisition of rights), in paragraph 23(2), for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29)

Sch 22 para 7

In Part 2 of Schedule 3 to the Electricity Act 1989 (compulsory acquisition of land and rights: procedure etc), in paragraph 11 for “sheriff's warrant” substitute “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

. . .

Sch 22 para 8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sch 22 para 9

In Part 3 of Schedule 4 to the Channel Tunnel Rail Link Act 1996 (supplementary provisions as to acquisition of land), in paragraph 9(5), for “sheriff's warrant” there is substituted “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Regional Development Agencies Act 1998 (c. 45)

Sch 22 para 10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Postal Services Act 2000 (c. 26)

Sch 22 para 11

In Part 2 of Schedule 5 to the Postal Services Act 2000 (acquisition of land and rights: procedure etc), in paragraph 10, for “sheriff's warrant” there is substituted “ enforcement officer's or sheriff's warrant ”.

Sch 23

Repeals

Sch 23

Tribunals and Inquiries

Paragraph

Sections 2 to 3A.

Paragraph

In section 5(1), the words “General Commissioner or”.

Paragraph

In section 6—in subsection (1), the words “a General Commissioner or” and the words “, or before a General Commissioner”, and subsection (2).

Paragraph

In section 56(3), the words “the clerk to”.

Paragraph

Section 115(4).

Paragraph

In Schedule 1, in Part 2—the entry relating to the Council on Tribunals, and the entry relating to the Scottish Committee of the Council on Tribunals.

Paragraph

In Schedule 1, in Part 2—the entry relating to the Council on Tribunals, and the entry relating to the Scottish Committee of the Council on Tribunals.

Paragraph

In section 26(2)—in paragraph (e), the words “or to a tribunal constituted in accordance with the regulations,” and paragraph (f).

Paragraph

Section 37(2)(a).

Paragraph

Section 47.

Paragraph

In section 75(1), paragraph (a).

Paragraph

In Schedule 16, paragraph 2.

Paragraph

Sections 1 to 5, 6(1) to (3), (6) and (7) and 8.

Paragraph

In section 13—subsection (2), and in subsection (5)(c), the words “the reference in section 8(1) to the Foreign Compensation Commission and”.

Paragraph

Section 14(1A).

Paragraph

In section 16(1), in the definition of “decision”, “procedural rules” and “working”, the words “, “procedural rules” and “working””.

Paragraph

In Schedule 1, paragraph 19.

Paragraph

In section 1(1), the word “and” at the end of paragraph (c).

Paragraph

Section 12(1)(b).

Paragraph

Section 26.

Paragraph

In section 27(1)—in paragraph (b), the word “and” at the end, paragraph (c), and the words after “persons within paragraph (a) or (b)”.

Paragraph

In Schedule 4, paragraph 64.

Paragraph

In Schedule 5, in the amendment made by paragraph 122(5), and in the amendment made by paragraph 126(5), the entry relating to the panel of persons appointed under section 6(1) of the Tribunals and Inquiries Act 1992 to act as chairmen of tribunals that sit in Northern Ireland.

Paragraph

In Schedule 7, in Part A of the list in paragraph 4—the entry for section 6(2), (8) and (9) of the Tribunals and Inquiries Act 1992, and the entry for paragraph 7(4) of Schedule 5 to that Act.

Paragraph

In Schedule 12, in paragraph 4(4)(a), the words “or no other except that of General Commissioner,”.

Paragraph

In Schedule 14, in Part 2, the entry relating to General Commissioner for a division in England and Wales.

Paragraph

In Schedule 14, in Part 3, the entry relating to members of panels appointed under section 6(1) of the Tribunals and Inquiries Act 1992.

Paragraph

In section 36(3)(a), the words “or 41(2)”.

Paragraph

In Schedule 8, paragraph 26.

Sch 23

Judicial appointments

Paragraph

In Schedule 10—paragraph 4, in paragraph 6(1), the words “paragraph 13(1) of” and the words after “1947”, and paragraphs 24, 26, 32, 49, 50(2)(b) and 57.

Paragraph

In Schedule 5—in the entry for a deputy district judge appointed under section 102 of the Supreme Court Act 1981, the words “for a district registry”, and in the entry for a deputy district judge appointed under section 8 of the County Courts Act 1984, the words “for a county court district”.

Paragraph

Section 25(2)(a).

Paragraph

In Schedule 3, paragraph 2(3).

Paragraph

In Schedule 14, in Part 2—in the entry relating to a deputy district judge in a district registry of the High Court, the words “in a district registry of the High Court”, and in the entry relating to a deputy district judge for a county court district, the words “for a county court district”.

Paragraph

In Schedule 14, in Part 3, the entries relating to—Member of the Special Immigration Appeals Commission; Chairman of the Special Immigration Appeals Commission; Member of the Proscribed Organisations Appeal Commission; Chairman of the Proscribed Organisations Appeal Commission; Member of the Pathogens Access Appeal Commission; and Chairman of the Pathogens Access Appeal Commission.

Sch 23

Enforcement by taking control of goods

Paragraph

In section 4, the words from “rendering” to the end.

Paragraph

In section 16, the words from “rendering” to the end.

Paragraph

Section 13(5).

Paragraph

Section 29.

Paragraph

In section 125(2), the words from “This subsection” to the end.

Paragraph

Section 125D(3)(c).

Paragraph

Section 151.

Paragraph

In Schedule 4A, paragraph 3.

Paragraph

Section 85(3).

Paragraph

Section 87(2).

Paragraph

Sections 89 to 91.

Paragraph

Sections 93 to 100.

Paragraph

Sections 102 and 103.

Paragraph

Section 123.

Paragraph

In section 126—in subsection (3) the words from “but” to the end; in subsection (4) “ “bailiff””.

Paragraph

In section 147(1) the definition of “bailiff”.

Paragraph

In Schedule 4—paragraph 7; in paragraph 8(1)(a) the words from “an authority” to “paragraph 7 above”; paragraph 12(1)(c); paragraph 19(3).

Paragraph

Section 82(3)(a).

Paragraph

Section 83.

Sch 23

Rent arrears recovery

Paragraph

Section 1.

Paragraph

Sections 6 to 8.

Paragraph

Sections 1 to 10.

Paragraph

Sections 16 and 17.

Paragraph

Section 19.

Paragraph

Section 121(2).

Paragraph

Section 162(1)(a).

Paragraph

Section 189(1).

Paragraph

In section 190—subsection (2); in subsection (7), “owner or”.

Paragraph

Sections 16 to 19.

Paragraph

In section 24, “, by distress or otherwise,”.

Sch 23

Administration orders

Sch 23

Appeal Tribunal under section 28 of the Registered Designs Act 1949: abolition

Paragraph

Section 28.

Paragraph

In section 37(3), the words “or on the Appeal Tribunal” and the words from “and the Statutory Instruments Act 1946 shall apply” to the end.

Paragraph

In section 44(1), the definition of “Appeal Tribunal”.

Paragraph

Section 24.

Paragraph

In Schedule 1, the entry in respect of the Registered Designs Act 1949.

Paragraph

Section 249(2).

Paragraph

In Schedule 3, paragraph 17.